CN111986305A - Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium - Google Patents

Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN111986305A
CN111986305A CN202010581991.2A CN202010581991A CN111986305A CN 111986305 A CN111986305 A CN 111986305A CN 202010581991 A CN202010581991 A CN 202010581991A CN 111986305 A CN111986305 A CN 111986305A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
furniture
space
wall
decoration
objects
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202010581991.2A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
不公告发明人
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Urban Network Neighbor Information Technology Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Urban Network Neighbor Information Technology Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Urban Network Neighbor Information Technology Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Urban Network Neighbor Information Technology Co Ltd
Priority to CN202010581991.2A priority Critical patent/CN111986305A/en
Priority to CN202511367747.5A priority patent/CN121280591A/en
Publication of CN111986305A publication Critical patent/CN111986305A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T15/00Three-dimensional [3D] image rendering
    • G06T15/10Geometric effects

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Computer Graphics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Processing Or Creating Images (AREA)

Abstract

本发明提供了一种家具的展示方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质。通过预设终端的图像用户界面展示的内容至少包括房屋对象,所述房屋对象至少包括一个空间对象,其中,房屋对象为根据目标房屋建立的三维房屋空间,所述方法包括:针对房屋对象中的至少一个空间对象,获取所述至少一个空间对象的空间属性,空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象的空间类型;根据空间属性,获取至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,家具布局数据包括至少一个家具模���对象以及家具模型对象对应的位置信息;在所述空间对象中,按照位置信息展示家具模型对象。实现全自动化的装修,使得用户可以获取不同的装修方案,并提前感知或者是展示不同的装修风格,提高用户体验。

Figure 202010581991

The present invention provides a furniture display method, device, electronic device and storage medium. The content displayed through the image user interface of the preset terminal includes at least a house object, and the house object includes at least one space object, wherein the house object is a three-dimensional house space established according to the target house, and the method includes: for the house object in the For at least one space object, the space attribute of the at least one space object is obtained, and the space attribute includes at least the space type of the at least one space object; according to the space attribute, the furniture layout data of the at least one space object is obtained, and the furniture layout data includes at least one space object. The furniture model object and the position information corresponding to the furniture model object; in the space object, the furniture model object is displayed according to the position information. Realize fully automated decoration, so that users can obtain different decoration schemes, and perceive or display different decoration styles in advance to improve user experience.

Figure 202010581991

Description

一种家具的展示方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质A furniture display method, device, electronic device and storage medium

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及家居技术领域,尤其涉及一种家具的展示方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质。The present invention relates to the field of household technology, and in particular, to a display method, device, electronic device and storage medium for furniture.

背景技术Background technique

随着家装行业的快速发展,房屋装修需求也越来越多样化。作为普通消费者,期望能够直观感受不同装修风格,作为商家也希望能够快速且直观地展示各种家具的实地展示效果。With the rapid development of the home improvement industry, the demand for home decoration is becoming more and more diversified. As an ordinary consumer, you expect to be able to intuitively experience different decoration styles, and as a businessman, you also want to be able to quickly and intuitively display the on-site display effect of various furniture.

但是作为普通消费者,在购房或装修设计时很难理解平面化的图纸,纸质的效果图也很难体现出房源整个空间的关系,用户只能在房源装修完毕后,才能感知房源的装修风格、空间布置以及家具摆放等。而在房源装修完毕后,若未能满足用户的预期,由于装修不仅耗时,也耗费资源,无法对当前的设计风格进行调整,使得用户期望甚低,无法满足用户的需求,导致用户体验较低。对于商家而言,商家在向用户展示不同家具的装修效果时,也只能通过样板间等实体形式进行装修效果的展示,很难灵活调整其中展示的家具实体以及装修风格,影响商家的展示效果以及灵活度。However, as an ordinary consumer, it is difficult to understand the flat drawings when purchasing or decorating a house, and it is difficult for paper renderings to reflect the relationship between the entire space of the house. Users can only perceive the house after the house is decorated. The source of the decoration style, space layout and furniture placement. After the decoration of the house is completed, if it fails to meet the expectations of users, the decoration is not only time-consuming, but also consumes resources, and it is impossible to adjust the current design style, making users' expectations very low, unable to meet the needs of users, resulting in user experience. lower. For merchants, when they show the decoration effect of different furniture to users, they can only display the decoration effect through physical forms such as model rooms. It is difficult to flexibly adjust the furniture entities and decoration styles displayed, which affects the display effect of merchants. and flexibility.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本发明实施例提供一种家具的展示方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质,以解决无法在线预览各个家具在房屋内的展示效果,很难实现各种房屋的全自动化装修的问题。Embodiments of the present invention provide a furniture display method, device, electronic device, and storage medium, to solve the problem that the display effect of each furniture in the house cannot be previewed online, and it is difficult to realize fully automatic decoration of various houses.

为了解决上述技术问题,本发明是这样实现的:In order to solve the above-mentioned technical problems, the present invention is achieved in this way:

第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种家具的展示方法,通过预设终端的图像用户界面展示的内容至少包括房屋对象,所述房屋对象至少包括一个空间对象,其中,所述房屋对象为根据目标房屋建立的三维房屋空间,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for displaying furniture, the content displayed through a preset image user interface of a terminal includes at least a house object, and the house object includes at least one space object, wherein the house object is According to the three-dimensional house space established by the target house, the method includes:

针对所述房屋对象中的至少一个空间对象,获取所述至少一个空间对象的空间属性,所述空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象的空间类型;For at least one space object in the house objects, obtain a space attribute of the at least one space object, where the space attribute at least includes a space type of the at least one space object;

根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,所述家具布局数据包括至少一个家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息;obtaining furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute, where the furniture layout data includes at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object;

在所述空间对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述家具模型对象。In the space object, the furniture model object is displayed according to the position information.

可选地,所述空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的墙体对象与尺寸信息,所述根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, the space attribute at least includes the wall object and size information of the at least one space object in the three-dimensional house space, and the furniture layout data of the at least one space object is acquired according to the space attribute. steps, including:

根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据。According to the wall object and the size information, the furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object is generated.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述餐厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述餐厅对象的第一边长与第二边长,所述根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, in the case that the space object is the restaurant object, the size information includes a first side length and a second side length of the restaurant object, and the size information is based on the wall object and the size. information, the step of generating furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object includes:

获取与所述餐厅对象的第一边长和所述第二边长匹配的家具模型对象,以及所述家具模型对象的家具尺寸;Acquiring a furniture model object matching the length of the first side and the length of the second side of the restaurant object, and the furniture size of the furniture model object;

根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型,获得针对所述家具模型对象的目标墙体对象;obtaining a target wall object for the furniture model object according to the wall type of the wall object;

采用所述家具尺寸与所述目标墙体对象,生成所述家具模型对象的位置信息。Using the furniture size and the target wall object, position information of the furniture model object is generated.

可选地,针对所述空间对象中的餐厅对象,所述家具模型对象包括餐桌模型对象、餐椅模型对象以及灯饰模型对象中的至少一种,所述在所述空间对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述家具模型对象的步骤,包括:Optionally, for the restaurant object in the space object, the furniture model object includes at least one of a dining table model object, a dining chair model object, and a lighting model object, and in the space object, according to the The step of displaying the furniture model object with the position information includes:

在所述餐厅对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述餐桌模型对象、所述餐椅模型对象以及所述灯饰模型对象中的至少一种;In the restaurant object, at least one of the dining table model object, the dining chair model object and the lighting model object is displayed according to the location information;

其中,若所述餐桌模型对象的长度大于或等于预设长度阈值,则所述餐桌模型对象与所述灯饰模型对象之间的位置关系为几何中心对齐关系。Wherein, if the length of the dining table model object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, the positional relationship between the dining table model object and the lighting model object is a geometric center alignment relationship.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述卫生间对象的情况下,所述所述墙体对象至少包括第一墙体对象以及与第二墙体对象,所述第一墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述尺寸信息包括所述门体对象的第一边长,以及所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长,所述根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, when the space object is the bathroom object, the wall object at least includes a first wall object and a second wall object, and the first wall object at least includes a door. body object, the size information includes the first side length of the door body object, the second side length of the first wall body object and the third side length of the second wall body object, the The step of generating the furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the wall object and the size information includes:

根据所述门体对象与所述门体对象的第一边长,计算所述卫生间对象的动线空间;Calculate the moving line space of the toilet object according to the door object and the first side length of the door object;

根据所述第二墙体对象的第三边长与所述动线空间,获得所述卫生间对象的目标装修空间;According to the third side length of the second wall object and the moving line space, obtain the target decoration space of the bathroom object;

获取与所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长匹配的家具模型对象;acquiring a furniture model object matching the length of the second side of the first wall object and the length of the third side of the second wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标装修空间进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target decoration space, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述厨房对象的情况下,所述墙体对象包括出入墙体对象,所述出入墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, when the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object includes an access wall object, and the access wall object includes at least a door object, and the wall object is based on the wall object and the wall object. For the size information, the step of generating furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object includes:

若所述厨房对象包括出入墙体对象且所述出入墙体对象的边长大于或等于预设长度阈值,则以所述门体对象的边长向所述厨房对象内部延伸,直至所延伸的区域与所述门体对象相对的墙体对象之间的距离等于预设距离阈值,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间;If the kitchen object includes an access wall object and the side length of the access wall object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, the side length of the door object is extended to the interior of the kitchen object until the extended The distance between the area and the wall object opposite to the door object is equal to the preset distance threshold, the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the moving line space;

将所述厨房对象中除所述动线空间以外的区域,作为所述厨房对象的装修空间,并将所述装修空间对应的墙体对象作为装修墙体对象;Taking the area of the kitchen object other than the moving line space as the decoration space of the kitchen object, and using the wall object corresponding to the decoration space as the decoration wall object;

������与所述装修墙体对象的���长���配的家具模型对象��obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the decoration wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述装修墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the decoration wall object to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述厨房对象的情况下,所述墙体对象包括封闭墙体对象,所述尺寸信息包括所述墙体对象的边长,所述根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, in the case that the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object includes a closed wall object, and the size information includes the side length of the wall object. The step of generating furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object with respect to the object and the size information includes:

将所述厨房对象中边长最大的封闭墙体对象作为目标墙体对象;Use the closed wall object with the largest side length in the kitchen object as the target wall object;

将所述目标墙体对象与其他墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述厨房对象的至少一面装修墙体对象;Matching the target wall object with other wall objects to obtain at least one decoration wall object of the kitchen object;

按照预设的装修阈值,计算与所述装修墙体对象匹配的装修空间;According to the preset decoration threshold, calculate the decoration space matching the decoration wall object;

获取与所述装修墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the decoration wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述装修墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the decoration wall object to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述客厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述墙体对象的边长,所述根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, when the space object is the living room object, the size information includes the side length of the wall object, and the at least The steps for furniture layout data for a space object include:

根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型与所述墙体对象的边长,获得所述客厅对象的目标墙体对象;obtaining the target wall object of the living room object according to the wall type of the wall object and the side length of the wall object;

获取与所述目标墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the target wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target wall object, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

可选地,所述根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of acquiring the furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute includes:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的入户空间对象,根据所述空间属性确定所述入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象;With respect to the entry space object in the at least one space object, determining whether there is a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects in the entry space object according to the space attribute;

在存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,根据所述预设空间对象获取所述家具布局数据;In the case that the preset space object exists, obtain the furniture layout data according to the preset space object;

在不存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,获取所述入户空间对象中的已存在对象的位置信息,至少根据所述空间属性和所述已存在对象的位置信息取所述家具布局数据。In the case that the preset space object does not exist, obtain the position information of the existing object in the entry space object, and obtain the furniture layout data at least according to the space attribute and the position information of the existing object .

可选地,所述根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of acquiring the furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute includes:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的阳台对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述阳台对象中布局的、至少一个家具模型对象;For a balcony object in the at least one space object, obtain at least one furniture model object for layout in the balcony object according to the space attribute;

至少根据所述空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述阳台对象中布局的位置信息;At least according to the space attribute, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the balcony object;

根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。The furniture layout data is obtained according to the obtained furniture model object and the obtained position information.

可选地,所述根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of acquiring the furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute includes:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的卧室对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述卧室对象中布局的多个家具模型对象;For a bedroom object in the at least one space object, obtain a plurality of furniture model objects for layout in the bedroom object according to the space attribute;

至少根据所述空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述卧室对象中布局的位置信息;At least according to the space attribute, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the bedroom object;

根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。The furniture layout data is obtained according to the obtained furniture model object and the obtained position information.

可选地,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述至少一个空间对象包含的窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的窗户信息中的至少一种,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the window object included in the at least one space object is the window of the area under the three-dimensional house space. At least one of the information, the method further includes:

根据所述尺寸信息,设置所述至少一个空间对象的室内光对象,所述室内光对象用于模拟室内光源产生的光线;According to the size information, an indoor light object of the at least one space object is set, and the indoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an indoor light source;

和/或,根据所述窗户信息,设置所述窗户对象的室外光对象,所述室外光对象用于模拟室外光源产生的光线。And/or, according to the window information, an outdoor light object of the window object is set, where the outdoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an outdoor light source.

可选地,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象中包含的吊顶对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the ceiling object included in the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the method further includes:

根据所述空间属性,确定所述至少一个空间对象的筒灯位置数据;determining downlight position data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute;

在所述至少一个空间对象中,按照所述筒灯位置数据设置筒灯对象,所述筒灯对象用于模拟产生补充光线。In the at least one space object, a downlight object is set according to the downlight position data, and the downlight object is used to simulate and generate supplementary light.

可选地,所述根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of acquiring the furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute includes:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,根据所述空间对象的空间属性,以及预设的碰撞规则,获取所述空间对象的家具布局数据。For each space object in the at least one space object, the furniture layout data of the space object is acquired according to the space attribute of the space object and the preset collision rule.

可选地,所述家具布局数据中包括多种家具风格,以及每种家具风格下的家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息;Optionally, the furniture layout data includes a variety of furniture styles, as well as furniture model objects under each furniture style and position information corresponding to the furniture model objects;

所述在所述空间对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述家具模型对象的步骤,包括:The step of displaying the furniture model object according to the position information in the space object includes:

在所述空间对象中,根据所述家具布局数据中当前选定的家具风格,按照所述家具风格下的位置信息展示所述家具风格下的家具模型对象。In the space object, according to the currently selected furniture style in the furniture layout data, the furniture model object under the furniture style is displayed according to the position information under the furniture style.

可选地,所述在所述空间对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述家具模型对象的步骤,包括:Optionally, the step of displaying the furniture model object in the space object according to the location information includes:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,若所述空间对象的家具布局数据为至少两个的情况下,则从所述至少两个家具布局数据中,选择布局优先级最高的家具布局数据作为所述空间对象的第一家具布局数据,所述第一家具布局数据包括第一组家具模型对象以及所述第一组家具模型对象对应的第一位置信息;For each space object in the at least one space object, if the furniture layout data of the space object is at least two, select the furniture with the highest layout priority from the at least two furniture layout data The layout data is used as the first furniture layout data of the space object, and the first furniture layout data includes a first group of furniture model objects and first position information corresponding to the first group of furniture model objects;

在所述空间对象中,按照所述第一位置信息展示所述第一组家具模型对象。In the space object, the first group of furniture model objects are displayed according to the first position information.

可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:

响应作用于所述预设终端的切换操作,从所述至少两个家具布局数据中,提取与所述切换操作对应的第二家具布局数据,所述第二家具布局数据包括第二组家具模型对象以及,所述第二家具模型对应的第二位置信息;In response to a switching operation acting on the preset terminal, extracting second furniture layout data corresponding to the switching operation from the at least two furniture layout data, the second furniture layout data including a second group of furniture models an object and second position information corresponding to the second furniture model;

取消展示所述第一组家具模型对象,并在所述空间对象中,按照所述第二位置信息展示所述第二组家具模型对象。The display of the first group of furniture model objects is canceled, and in the space object, the second group of furniture model objects is displayed according to the second position information.

可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:

响应作用于所述预设终端的家具编辑操作,针对所述空间对象内的家具模型对象执行所述家具编辑操作,所述家具编辑操作包括家具删除操作、家具增加操作、家具移动操作、家具替换操作中的至少一种。In response to a furniture editing operation acting on the preset terminal, the furniture editing operation is performed on the furniture model object in the space object, and the furniture editing operation includes a furniture deletion operation, a furniture addition operation, a furniture movement operation, and a furniture replacement operation at least one of the operations.

第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种家具的展示装置,通过预设终端的图像用户界面展示的内容至少包括房屋对象,所述房屋对象至少包括一个空间对象,其中,所述房屋对象为根据目标房屋建立的三维房屋空间,所述装置包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a display device for furniture, the content displayed through the image user interface of a preset terminal includes at least a house object, and the house object includes at least one space object, wherein the house object is According to the three-dimensional house space established by the target house, the device includes:

空间属性获取模块,用于针对所述房屋对象中的至少一个空间对象,获取所述至少一个空间对象的空间属性,所述空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象的空间类型;a space attribute obtaining module, configured to obtain, for at least one space object in the house object, the space attribute of the at least one space object, the space attribute at least including the space type of the at least one space object;

家具布局数据获取模块,用于根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,所述家具布局数据包括至少一个家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息;a furniture layout data acquisition module, configured to acquire furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the space attribute, where the furniture layout data includes at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object;

家具模型对象展示模块,用于在所述空间对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述家具模型对象。The furniture model object display module is configured to display the furniture model object in the space object according to the position information.

可选地,所述空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的墙体对象与尺寸信息,所述家具布局数据获取模块,包括:Optionally, the space attribute at least includes the wall object and size information of the at least one space object in the three-dimensional house space, and the furniture layout data acquisition module includes:

家具布局数据获取子模块,用于根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据。The furniture layout data acquisition sub-module is configured to generate furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the wall object and the size information.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述餐厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述餐厅对象的第一边长与第二边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, in the case that the space object is the restaurant object, the size information includes the first side length and the second side length of the restaurant object, and the furniture layout data acquisition sub-module is specifically used for :

获取与所述餐厅对象的第一边长和所述第二边长匹配的家具模型对象,以及所述家具模型对象的家具尺寸;Acquiring a furniture model object matching the length of the first side and the length of the second side of the restaurant object, and the furniture size of the furniture model object;

根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型,获得针对所述家具模型对象的目标墙体对象;obtaining a target wall object for the furniture model object according to the wall type of the wall object;

采用所述家具尺寸与所述目标墙体对象,生成所述家具模型对象的位置信息。Using the furniture size and the target wall object, position information of the furniture model object is generated.

可选地,针对所述空间对象中的餐厅对象,所述家具模型对象包括餐桌模型对象、餐椅模型对象以及灯饰模型对象中的至少一种,所述家具模型对象������模块,具体用于:Optionally, for the restaurant object in the space object, the furniture model object includes at least one of a dining table model object, a dining chair model object, and a lighting model object, and the furniture model object display module is specifically used for:

在所述餐厅对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述餐桌模型对象、所述餐椅模型对象以及所述灯饰模型对象中的至少一种;In the restaurant object, at least one of the dining table model object, the dining chair model object and the lighting model object is displayed according to the location information;

其中,若所述餐桌模型对象的长度大于或等于预设长度阈值,则所述餐桌模型对象与所述灯饰模型对象之间的位置关系为几何中心对齐关系。Wherein, if the length of the dining table model object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, the positional relationship between the dining table model object and the lighting model object is a geometric center alignment relationship.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述卫生间对象的情况下,所述所述墙体对象至少包括第一墙体对象以及与第二墙体对象,所述第一墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述尺寸信息包括所述门体对象的第一边长,以及所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the bathroom object, the wall object at least includes a first wall object and a second wall object, and the first wall object at least includes a door. body object, the size information includes the first side length of the door body object, the second side length of the first wall body object and the third side length of the second wall body object, and the furniture layout Data acquisition sub-module, specifically for:

根据所述门体对象与所述门体对象的第一边长,计算所述卫生间对象的动线空间;Calculate the moving line space of the toilet object according to the door object and the first side length of the door object;

根据所述第二墙体对象的第三边长与所述动线空间,获得所述卫生间对象的目标装修空间;According to the third side length of the second wall object and the moving line space, obtain the target decoration space of the bathroom object;

获取与所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长匹配的家具模型对象;acquiring a furniture model object matching the length of the second side of the first wall object and the length of the third side of the second wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标装修空间进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target decoration space, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述厨房对象的情况下,所述墙体对象包括出入墙体对象,所述出入墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object includes an access wall object, and the access wall object at least includes a door object, and the furniture layout data acquisition submodule, Specifically for:

若所述厨房对象包括出入墙体对象且所述出入墙体对象的边长大于或等于预设长度阈值,则以所述门体对象的边长向所述厨房对象内部延伸,直至所延伸的区域与所述门体对象相对的墙体对象之间的距离等于预设距离阈值,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间;If the kitchen object includes an access wall object and the side length of the access wall object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, the side length of the door object is extended to the interior of the kitchen object until the extended The distance between the area and the wall object opposite to the door object is equal to the preset distance threshold, the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the moving line space;

将所述厨房对象中除所述动线空间以外的区域,作为所述厨房对象的装修空间,并将所述装修空间对应的墙体对象作为装修墙体对象;Taking the area of the kitchen object other than the moving line space as the decoration space of the kitchen object, and using the wall object corresponding to the decoration space as the decoration wall object;

获取与所述装修墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the decoration wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述装修墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the decoration wall object to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述厨房对象的情况下,所述墙体对象包括封闭墙体对象,所述尺寸信息包括所述墙体对象的边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object includes a closed wall object, the size information includes the side length of the wall object, and the furniture layout data acquisition sub modules, specifically for:

将所述厨房对象中边长最大的封闭墙体对象作为目标墙体对象;Use the closed wall object with the largest side length in the kitchen object as the target wall object;

将所述目标墙体对象与其他墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述厨房对象的至少一面装修墙体对象;Matching the target wall object with other wall objects to obtain at least one decoration wall object of the kitchen object;

按照预设的装修阈值,计算与所述装修墙体对象匹配的装修空间;According to the preset decoration threshold, calculate the decoration space matching the decoration wall object;

获取与所述装修墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the decoration wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述装修墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the decoration wall object to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述客厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述墙体对象的边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the living room object, the size information includes the side length of the wall object, and the furniture layout data acquisition sub-module is specifically used for:

根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型与所述墙体对象的边长,获得所述客厅对象的目标墙体对象;obtaining the target wall object of the living room object according to the wall type of the wall object and the side length of the wall object;

获取与所述目标墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the target wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target wall object, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,具体还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is specifically also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的入户空间对象,根据所述空间属性确定所述入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象;With respect to the entry space object in the at least one space object, determining whether there is a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects in the entry space object according to the space attribute;

在存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,根据所述预设空间对象获取所述家具布局数据;In the case that the preset space object exists, obtain the furniture layout data according to the preset space object;

在不存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,获取所述入户空间对象中的已存在对象的位置信息,至少根据所述空间属性和所述已存在对象的位置信息取所述家具布局数据。In the case that the preset space object does not exist, obtain the position information of the existing object in the entry space object, and obtain the furniture layout data at least according to the space attribute and the position information of the existing object .

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,具体还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is specifically also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的阳台对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述阳台对象中布局的、至少一个家具模型对象;For a balcony object in the at least one space object, obtain at least one furniture model object for layout in the balcony object according to the space attribute;

至少根据所述空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述阳台对象中布局的位置信息;At least according to the space attribute, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the balcony object;

根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。The furniture layout data is obtained according to the obtained furniture model object and the obtained position information.

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,具体还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is specifically also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的卧室对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述卧室对象中布局的多个家具模型对象;For a bedroom object in the at least one space object, obtain a plurality of furniture model objects for layout in the bedroom object according to the space attribute;

至少根据所述空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述卧室对象中布局的位置信息;At least according to the space attribute, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the bedroom object;

根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。The furniture layout data is obtained according to the obtained furniture model object and the obtained position information.

可选地,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述至少一个空间对象包含的窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的窗户信息中的至少一种,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the window object included in the at least one space object is the window of the area under the three-dimensional house space. At least one of the information, the device also includes:

室内光处理模块,用于根据所述尺寸信息,设置所述至少一个空间对象的室内光对象,所述室内光对象用于模拟室内光源产生的光线;an indoor light processing module, configured to set an indoor light object of the at least one space object according to the size information, where the indoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an indoor light source;

和/或,室外光处理模块,用于根据所述窗户信息,设置所述窗户对象的室外光对象,所述室外光对象用于模拟室外光源产生的光线。And/or, an outdoor light processing module, configured to set an outdoor light object of the window object according to the window information, where the outdoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an outdoor light source.

可选地,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象中包含的吊顶对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the ceiling object included in the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the apparatus further includes:

位置数据获取模块,用于根据所述空间属性,确定所述至少一个空间对象的筒灯位置数据;a position data acquisition module, configured to determine the downlight position data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute;

补充光线设置模块,用于在所述至少一个空间对象中,按照所述筒灯位置数据设置筒灯对象,所述筒灯对象用于模拟产生补充光线。A supplementary light setting module, configured to set a downlight object in the at least one space object according to the downlight position data, where the downlight object is used to simulate and generate supplementary light.

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,根据所述空间对象的空间属性,以及预设的碰撞规则,获取所述空间对象的家具布局数据。For each space object in the at least one space object, the furniture layout data of the space object is acquired according to the space attribute of the space object and the preset collision rule.

可选地,所述家具布局数据中包括多种家具风格,以及每种家具风格下的家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息;Optionally, the furniture layout data includes a variety of furniture styles, as well as furniture model objects under each furniture style and position information corresponding to the furniture model objects;

所述家具模型对象展示模块,还用于:The furniture model object display module is also used for:

在所述空间对象中,根据所述家具布局数据中当前选定的家具风格,按照所述家具风格下的位置信息展示所述家具风格下的家具模型对象。In the space object, according to the currently selected furniture style in the furniture layout data, the furniture model object under the furniture style is displayed according to the position information under the furniture style.

可选地,所述家具模型对象展示模块,还用于:Optionally, the furniture model object display module is also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,若所述空间对象的家具布局数据为至少两个的情况下,则从所述至少两个家具布局数据中,选择布局优先级最高的家具布局数据作为所述空间对象的第一家具布局数据,所述第一家具布局数据包括第一组家具模型对象以及所述第一组家具模型对象对应的第一位置信息;For each space object in the at least one space object, if the furniture layout data of the space object is at least two, select the furniture with the highest layout priority from the at least two furniture layout data The layout data is used as the first furniture layout data of the space object, and the first furniture layout data includes a first group of furniture model objects and first position information corresponding to the first group of furniture model objects;

在所述空间对象中,按照所述第一位置信息展示所述第一组家具模型对象。In the space object, the first group of furniture model objects are displayed according to the first position information.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:

切换操作响应模块,用于响应作用于所述预设终端的切换操作,从所述至少两个家具布局数据中,提取与所述切换操作对应的第二家具布局数据,所述第二家具布局数据包括第二组家具模型对象以及,所述第二家具模型对应的第二位置信息;a switching operation response module, configured to respond to the switching operation acting on the preset terminal, from the at least two furniture layout data, extract second furniture layout data corresponding to the switching operation, the second furniture layout data The data includes a second group of furniture model objects and second position information corresponding to the second furniture model;

家具布局数据切换模块,用于取消展示所述第一组家具模型对象,并在所述空间对象中,按照所述第二位置信息展示所述第二组家具模型对象。The furniture layout data switching module is configured to cancel the display of the first group of furniture model objects, and display the second group of furniture model objects in the space object according to the second position information.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:

家具编辑操作响应模块,用于响应作用于所述预设终端的家具编辑操作,针对所述空间对象内的家具模型对象执行所述家具编辑操作,所述家具编辑操作包括家具删除操作、家具增加操作、家具移动操作、家具替换操作中的至少一种。A furniture editing operation response module, configured to perform the furniture editing operation on the furniture model object in the space object in response to the furniture editing operation acting on the preset terminal, and the furniture editing operation includes a furniture deletion operation, a furniture addition operation At least one of an operation, a furniture moving operation, and a furniture replacement operation.

第三方面,本发明实施例另外提供了一种电子设备,包括:存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的家具的展示方法的步骤。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention additionally provides an electronic device, including: a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and executable on the processor, the computer program being processed by the processor When the appliance is executed, the steps of implementing the method for displaying furniture as described in the first aspect.

第四方面,本发明实施例另外提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的家具的展示方法的步骤。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and the computer program is implemented as the first aspect when executed by a processor. The steps of the furniture display method.

在本发明实施例中,通过预设终端的图像用户界面展示目标房屋对象的三维房屋空间,用户(包括个人用户和商家用户等)可以在三维虚拟空间中进行漫游,以对目标房屋对象的内部装修情况进行浏览。而且还可以通过获取其中至少一个空间对象的空间属性,接着根据空间属性,生成相应至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,该家具布局数据可以包括家具模型对象以及家具模型对象对应的位置信息,然后在相应至少一个空间对象中,按照该位置信息展示家具模型对象,从而终端可以根据空间对象的空间属性,选择与之匹配的家具,然后进行展示,实现全自动化的装修,使得用户可以使用户型图获取不同的装修方案,提高用户体验。In the embodiment of the present invention, the 3D house space of the target house object is displayed through the image user interface of the preset terminal, and users (including individual users and business users, etc.) Browse the decoration. Moreover, it is also possible to obtain the spatial attribute of at least one of the spatial objects, and then generate furniture layout data corresponding to at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute. The furniture layout data may include the furniture model object and the position information corresponding to the furniture model object, and then in In the corresponding at least one space object, the furniture model object is displayed according to the position information, so that the terminal can select the matching furniture according to the space attribute of the space object, and then display it to realize fully automatic decoration, so that the user can obtain the user-type map Different decoration schemes to improve user experience.

上述说明仅是本发明技术方案的概述,为了能够更清楚了解本发明的技术手段,而可依照说明书的内容予以实施,并且为了让本发明的上述和其它目的、特征和优点能够更明显易懂,以下特举本发明的具体实施方式。The above description is only an overview of the technical solutions of the present invention, in order to be able to understand the technical means of the present invention more clearly, it can be implemented according to the content of the description, and in order to make the above and other purposes, features and advantages of the present invention more obvious and easy to understand , the following specific embodiments of the present invention are given.

��图说明Description of drawings

为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对本发明实施例的描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention more clearly, the following briefly introduces the drawings that are used in the description of the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present invention. , for those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings without any creative effort.

图1是本发明实施例中的一种家具的展示方法的步骤流程图;1 is a flow chart of steps of a method for displaying furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图2是本发明实施例中的另一种家具的展示方法的步骤流程图;Fig. 2 is the step flow chart of another kind of furniture display method in the embodiment of the present invention;

图3A是本发明实施例中餐桌位置的示意图;3A is a schematic diagram of the position of a dining table in an embodiment of the present invention;

图3B是本发明实施例中餐椅位置的示意图;3B is a schematic diagram of the position of a dining chair in an embodiment of the present invention;

图3C是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图一;3C is a schematic diagram one of the arrangement of restaurant furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图3D是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图二;3D is a schematic diagram 2 of the arrangement of restaurant furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图3E是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图三;Fig. 3E is the schematic diagram three of restaurant furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图3F是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图四;Fig. 3F is the schematic diagram 4 of restaurant furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图3G是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图五;3G is a schematic diagram five of the arrangement of restaurant furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图3H是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图六;3H is a schematic diagram six of the arrangement of restaurant furniture in the embodiment of the present invention;

图3I是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图七;Fig. 3I is the schematic diagram seven of restaurant furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图3J是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图八;Fig. 3J is the schematic diagram eight of restaurant furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图3K是本发明实施例中餐厅家具摆放的示意图九;Fig. 3K is the schematic diagram 9 of restaurant furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4A是本发明实施例中卫生间动线空间的示意图一;4A is a schematic diagram 1 of a toilet moving line space in an embodiment of the present invention;

图4B是本发明实施例中卫生间动线空间的示意图二;4B is a second schematic diagram of the toilet moving line space in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4C是本发明实施例中卫生间装修空间的示意图;4C is a schematic diagram of a bathroom decoration space in an embodiment of the present invention;

图4D是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图一;4D is a schematic diagram 1 of the arrangement of bathroom furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图4E是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图二;Fig. 4E is the schematic diagram 2 of bathroom furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4F是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图三;Fig. 4F is the schematic diagram 3 of toilet furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4G是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图四;4G is a schematic diagram 4 of the arrangement of bathroom furniture in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4H是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图五;Fig. 4H is the schematic diagram five of toilet furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4I是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图六;Fig. 4I is the schematic diagram six of bathroom furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4J是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图七;Fig. 4J is the schematic diagram 7 of toilet furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4K是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图八;4K is a schematic diagram 8 of placing bathroom furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图4L是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图九;Fig. 4L is the schematic diagram 9 of toilet furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4M是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图十;Fig. 4M is the schematic diagram ten of the bathroom furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图4N是本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图十一;4N is a schematic diagram eleventh of the arrangement of bathroom furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图5A是本发明实施例中厨房动线空间的示意图一;5A is a schematic diagram 1 of a kitchen moving line space in an embodiment of the present invention;

图5B是本发明实施例中厨房动线空间的示意图二;5B is a second schematic diagram of a kitchen moving line space in an embodiment of the present invention;

图5C是本发明实施例中厨房动线空间的示意图三;5C is a schematic diagram three of the kitchen moving line space in the embodiment of the present invention;

图5D是本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图一;5D is a schematic diagram 1 of the arrangement of kitchen furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图5E是本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图二;Fig. 5E is the schematic diagram 2 of kitchen furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图5F是本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图二;Fig. 5F is the schematic diagram 2 of kitchen furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图5G是本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图四;5G is a schematic diagram 4 of the arrangement of kitchen furniture in an embodiment of the present invention;

图5H是本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图五;Fig. 5H is the schematic diagram five of kitchen furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图5I是本发明实施例中移动门的示意图;5I is a schematic diagram of a moving door in an embodiment of the present invention;

图6A是本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图一;6A is a schematic diagram 1 of living room furniture arrangement in an embodiment of the present invention;

图6B是本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图二;6B is a schematic diagram 2 of living room furniture arrangement in an embodiment of the present invention;

图6C是本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图三;Fig. 6C is the schematic diagram 3 of living room furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图6D是本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图四;6D is a schematic diagram 4 of living room furniture arrangement in an embodiment of the present invention;

图6E是本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图五;Fig. 6E is the schematic diagram five of living room furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图6F是本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图六;Fig. 6F is the schematic diagram 6 of living room furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention;

图7A是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图一;7A is a schematic diagram 1 of a home entry space object of the present application;

图7B是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图二;7B is a schematic diagram 2 of a home entry space object of the present application;

图7C是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图三;FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram three of a home entry space object of the present application;

图7D是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图四;7D is a schematic diagram 4 of a home entry space object of the present application;

图7E是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图五;7E is a schematic diagram five of a home entry space object of the present application;

图7F是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图六;7F is a schematic diagram 6 of a home entry space object of the present application;

图7G是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图七;7G is a schematic diagram 7 of a home entry space object of the present application;

图7H是本申请的一种入户空间对象的示意图八;7H is a schematic diagram eight of a kind of home entry space object of the present application;

图8A是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图一;8A is a schematic diagram one of a balcony object of the present application;

图8B是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图二;8B is a schematic diagram two of a balcony object of the present application;

图8C是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图三;8C is a schematic diagram three of a balcony object of the present application;

图8D是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图四;8D is a schematic diagram 4 of a balcony object of the present application;

图8E是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图五;8E is a schematic diagram five of a balcony object of the present application;

图8F是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图六;8F is a schematic diagram six of a balcony object of the present application;

图8G是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图七;8G is a schematic diagram 7 of a balcony object of the present application;

图8H是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图八;8H is a schematic diagram eight of a balcony object of the present application;

图8I是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图九;Fig. 8I is the schematic diagram nine of a kind of balcony object of the present application;

图8J是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图十;8J is a schematic diagram ten of a balcony object of the present application;

图8K是本申请的一种阳台对象的示意图十一;8K is a schematic diagram eleven of a balcony object of the present application;

图9A是本申请的一种卧室对象的示意图一;9A is a schematic diagram one of a bedroom object of the present application;

图9B是本申请的一种卧室对象的示意图二;9B is a schematic diagram two of a bedroom object of the present application;

图9C是本申请的一种卧室对象的示意图三;Fig. 9C is the schematic diagram three of a kind of bedroom object of the present application;

图9D是本申请的一种卧室对象的示意图四;9D is a schematic diagram four of a bedroom object of the present application;

图9E是本申请的一种卧室对象的示意图五;Fig. 9E is the schematic diagram five of a kind of bedroom object of the present application;

图10A是本发明实施例中的一种针对窗户对象设置太阳光对象的示意图;10A is a schematic diagram of setting a sun light object for a window object in an embodiment of the present invention;

图10B是本发明实施例中的一种针对窗户对象设置天空光对象的示意图;10B is a schematic diagram of setting a sky light object for a window object in an embodiment of the present invention;

图10C是本发明实施例中的一种在空间对象设置室内光对象的示意图;10C is a schematic diagram of setting an indoor light object in a space object according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图11是本发明实施例中的一种在餐厅的吊顶对象中设置筒灯对象的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of setting a downlight object in a ceiling object of a restaurant according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图12是本发明实施例中的一种家具的展示装置的结构示意图;12 is a schematic structural diagram of a furniture display device in an embodiment of the present invention;

图13是本发明实施例中的一种电子设备的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an electronic device in an embodiment of the present invention.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present invention.

本发明实施例中的家具的展示方法可以运行于电子设备或者是服务器等终端。其中,电子设备可以为本地电子设备。当空间光线的处理方法运行于为服务器时,可以为云展示。The method for displaying furniture in the embodiment of the present invention may run on an electronic device or a terminal such as a server. The electronic device may be a local electronic device. When the spatial light processing method runs on the server, it can be displayed for the cloud.

在一可选的实施方式中,云展示是指以云计算为基础的信息展示方式。在云展示的运行模式下,信息处理程序的运行主体和信息画面呈现主体是分离的,家具的展示方法的储存与运行是在云展示服务器上完成的,云展示客户端的作用为数据的接收、发送以及信息画面的呈现,举例而言,云展示客户端可以是靠近用户侧的具有数据传输��能的显示设备,如,移动终端、电视机、计算机、掌上电脑等;但是进行信息数据处理的电子设备为云端的云展示服务器。在进行三维房屋空间的浏览时,用户操作云展示客户端向云展示服务器发送操作指令,云展示服务器根据操作指令展示相关的商品信息,将商品信息等数据进行编码压缩,通过网络返回云展示客户端,最后,通过云展示客户端进行解码并输出商品信息。In an optional implementation manner, cloud display refers to an information display method based on cloud computing. In the operation mode of cloud display, the main body of the information processing program and the main body of information screen presentation are separated. The storage and operation of the furniture display method are completed on the cloud display server. The functions of the cloud display client are data reception, Sending and presentation of information screens, for example, the cloud display client can be a display device with a data transmission function close to the user side, such as a mobile terminal, a TV, a computer, a handheld computer, etc.; The device is a cloud display server in the cloud. When browsing the three-dimensional house space, the user operates the cloud display client to send operation instructions to the cloud display server, and the cloud display server displays the relevant commodity information according to the operation instructions, encodes and compresses the commodity information and other data, and returns to the cloud display client through the network. Finally, decode and output the product information through the cloud display client.

在另一可选的实施方式中,电子设备可以为本地电子设备。本地电子设备存储有应用程序并用于呈现应用界面。本地电子设备用于通过图形用户界面与用户进行交互,即,常规的通过电子设备下载安装应用程序并运行。该本地电子设备将图形用户界面提供给用户的方式可以包括多种,例如,可以渲染显示在终端的显示屏上,或者,通过全息投影提供给用户。举例而言,本地电子设备可以包括显示屏和处理器,该显示屏用于呈现图形用户界面,该图形用户界面包括应用画面,该处理器用于运行该应用程序、生成图形用户界面以及控制图形用户界面在显示屏上的显示。In another optional embodiment, the electronic device may be a local electronic device. The local electronic device stores the application program and is used to present the application interface. The local electronic device is used to interact with the user through a graphical user interface, ie, the application is conventionally downloaded and installed through the electronic device and run. The local electronic device may provide the graphical user interface to the user in various ways, for example, it may be rendered and displayed on the display screen of the terminal, or provided to the user through holographic projection. For example, the local electronic device may include a display screen for presenting a graphical user interface, the graphical user interface including an application screen, and a processor for running the application program, generating the graphical user interface, and controlling the graphical user interface The display of the interface on the display.

其中,当预设终端为本地电子设备时,其可以是台式电脑、笔记本电脑、平板电脑、移动终端以及VR(Virtual Reality,虚拟现实)设备等电子设备。其中,VR设备可以包括计算机、VR头戴设备以及VR控制设备等等,用户可以通过VR头戴设备中展示的虚拟房源画面,并在指定的区域内进行漫游,从而实现用户在虚拟房源中的真实漫游,同时可以通过VR控制设备与虚拟房源进行交互。Wherein, when the preset terminal is a local electronic device, it may be an electronic device such as a desktop computer, a notebook computer, a tablet computer, a mobile terminal, and a VR (Virtual Reality, virtual reality) device. Among them, VR devices may include computers, VR headsets, and VR control devices, etc. Users can roam in a designated area through the virtual housing screen displayed in the VR headset, so as to realize the virtual housing for users. In the real roaming, you can interact with the virtual house through the VR control device.

终端上可以运行应用程序,例如生活类应用程序、音频应用程序以及游戏应用程序等。其中,生活类应用程序又可以根据类型不同进一步进行划分,例如租售房应用程序、家政服务应用程序、休闲娱乐应用程序等。本申请实施例以在移动终端上运行生活类应用程序为例进行示例性说明,可以理解的是,本发明不局限于此。Applications such as life applications, audio applications, and game applications can be run on the terminal. Among them, life applications can be further divided according to different types, such as rental and sales applications, housekeeping service applications, leisure and entertainment applications, etc. The embodiments of the present application take running a life application program on a mobile terminal as an example for illustrative description, and it can be understood that the present invention is not limited to this.

参照图1,示出了本发明实施例中一种家具的展示方法的步骤流程图。Referring to FIG. 1 , a flow chart of steps of a method for displaying furniture in an embodiment of the present invention is shown.

在本发明实施例中,可以通过预设终端的图像用户界面展示的内容至少包括房屋对象,所述房屋对象至少包括一个空间对象,其中,所述房屋对象为根据目标房屋建立的三维房屋空间。所述家具的展示方法包括:In the embodiment of the present invention, the content that can be displayed through the image user interface of the preset terminal includes at least a house object, and the house object includes at least one space object, wherein the house object is a three-dimensional house space established according to the target house. The display method of the furniture includes:

步骤110,针对所述房屋对象中的至少一个空间对象,获取所述至少一个空间对象的空间属性,所述空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象的空间类型。Step 110: For at least one space object in the house object, obtain a space attribute of the at least one space object, where the space attribute at least includes a space type of the at least one space object.

步骤120,根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,所述家具布局数据包括至少一个家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息。Step 120: Acquire furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute, where the furniture layout data includes at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object.

步骤130,在所述空间对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述家具模型对象。Step 130: In the space object, display the furniture model object according to the location information.

在本发明实施例中,预设终端可以是前述��到的本地终端设备,也可以是前述提到的云展示客户端,下述以本地终端设备(尤其是移动终端)为例进行示例性说明。In this embodiment of the present invention, the preset terminal may be the aforementioned local terminal device, or may be the aforementioned cloud display client. The following uses a local terminal device (especially a mobile terminal) as an example for illustrative description .

作为一种示例,在房屋装修的过程中,用户往往通过向设计人员提出设计要求,由设计人员根据用户的要求对房屋的装修风格进行设计,得到房屋设计图后,交由装修人员对毛坯房进行装修。对于用户而言,需要在房屋装修完毕后,才可知道房屋最终的装修效果,若装修效果未能满足用户的预期,由于装修不仅耗时,也耗费资源,且用户很难对已经装修好的房屋进行调整,则容易降低用户期望,无法满足用户的需求。As an example, in the process of house decoration, the user often proposes design requirements to the designer, and the designer designs the decoration style of the house according to the user's requirements. Renovation. For users, it is necessary to know the final decoration effect of the house after the decoration of the house is completed. If the decoration effect fails to meet the user's expectations, the decoration is not only time-consuming, but also consumes resources, and it is difficult for users to If the house is adjusted, it is easy to reduce user expectations and fail to meet user needs.

因此,本发明实施例提供一种能够使用户感知房屋装修设计的方式,使得用户能够在房屋装修之前初步感知房屋的不同装修风格,以便用户根据自身需求选择相应的设计风格,提高用户体验。Therefore, the embodiments of the present invention provide a way for users to perceive house decoration design, so that users can initially perceive different decoration styles of houses before house decoration, so that users can select corresponding design styles according to their own needs and improve user experience.

在一种示例中,终端可以获取用户输入的二维户型图,接着进行AI(ArtificialIntelligence,人工智能)对二维户型图进行图像识别、OCR(Optical CharacterRecognition,光学字符识别)对二维户型图中的文字进行识别,以及分房间算法对二维户型图中的区域进行划分等等,得到目标房屋对象的各个不同的空间对象,然后根据AI识别所得到的房屋数据,进行房屋建模,获得与二维户型图对应的三维房屋空间。In an example, the terminal may acquire a two-dimensional floor plan input by a user, and then perform AI (Artificial Intelligence, artificial intelligence) to perform image recognition on the two-dimensional floor plan, and OCR (Optical Character Recognition, optical character recognition) to perform image recognition on the two-dimensional floor plan. The text is recognized, and the room division algorithm divides the area in the two-dimensional floor plan, etc., to obtain different spatial objects of the target house object, and then according to the house data obtained by AI recognition, the house is modeled. The 3D house space corresponding to the 2D floor plan.

目前的基于户型图提取建模信息的方法多是基于传统图像处理方法,使用中心线提取,边缘检测,去噪,矢量化,延伸,合并等方法进行处理。常规的户型图识别生成建模信息的流程是,输入户型图图片,通过传统的图像处理方法进行线条以及边缘的提取,对比等操作,最终生成户型图中墙体的位置信息。The current methods for extracting modeling information based on the floor plan are mostly based on traditional image processing methods, using methods such as centerline extraction, edge detection, denoising, vectorization, extension, and merging. The conventional process of identifying and generating modeling information from a floor plan is to input the picture of the floor plan, extract and compare lines and edges through traditional image processing methods, and finally generate the location information of the wall in the floor plan.

但是,现有的户型图的种类丰富,传统图像处理方法难以完成种类多样的户型图识别。而且,户型图中的干扰项较多,家具,房屋名字等,在识别过程中都会影响最终的效果。其外,常见方法一般不支持附件,例如窗,门的检测,以及房屋名称检测识别。However, the types of existing floor plans are rich, and it is difficult for traditional image processing methods to identify various types of floor plans. Moreover, there are many interference items in the floor plan, such as furniture, house names, etc., which will affect the final effect during the identification process. In addition, common methods generally do not support accessories, such as detection of windows and doors, and detection and recognition of house names.

在本发明实施例中,为了改进常规的户型图识别方法,以增加户型图的识别输出的准确性和完整性。在本发明实施例中,在流程上做出三点优化:1、采用基于深度学习的语义分割方法对户型图数据进行处理,相较于传统图像处理方法,精度更高,此外可以直接得到门窗的信息2、采用OCR识别方法等任何可用的字符识别方法,可以获各个房间的名称(也即房间类型)以及位置(例如尺寸信息,在每个房间在户型图中的位置信息)3、传统图像处理方法构建的户型图识别鲁棒性较差,增加新的种类的户型图(例如三维户型图、二维户型图等),会导致算法整体进行大幅的变动。In this embodiment of the present invention, in order to improve the conventional method for identifying a house type diagram, the accuracy and completeness of the recognition output of the house type diagram are increased. In the embodiment of the present invention, three optimizations are made in the process: 1. The floorplan data is processed by the semantic segmentation method based on deep learning. Compared with the traditional image processing method, the accuracy is higher, and the doors and windows can be directly obtained. 2. Using any available character recognition method such as OCR recognition method, you can obtain the name of each room (that is, the room type) and the location (such as size information, location information in each room in the floor plan) 3. Traditional The recognition robustness of the floor plan constructed by the image processing method is poor, and the addition of new types of floor plans (such as 3D floor plans, 2D floor plans, etc.) will lead to substantial changes in the overall algorithm.

具体地,可以基于语义分割方法对所述户型图数据进行处理,得到所述目标房屋的结构体信息,所述结构体信息包括墙体建模信息、窗户建模信息中的至少一种;同时可以对所述户型图数据进行字符识别,获取所述目标房屋的标示信息,所述标示信息包括每个房间的尺寸信息、位置信息和空间类型信息中的至少一种;进而可以根据所述结构体信息和所述标示信息,构建所述目标房屋的房屋对象。具体地,在根据所述结构体信息和所述标示信息,构建所述目标房屋的房屋对象时,可以基于结构体信息和所述标示信息,得到每个房间的轮廓,进而进行检线、矢量化、延伸、合并等建模所需的任何处理操作,得到目标房屋的房屋对象。Specifically, the floor plan data may be processed based on a semantic segmentation method to obtain structural body information of the target house, where the structural body information includes at least one of wall modeling information and window modeling information; Character recognition can be performed on the floor plan data to obtain the marked information of the target house, and the marked information includes at least one of the size information, location information and space type information of each room; furthermore, according to the structure The body information and the label information are used to construct the house object of the target house. Specifically, when constructing the house object of the target house according to the structure information and the label information, the outline of each room can be obtained based on the structure information and the label information, and then line detection and vector detection can be performed. Any processing operations required for modeling, such as transform, extend, merge, etc., get the house object of the target house.

例如,二维户型图可以包括VR(Virtual Reality,虚拟现实技术)全景数据、手绘户型图数据以及二维平面户型图等等,则终端可以通过图像识别得到目标房屋对象的门、窗以及墙体等,通过OCR识别目标房屋对象各个不同空间对象的名称、面积以及标尺等,通过分房间算法可以对客餐厅进行分割,例如可以对客餐厅进行分割,得到客厅、餐厅、玄关以及过道等等,实现通过AI识别技术将二维户型图,转换为三维房屋空间,以便通过3D空间的方式对房屋进行展示,在使得用户可以初步感知房屋的不同装修风格的同时,还可以使得用户能够身临其���地对房屋进行“漫游”,进一步提高用户的空间感知与真实感。For example, the two-dimensional floor plan may include VR (Virtual Reality, virtual reality technology) panoramic data, hand-drawn floor plan data, and a two-dimensional floor plan, etc., and the terminal can obtain the doors, windows and walls of the target house object through image recognition. Etc., identify the name, area and scale of the different spatial objects of the target house object through OCR, and divide the guest dining room through the room division algorithm. Realize the conversion of 2D floor plan into 3D house space through AI recognition technology, so that the house can be displayed in 3D space, which not only allows users to initially perceive the different decoration styles of the house, but also enables users to experience it. It can “roam” the house in different situations to further improve the user’s spatial perception and sense of reality.

其中,终端通过图像用户界面展示的内容可以至少包括房屋对象,所述房屋对象中至少包括一个空间对象,其中,所述房屋对象为根据目标房屋建立的三维房屋空间。在实际应用中,房屋可以为多个房间、空间的组合,例如客厅、餐厅、厨房、卧室、阳台、卫生间、玄关,等等。在本发明实施例中,在构建目标房屋的房屋对象时,可以同时识别并设置其中包含的空间对象,其中空间对象的划分方式可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以根据空间类型设置空间对象包括上述的客厅对象、餐厅对象、卫生间对象、卧室对象、阳台对象、卫生间对象、玄关对象,等等。The content displayed by the terminal through the image user interface may include at least a house object, and the house object includes at least one space object, wherein the house object is a three-dimensional house space established according to the target house. In practical applications, a house can be a combination of multiple rooms and spaces, such as a living room, dining room, kitchen, bedroom, balcony, bathroom, entrance, and so on. In the embodiment of the present invention, when constructing the house object of the target house, the space objects contained therein can be identified and set at the same time, and the division method of the space objects can be customized according to requirements, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention . For example, the space objects can be set according to the space type, including the above-mentioned living room object, dining room object, bathroom object, bedroom object, balcony object, bathroom object, hallway object, and so on.

而且,在实际应用中,不同房屋内部的空间规划可以有所不同,不同空间之间的连接方式也可以有所不同,例如部分空间(卧室和客厅)之间存在墙体且通过门进行连接,而部分空间(客厅、餐厅)之间开放墙体(即不存在实体墙体且通过开放空间)连接。其中,对于通过墙体隔断同时通过门连接的两个空间而言,可以通过墙体将其识别为两个空间,对于之间不存在墙体的两个空间而言,则可以通过识别其中的矩形区域等任何可用方式识别其中包含的空间对象,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。Moreover, in practical applications, the space planning in different houses can be different, and the connection methods between different spaces can also be different. For example, there are walls between some spaces (bedrooms and living rooms) and are connected by doors. And some spaces (living room, dining room) are connected by open walls (that is, there is no solid wall and are connected through open spaces). Among them, for two spaces that are partitioned by walls and connected by doors, they can be identified as two spaces through the walls, and for two spaces without a wall between them, the two spaces can be identified by identifying the space between them. The spatial objects contained therein can be identified in any available manner, such as a rectangular area, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

例如,对于通过开放空间连接的客厅和餐厅而言,可以通过识别矩形区域等方式将其拆分为客厅对象和餐厅对象两个部分,或者也可以直接识别为一个整体,作为客餐厅对象,等等。For example, for a living room and a dining room connected by an open space, it can be split into two parts, a living room object and a dining room object, by identifying a rectangular area, or it can be directly identified as a whole as a living room and dining room object, etc. Wait.

在获得三维房屋空间后,终端可以根据不同的空间对象所对应的空间属性,进行对应家具的匹配,以便在对应空间对象中展示对应的家具,实现不同装修设计风格的展示,使得用户可以初步感知房屋的不同装修风格。其中,不同的空间对象可以对应不同的空间属性,则终端可以根据空间属性,为相应的空间对象选择对应的家具模型对象,从而在不同的空间对象中展示对应的家具模型对象,实现全自动化的装修,以模拟出房屋实际的装修情况,使得用户可以提前感知房屋的装修风格。After obtaining the three-dimensional house space, the terminal can match the corresponding furniture according to the space attributes corresponding to different space objects, so as to display the corresponding furniture in the corresponding space objects and realize the display of different decoration design styles, so that the user can initially perceive Different decoration styles of houses. Among them, different space objects can correspond to different space attributes, and the terminal can select corresponding furniture model objects for the corresponding space objects according to the space attributes, so as to display the corresponding furniture model objects in different space objects, realizing fully automated Decoration, to simulate the actual decoration situation of the house, so that users can perceive the decoration style of the house in advance.

需要说明的是,对于房屋的空间对象,其不一定是规则的矩形区域,在本发明实施例中,可以通过相应算法进行区域的划分,从而将不规则或未通过实体墙体进行区分的区域划分为多个不同的功能区域,例如对于客餐厅,可以通过算法将其划分为客厅、餐厅、玄关以及过道等,从而使得终端可以对划分后的相对规则的区域进行全自动化的装修。It should be noted that, for the spatial object of the house, it is not necessarily a regular rectangular area. In the embodiment of the present invention, the area can be divided by a corresponding algorithm, so as to divide the area that is irregular or not distinguished by the solid wall. It is divided into multiple different functional areas. For example, for the guest dining room, it can be divided into living room, dining room, porch and aisle through algorithms, so that the terminal can carry out fully automatic decoration of the divided relatively regular areas.

在本发明实施例中,基于VR(Virtual Reality,虚拟现实)、AR(AugmentedReality,增强现实)、全景等3D(3-Dimension,三维)空间的图像用户界面,其发明目的是在虚拟的三维房屋空间中进行家具展示,适配合理的虚拟家具布局方案。其中的家具可以包括任何与房屋室内装修有关的家具,而且对于不同的空间对象,其内的家具模型对象可以有所不同,具体可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如对于客厅对象而言,其对应的家具模型对象可以包括但不限于沙发模型对象、茶几模型对象、电视柜模型对象、电视模型对象、地毯模型对象、电视背景墙模型对象、空调模型对象、角几模型对象、绿植模型对象、挂画模型对象、吊顶模型对象,等等;而对于餐厅对象而言,则可以包括餐桌模型对象、餐椅模型对象、吊顶模型对象、餐桌装饰模型对象,等等。对于入户空间对象而言,家具模型对象可以包括用于在入户空间中布局的对象,例如,玄关柜、门厅柜以及用于挂衣物等物体的挂钩等。In the embodiment of the present invention, an image user interface based on 3D (3-Dimension, three-dimensional) space such as VR (Virtual Reality), AR (Augmented Reality), panorama, etc., the purpose of the invention is to create a virtual three-dimensional house Display furniture in the space and adapt to a reasonable virtual furniture layout plan. The furniture may include any furniture related to the interior decoration of the house, and for different space objects, the furniture model objects therein may be different, and specific settings may be customized according to requirements, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present invention. . For example, for a living room object, its corresponding furniture model objects may include but are not limited to sofa model objects, coffee table model objects, TV cabinet model objects, TV model objects, carpet model objects, TV background wall model objects, air conditioner model objects, corner Several model objects, green plant model objects, hanging painting model objects, ceiling model objects, etc.; and for restaurant objects, it can include dining table model objects, dining chair model objects, ceiling model objects, table decoration model objects, etc. Wait. For the entry space objects, the furniture model objects may include objects used for layout in the entry space, for example, entrance cabinets, hall cabinets, and hooks for hanging objects such as clothes.

其中,图像用户界面展示的内容可以至少包括房屋对象,所述房屋对象中至少包括一个空间对象,其中,所述房屋对象为根据目标房屋建立的三维房屋空间。在实际应用中,房屋可以为多个房间、空间的组合,例如客厅、餐厅、厨房、卧室、阳台、洗手间、玄关,等等。在本发明实施例中,在构建目标房屋的房屋对象时,可以同时识别并设置其中包含的空间对象,其中空间对象的划分方式可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以根据空间类型设置空间对象包括上述的客厅对象、餐厅对象、厨房对象、卧室对象、阳台对象、洗手间对象、玄关对象,等等。The content displayed on the image user interface may include at least a house object, and the house object includes at least one space object, wherein the house object is a three-dimensional house space established according to the target house. In practical applications, a house can be a combination of multiple rooms and spaces, such as living room, dining room, kitchen, bedroom, balcony, toilet, entrance, and so on. In the embodiment of the present invention, when constructing the house object of the target house, the space objects contained therein can be identified and set at the same time, and the division method of the space objects can be customized according to requirements, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention . For example, the space objects can be set according to the space type, including the above-mentioned living room object, dining room object, kitchen object, bedroom object, balcony object, bathroom object, hallway object, and so on.

在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用方式识别房屋对象中包含的空间对象,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。而且,可以在构建房屋对象的同时设置其中包含的空间对象,对此本发明实施例均不加以限定。In this embodiment of the present invention, the space object included in the house object may be identified in any available manner, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Moreover, the space object contained in the house object may be set while constructing the house object, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

本发明基于3D空间的数字界面(如:VR、AR、全景等交互界面),其发明目的是面对目标房屋中各个空间对象,能够全自动化的实现合理的家具装修方案,例如对于客厅对象都可以在合适的位置摆放沙发、茶几、电视柜、电视、地毯、电视背景墙、空调、角几等卧室常见装修家电家具。The present invention is based on the digital interface of 3D space (such as interactive interfaces such as VR, AR, panoramic view), and the purpose of the invention is to face various spatial objects in the target house, and can fully automate a reasonable furniture decoration scheme, such as for living room objects. You can place sofas, coffee tables, TV cabinets, TVs, carpets, TV background walls, air conditioners, corner tables and other common bedroom home appliance furniture in suitable positions.

不同空间对象对应不同的空间属性,则终端可以根据至少一个空间对象的空间属性,获取相应空间对象的家具布局数据。其中,家具布局数据可以包括家具模型对象以及家具模型对象对应的位置信息,位置信息可以包括不同家具模型对象在空间对象中的位置。可以理解的是,终端可以根据当前空间对象的空间属性,生成当前空间对象下对应家具模型对象的位置信息,例如,若当前空间对象为卫生间对象,则根据卫生间对象的空间属性,生成卫生间中常见的家具家电的位置信息;若当前空间对象为餐厅对象,则根据餐厅对象的空间属性,生成餐厅中常见的家具家电的位置信息,本发明对此不作限制。Different space objects correspond to different space attributes, and the terminal can acquire furniture layout data of the corresponding space object according to the space attribute of at least one space object. The furniture layout data may include furniture model objects and position information corresponding to the furniture model objects, and the position information may include the positions of different furniture model objects in the space object. It can be understood that the terminal can generate the position information of the corresponding furniture model object under the current space object according to the space attribute of the current space object. If the current spatial object is a restaurant object, the location information of common furniture and household appliances in the restaurant is generated according to the spatial attribute of the restaurant object, which is not limited in the present invention.

具体的,终端需要根据空间对象的空间属性,对家具模型对象进行合理的选择,以便在保证家具摆放合理性的情况下,最大化地利用空间对象所拥有的空间。例如,对于卫生间对象而言,家具模型对象可以包括洗手台、镜柜、马桶、花洒、淋浴房、浴盆等卫生间中常见的家具家电,则终端在得到卫生间对象在三维房屋空间中的空间属性后,可以依据该空间属性,选择与之匹配的家具模型对象,并确定各个家具模型对象在卫生间对象中对应的位置信息,以实现家具的全自动装修。Specifically, the terminal needs to reasonably select the furniture model object according to the space attribute of the space object, so as to maximize the use of the space possessed by the space object under the condition of ensuring the rationality of the furniture arrangement. For example, for a bathroom object, the furniture model objects may include common furniture and appliances in bathrooms such as sinks, mirror cabinets, toilets, showers, shower rooms, and bathtubs. Then, according to the space attribute, a furniture model object that matches it can be selected, and the corresponding position information of each furniture model object in the bathroom object can be determined, so as to realize the automatic decoration of the furniture.

另外,在本发明实施例中,也可以针对各个空间对象预先设置至少一个家具布局数据,同时设置各个家具布局数据对应的空间属性条件,进而则可以在获取得到空间对象的空间属性之后,进一步根据其空间数据满足的空间属性条件,从相应空间对象可选的家具布局数据中选定与相应空间对象的空间属性适配的家具布局数据,作为相应空间对象的家具布局数据。In addition, in this embodiment of the present invention, at least one piece of furniture layout data can also be preset for each spatial object, and the spatial attribute conditions corresponding to each furniture layout data can be set at the same time. According to the spatial attribute condition satisfied by the spatial data, the furniture layout data suitable for the spatial attribute of the corresponding spatial object is selected from the optional furniture layout data of the corresponding spatial object as the furniture layout data of the corresponding spatial object.

当终端得到与至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象匹配的家具模型对象,以及各个家具模型对象对应的位置信息后,可以在相应空间对象中,按照其家具布局数据中的位置信息展示相应各个家具模型对象,从而终端可以根据空间对象的空间属性,选择与之匹配的家具模型对象,然后进行展示,实现全自动化的装修,使得用户可以线上获取空间对象适配的不同的装修方案,提前感知不同的装修风格,提高用户体验。After the terminal obtains the furniture model object matching each space object in the at least one space object and the position information corresponding to each furniture model object, the terminal can display the corresponding furniture model objects in the corresponding space object according to the position information in the furniture layout data. Furniture model objects, so that the terminal can select the matching furniture model objects according to the space attributes of the space objects, and then display them to realize fully automatic decoration, so that users can obtain different decoration schemes adapted to the space objects online. Perceive different decoration styles and improve user experience.

在本发明实施例中,可以通过预设终端的图像用户界面展示目标房屋对象的三维房屋空间,用户可以在三维虚拟空间中进行漫游,以对目标房屋对象的内部装修情况进行浏览。实现全自动化的房屋装修,快速准确为目标房屋中每个房间适配不同的装修方案,提前感知不同的装修风格,提高用户体验。In the embodiment of the present invention, the 3D house space of the target house object can be displayed through a preset image user interface of the terminal, and the user can roam in the 3D virtual space to browse the interior decoration of the target house object. Realize fully automated house decoration, quickly and accurately adapt different decoration schemes for each room in the target house, perceive different decoration styles in advance, and improve user experience.

参照图2,在本发明实施例中,所述空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的墙体对象与尺寸信息,所述步骤120进一步可以包括:Referring to FIG. 2 , in this embodiment of the present invention, the space attribute at least includes the wall object and size information of the at least one space object in the three-dimensional house space, and the step 120 may further include:

步骤121,根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据。Step 121: Generate furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the wall object and the size information.

如上述,在实际应用中,不同空间对象的空间属性具体包含的内容可以有所不同,而且不同空间类型下的空间对象的家具布局规则也相应存在不同区别。因此为了针对性地获取不同空间对象的家具布局数据,空间属性中至少可以包括空间对象的空间类型。而且,在获取各个空间对象的家具布局数据时,由于不同空间类型下的家具布局规则、适用的家具模型对象等都可能存在差别。因此,在本发明实施例中,可以据所述至少一个空间对象的空间类型,获取所述至少一个空间对象中的空间对象,所述空间对象包括餐厅对象、厨房对象、卫生间对象、客厅对象中的至少一种,此时对于上述的空间对象,为了准确且快速生成其家具布局数据,空间对象的空间属性还可以包括所述空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的墙体对象与尺寸信息。As mentioned above, in practical applications, the spatial attributes of different spatial objects may contain different contents, and the furniture layout rules of spatial objects under different spatial types are also different accordingly. Therefore, in order to obtain the furniture layout data of different spatial objects in a targeted manner, the spatial attributes may at least include the spatial types of the spatial objects. Moreover, when the furniture layout data of each space object is acquired, there may be differences in furniture layout rules and applicable furniture model objects under different space types. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present invention, the space objects in the at least one space object can be acquired according to the space type of the at least one space object, and the space objects include a restaurant object, a kitchen object, a bathroom object, and a living room object. At least one of the above-mentioned space objects, in order to generate the furniture layout data accurately and quickly, the space attributes of the space objects may also include wall objects and size information of the space objects in the three-dimensional house space.

其中,墙体对象(下述墙体)可以由终端根据用户输入的二维户型图得到卫生间的墙体信息,可以包括出入墙体对象、封闭墙体对象以及开放墙体对象,等等;尺寸信息则可以为空间对象在该三维房屋空间下的空间尺寸(具体可以包括在构建得到的三维房屋空间下的模型尺寸、以及在真实的目标房屋内的真实尺寸等),可以包括空间对象中各个墙体所对应的边长,空间对象的面积等等。Among them, the wall object (the following wall) can be obtained by the terminal according to the two-dimensional floor plan input by the user, and the wall information of the bathroom can include access wall objects, closed wall objects, and open wall objects, etc.; The information can be the spatial size of the spatial object in the 3D house space (specifically, it can include the model size in the constructed 3D house space, and the real size in the real target house, etc.), and can include each of the spatial objects. The length of the side corresponding to the wall, the area of the space object, etc.

对于空间对象的尺寸信息,其可以为二维户型图中相应空间对象所对应的真实尺寸信息,而且不同空间对象的墙体对象与尺寸信息具体包含的内容也可以有所不同,具体的可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。For the size information of space objects, it can be the real size information corresponding to the corresponding space objects in the two-dimensional floor plan, and the specific content of the wall objects and size information of different space objects can also be different. Custom settings are required as required, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

例如,对于空间对象而言,其尺寸信息可以包括空间对象出入门的第一边长,以及空间对象中第一墙体的第二边长与第二墙体的第三边长,例如第二边长可以为空间对象的宽,第三边长可以为空间对象的长,可选的,两者还可以互换,或当空间对象为正方形时,两者还可以相等,以下为了方便理解与说明,以第二边长为空间对象的宽,第三边长为空间对象的长进行示例性说明,本发明对此不作限制。空间对象的第一墙体可以包括出入墙体以及与出入墙体相对的墙体(即空间对象出入门对面的墙体),第二墙体可以为与第一墙体相邻的两面墙体,可选地,两者还可以相互转换,为了方便理解与描述,本发明实施例中以出入门所在的墙体以及出入门对面的墙体作为第一墙体,将剩余两面墙体作为第二墙体,且以空间对象为矩形区域进行示例性说明,本发明对此不作限制。对于空间对象的墙体,在户型图中可以通过不同的墙体标记对房屋的墙体进行区分,例如可以通过黑色标记墙体为承重墙,可以通过白色或中空标记墙体为非承重墙,从而终端可以通过根据不同的墙体标记,识别出目标房屋的各个墙体,���及通过相关算法进行区域划分,从而得到空间对象的墙体对象。For example, for a space object, its size information may include the length of the first side of the door of the space object, and the length of the second side of the first wall and the third side of the second wall in the space object, such as the second side The side length can be the width of the space object, and the third side length can be the length of the space object. Optionally, the two can be interchanged, or when the space object is a square, the two can be equal. In the description, the second side length is taken as the width of the space object, and the third side length is taken as the length of the space object for exemplary illustration, which is not limited in the present invention. The first wall of the space object may include an access wall and a wall opposite to the access wall (that is, the wall opposite to the access door of the space object), and the second wall may be two walls adjacent to the first wall , optionally, the two can also be converted to each other. In order to facilitate understanding and description, in the embodiment of the present invention, the wall where the exit door is located and the wall opposite to the exit door are used as the first wall, and the remaining two walls are used as the first wall. Two walls, and the spatial object is a rectangular area for exemplary illustration, which is not limited in the present invention. For the walls of space objects, different wall marks can be used to distinguish the walls of the house in the floor plan. For example, the walls can be marked with black as load-bearing walls, and the walls can be marked with white or hollow as non-load-bearing walls. Therefore, the terminal can identify each wall of the target house according to different wall markers, and divide the area through a related algorithm, thereby obtaining the wall object of the space object.

对于墙体,出入墙体可以为具有门体对象(下述门体)的墙体;封闭墙体可以为用户无法通过的墙体,例如承重墙、非承重墙(包含窗户的墙体)以及隔墙等墙体;开放墙体可以为用户能够通过、且不具备门体的墙体,或开放空间,例如可以为终端设置的虚拟墙体,用于区分两个不同空间对象,也可以为二维户型图中用于划分两个相邻空间的开放空间等等。可以理解的是,对于卫生间而言,其可以不包括开放墙体对象,即卫生间可以由封闭墙体与出入墙体组成。For walls, access walls can be walls with door objects (doors described below); closed walls can be walls that users cannot pass through, such as load-bearing walls, non-load-bearing walls (walls containing windows), and Partition walls and other walls; an open wall can be a wall that users can pass through without a door, or an open space, such as a virtual wall that can be set up in a terminal to distinguish two different space objects, or it can be a Open space used to divide two adjacent spaces in a 2D floor plan, etc. It can be understood that, for a toilet, it may not include an open wall object, that is, the toilet may be composed of a closed wall and an access wall.

在本发明实施例中,终端可以根据空间对象的墙体对象与尺寸信息,生成空间对象的家具布局数据。例如,可以根据尺寸信息确定空间对象可以摆放何种尺寸的家具模型对象(下述家具模型),可以根据墙体对象确定选择何种方式摆放家具模型对象等。In this embodiment of the present invention, the terminal may generate furniture layout data of the space object according to the wall object and size information of the space object. For example, according to the size information, it is possible to determine what size of furniture model objects (furniture models will be described below) can be placed in the space object, and according to the wall objects to determine which way to choose to place the furniture model objects, etc.

在具体实现中,也可以根据墙体的类型确定对应墙体摆放何种家具或家电,并且还可以根据空间对象的尺寸,确定空间对象可以���放������������、���种尺寸的家具家电、装饰品等等,从而通过空间对象的墙体与尺寸,为空间对象适配合理的家具布局数据,以便在实现全自动化装修的同时,保证家具装修的合理性。例如,对于厨房对象而言,若墙体包含窗户,则煤气灶需要避开窗户或不在窗户下方等等。In the specific implementation, it is also possible to determine what kind of furniture or home appliances are placed on the corresponding wall according to the type of the wall, and also according to the size of the space object, to determine the number and size of furniture, home appliances, and decorations that can be placed in the space object. Therefore, through the wall and size of the space object, the reasonable furniture layout data is adapted to the space object, so as to ensure the rationality of the furniture decoration while realizing the fully automatic decoration. For example, for a kitchen object, if the wall contains windows, the gas stove needs to avoid windows or not be under windows, etc.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,在所述空间对象为所述餐厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述餐厅对象的第一边长与第二边长,所述步骤121进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, when the spatial object is the restaurant object, the size information includes the first side length and the second side length of the restaurant object, and the step 121 further Can include:

步骤A1,获取与所述餐厅对象的第一边长和所述第二边长匹配的家具模型对象,以及所述家具模型对象的家具尺寸;Step A1, obtaining the furniture model object matching the length of the first side and the length of the second side of the restaurant object, and the furniture size of the furniture model object;

步骤A2,根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型,获得针对所述家具模型对象的目标墙体对象;Step A2, obtaining a target wall object for the furniture model object according to the wall type of the wall object;

步骤A3,采用所述家具尺寸与所述目标墙体对象,生成所述家具模型对象的位置信息。Step A3, using the furniture size and the target wall object to generate position information of the furniture model object.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,对于餐厅对象(以下简称餐厅)而言,终端可以获取与餐厅对象的第一边长和第二边长匹配的家具模型对象,并获取家具模型对象的家具尺寸,接着根据墙体对象的墙体类型,获得针对家具模型对象的目标墙体对象,然后采用家具尺寸与目标墙体对象,生成家具模型对象的位置信息,从而得到餐厅对象的家具布局数据。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, for a restaurant object (hereinafter referred to as a restaurant), the terminal may acquire a furniture model object matching the length of the first side and the length of the second side of the restaurant object, and acquire the furniture model object Then, according to the wall type of the wall object, the target wall object for the furniture model object is obtained, and then the furniture size and the target wall object are used to generate the position information of the furniture model object, so as to obtain the furniture layout of the restaurant object. data.

在具体实现中,终端对户型图进行处理后,可以得到显示区域为���形的餐厅,接着获取餐厅的第一边长与第二边长,然后可以根据两者之间的乘积得到餐厅的区域面积,以便选择与该区域面积匹配的家具模型(包括家具的数量、家具类型以及家具风格等),然后获取选择后的家具模型的家具尺寸。其中,家具模型中餐桌与餐椅配套,例如双人餐桌,则摆放对应的两把餐椅;四人餐桌,则摆放对应的四把餐椅等等,从终端可以根据餐厅的区域面积,选择对应人数的餐桌与餐椅。In the specific implementation, after the terminal processes the floor plan, a restaurant with a rectangular display area can be obtained, and then the length of the first side and the length of the second side of the restaurant can be obtained, and then the area of the restaurant can be obtained according to the product of the two. , so as to select the furniture model (including the number of furniture, furniture type, and furniture style, etc.) that matches the area of the area, and then obtain the furniture size of the selected furniture model. Among them, in the furniture model, the dining table is matched with the dining chairs. For example, the two-person dining table is placed with the corresponding two dining chairs; the four-person dining table is placed with the corresponding four dining chairs, and so on. From the terminal, according to the area of the restaurant, Choose a dining table and dining chairs that correspond to the number of people.

在一种示例中,若餐厅对象包括至少两面封闭墙体对象,则可以将边长最长的封闭墙体对象作为与第一家具模型对象相邻的第一目标墙体对象;若餐厅对象包括至少一面开放墙体对象,则将与餐厅对象的开放墙体对象相邻或相对的封闭墙体对象,作为与第一家具模型对象相邻的第一目标墙体对象。然后采用第一家具模型对象的第一家具尺寸,计算第一家具模型对象在餐厅对象中的第一区域,以及采用第二家具模型对象的第二家具尺寸,计算第二家具模型对象在餐厅对象中的第二区域,并对第一区域与第二区域进行组合,获得与第一家具模型对象和第二家具模型对象匹配的目标区域,然后根据预设的摆放条件,将目标区域与第一目标墙体对象进行匹配,获得第一家具模型对象与第二家具模型对象的位置信息。In one example, if the restaurant object includes at least two closed wall objects, the closed wall object with the longest side length may be used as the first target wall object adjacent to the first furniture model object; if the restaurant object includes If there is at least one open wall object, the closed wall object adjacent to or opposite to the open wall object of the restaurant object is used as the first target wall object adjacent to the first furniture model object. Then use the first furniture size of the first furniture model object to calculate the first area of the first furniture model object in the restaurant object, and use the second furniture size of the second furniture model object to calculate the second furniture model object in the restaurant object and combine the first area and the second area to obtain the target area matching the first furniture model object and the second furniture model object, and then according to the preset placement conditions, combine the target area with the first A target wall object is matched to obtain the position information of the first furniture model object and the second furniture model object.

为了更加合理与最大化利用餐厅的空间,可以通过设置摆放条件,对家具在餐厅的位置进行限定,从而可以通过摆放条件可以得到家具在餐厅中的最优位置。其中,摆放条件可以包括第一家具模型对象中非相邻第一目标墙体对象的一侧,与相对的封闭墙体对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值,或与相对的开放墙体对象之间的距离满足第一预设距离区间;第二家具模型对象的背面与相对的封闭墙体对象或开放墙体对象之间的距离满足第二预设距离区间中的至少一个。In order to use the space of the restaurant more reasonably and maximize, the position of the furniture in the restaurant can be limited by setting the placement conditions, so that the optimal position of the furniture in the restaurant can be obtained through the placement conditions. The placement condition may include that the distance between the side of the first furniture model object that is not adjacent to the first target wall object and the opposite closed wall object is greater than or equal to a preset distance threshold, or the distance from the opposite open wall object is greater than or equal to a preset distance threshold. The distance between the wall objects satisfies the first preset distance interval; the distance between the back of the second furniture model object and the opposite closed wall object or the open wall object satisfies at least one of the second preset distance intervals.

例如,第一家具模型对象可以为餐桌,第二家具模型对象可以为餐椅,第一目标墙体为餐桌短边所靠的墙体。若餐厅包括至少两面封闭墙体,两面封闭墙体之间可以为相邻的墙体,也可以为相对的墙体。如果两面封闭墙体为边长相同的墙体,则可以选择任意一个墙体作为第一目标墙体;如果两面封闭墙体为不同边长的墙体,则可以将长度较大的墙体作为第一目标墙体。若餐厅包括至少一面开放墙体,则可以将与开放墙体相邻或相对的封闭墙体作为第一目标墙体,然后根据餐桌与餐椅的尺寸,确定餐桌与餐椅在餐厅中的位置信息。For example, the first furniture model object may be a dining table, the second furniture model object may be a dining chair, and the first target wall is a wall against which the short side of the dining table rests. If the restaurant includes at least two closed walls, the two closed walls may be adjacent walls or opposite walls. If the two enclosed walls are walls with the same side length, you can select any wall as the first target wall; if the two enclosed walls are walls with different side lengths, you can use the wall with the larger length as the first target wall. The first target wall. If the restaurant includes at least one open wall, the closed wall adjacent to or opposite to the open wall can be used as the first target wall, and then the positions of the dining table and dining chair in the dining room can be determined according to the size of the dining table and dining chair. information.

具体的,参考图3A,示出了本发明实施例中餐桌位置的示意图,终端可以以第一目标墙体为边界,按照餐桌的长边尺寸(若餐桌为正方形,则以边长)向餐厅内部延伸,得到餐桌在餐厅中所占的第一区域。参考图3B,示出了本发明实施例中餐椅位置的示意图,接着根据餐桌与餐椅之间的配套关系,按照餐椅的尺寸,得到餐椅在餐厅所占的第二区域,其中,第一区域与第二区域为相邻的区域。然后可以将第一区域与第二区域进行拼接,得到餐桌-餐椅在餐厅所占的目标区域。Specifically, referring to FIG. 3A , which shows a schematic diagram of the position of the dining table in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal may take the first target wall as the boundary, and move toward the dining room according to the length of the dining table (if the dining table is square, the length of the side) The interior extends to get the first area that the dining table occupies in the dining room. Referring to FIG. 3B , a schematic diagram of the position of the dining chair in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. Then, according to the matching relationship between the dining table and the dining chair, and according to the size of the dining chair, the second area occupied by the dining chair in the restaurant is obtained. An area and a second area are adjacent areas. Then, the first area and the second area can be spliced to obtain the target area occupied by the dining table-dining chair in the restaurant.

对于目标区域中的餐桌与餐椅,其可以为餐厅当前尺寸下能够摆放的最大数量的餐桌与餐椅,则在得到餐厅能够摆放的最大数量的餐桌与餐椅之后,可以按照摆放条件,对目标区域与餐厅的墙体等进行匹配,以便在最大化利用餐厅的空间的同时,提高家具摆放的合理性。For the dining tables and dining chairs in the target area, they can be the maximum number of dining tables and dining chairs that can be placed under the current size of the restaurant. conditions, match the target area with the walls of the restaurant, so as to maximize the use of the restaurant's space and improve the rationality of furniture placement.

例如,预设距离阈值可以为600mm,第一预设距离区间可以为300mm-600mm,第二预设距离区间可以为100mm-600mm。参考图3C,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图一,单位为mm,则餐桌的尺寸为600*600,餐椅的尺寸为450*550,餐厅的尺寸为1200*2300,且餐厅包括三个封闭墙体,由于餐桌为正方形餐桌,则在得到餐桌与餐椅所对应的目标区域后,可以将餐桌的一边�����摆放,���������餐桌的非靠墙侧与相对的封闭墙体之间的距离大于或等于600mm。同时,保持餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离满足100-600mm,若餐椅背部与封闭墙体之间的距离大于或等于600mm,则将餐椅与封闭墙体之间的距离保持在600mm;若餐椅背部与封闭墙体之间的距离小于600mm,则餐椅与封闭墙体之间的距离最小可以保持在100mm。For example, the preset distance threshold may be 600mm, the first preset distance interval may be 300mm-600mm, and the second preset distance interval may be 100mm-600mm. Referring to FIG. 3C , a schematic diagram 1 of furniture placement in the embodiment of the present invention is shown, the unit is mm, the size of the dining table is 600*600, the size of the dining chair is 450*550, the size of the dining room is 1200*2300, and The restaurant includes three closed walls. Since the dining table is a square dining table, after obtaining the target area corresponding to the dining table and dining chairs, one side of the dining table can be placed against the wall, and the non-wall side of the dining table and the opposite side can be kept closed. The distance between the walls is greater than or equal to 600mm. At the same time, keep the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed wall or open wall to meet 100-600mm. If the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed wall is greater than or equal to 600mm, then the distance between the dining chair and the closed wall should be 100-600mm. If the distance between the back of the dining chair and the enclosed wall is less than 600mm, the minimum distance between the dining chair and the enclosed wall can be kept at 100mm.

参考图3D,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图二,餐桌的尺寸为600*1200mm,餐椅的尺寸为450*550,餐厅的尺寸为1800*2300,且包括三个封闭墙体,则在得到餐桌与餐椅所对应的目标区域后,可以将餐桌的短边靠墙摆放,并保持餐桌的非靠墙侧与相对的封闭墙体之间的距离大于或等于600mm。餐椅与墙体之间的位置关系可以参考上述示例,在此不再赘述。Referring to FIG. 3D, a schematic diagram 2 of furniture placement in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. The size of the dining table is 600*1200mm, the size of the dining chair is 450*550, and the size of the dining room is 1800*2300, and includes three closed walls After obtaining the target area corresponding to the dining table and dining chairs, you can place the short side of the dining table against the wall, and keep the distance between the non-wall side of the dining table and the opposite closed wall greater than or equal to 600mm. For the positional relationship between the dining chair and the wall, reference may be made to the above example, which will not be repeated here.

参照图3E,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图三,餐桌的尺寸为600*1500,餐椅的尺寸为450*550,餐厅的尺寸为2000*3200,且餐厅包括一面开放墙体,则在得到餐桌与餐椅所对应的目标区域后,可以将餐桌的短边靠与开放墙体相邻的封闭墙体摆放,并保持餐桌的非靠墙侧与相对的封闭墙体之间的距离大于或等于600mm。同时,保持餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离满足100mm-600mm,若餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离大于或等于600mm,则将餐椅与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离保持在600mm;若餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离小于600mm,则餐椅与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离最小可以保持在100mm。Referring to FIG. 3E , a schematic diagram 3 of furniture placement in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. The size of the dining table is 600*1500, the size of the dining chair is 450*550, the size of the dining room is 2000*3200, and the dining room includes an open wall After obtaining the target area corresponding to the dining table and dining chairs, you can place the short side of the dining table against the closed wall adjacent to the open wall, and keep the non-wall side of the dining table and the opposite closed wall. The distance between them is greater than or equal to 600mm. At the same time, keep the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed wall or open wall to meet 100mm-600mm, if the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed or open wall is greater than or equal to 600mm, then the dining chair and the closed wall The distance between the wall or the open wall is kept at 600mm; if the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed or open wall is less than 600mm, the minimum distance between the dining chair and the closed or open wall can be Keep it at 100mm.

参照图3F,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图四,可以将餐桌的短边靠与开放墙体相对的封闭墙体摆放,并保持餐桌的非靠墙侧与相对的开放墙体之间的距离满足300mm-600mm,餐椅与墙体之间的位置关系可以参考上述示例;参考图3G,示出了本发明实施例种家具摆放的示意图五,可以将餐桌与餐椅居中拜访,并保持餐桌与开放墙体之间的距离满足300mm-600mm,以及餐椅与封闭墙体之间的距离为600mm,在此不再赘述。其中,对于餐桌与餐椅的高度,可以根据实际情况进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。Referring to FIG. 3F, a schematic diagram 4 of the furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. The short side of the dining table can be placed against the closed wall opposite to the open wall, and the non-wall side of the dining table and the opposite open wall can be placed. The distance between the walls satisfies 300mm-600mm, and the positional relationship between the dining chair and the wall can refer to the above example; with reference to FIG. The chair is centered, and the distance between the dining table and the open wall is 300mm-600mm, and the distance between the dining chair and the closed wall is 600mm, which will not be repeated here. The height of the dining table and the dining chair can be set according to the actual situation, which is not limited in the present invention.

在另一种示例中,若家具模型对象包括第三家具模型对象,则将与开放墙体对象相邻的封闭墙体对象,作为与第一家具模型对象相邻的第一目标墙体对象;以及将与第一目标墙体对象相对的封闭墙体对象,作为与第三家具模型对象相邻的第二目标墙体对象,或,将与开放墙体对象相对的封闭墙体对象作为与第一家具模型对象相邻的第一目标墙体对象;以及将与第一目标墙体对象相邻的墙体对象作为与第三家具模型对象相邻的第二目标墙体对象。In another example, if the furniture model object includes a third furniture model object, the closed wall object adjacent to the open wall object is used as the first target wall object adjacent to the first furniture model object; And take the closed wall object opposite to the first target wall object as the second target wall object adjacent to the third furniture model object, or take the closed wall object opposite to the open wall object as the second target wall object adjacent to the third furniture model object. A first target wall object adjacent to a furniture model object; and a wall object adjacent to the first target wall object as a second target wall object adjacent to the third furniture model object.

若餐厅对象包括出入墙体对象以及开放墙体对象,则沿餐厅对象的进深方向,将与出入墙体对象相邻、且远离门体对象的墙体对象作为与第一家具模型对象相邻的第一目标墙体对象;以及将与第一目标墙体对象相对的墙体对象作为与第三家具模型对象相邻的第二目标墙体对象。其中,第二目标墙体对象可以为第三家具模型对象所靠的墙体对象。If the restaurant object includes the entry and exit wall objects and the open wall objects, along the depth direction of the restaurant object, the wall objects adjacent to the entry and exit wall objects and far from the door object are regarded as adjacent to the first furniture model object. a first target wall object; and a wall object opposite to the first target wall object as a second target wall object adjacent to the third furniture model object. Wherein, the second target wall object may be a wall object against which the third furniture model object rests.

需要说明的是,对于第三家具模型对象所对应的第三区域的计算,可以以第二目标墙体为边界,根据第三家具模型对象的长与宽,得到第三家具模型对象在餐厅中的位置。It should be noted that, for the calculation of the third area corresponding to the third furniture model object, the second target wall can be used as the boundary to obtain the third furniture model object in the restaurant according to the length and width of the third furniture model object. s position.

对于餐厅不包括出入墙体的情况下,可以采用第一家具模型对象的第一家具尺寸,计算针对第一目标墙体对象的第一区域,采用第二家具模型对象的第二家具尺寸,计算与第一区域对应的第二区域,采用第三家具模型对象的第三家具尺寸,计算针对第二目标墙体对象的第三区域;对第一区域与第二区域进行组合,获得与第一家具模型对象和第二家具模型对象匹配的目标区域;根据预设的摆放条件,将目标区域与第一目标墙体对象、第三区域进行匹配,获得第一家具模型对象与第二家具模型对象的位置信息。For the case where the restaurant does not include access walls, the first furniture size of the first furniture model object can be used to calculate the first area of the first target wall object, and the second furniture size of the second furniture model object can be used to calculate For the second area corresponding to the first area, use the third furniture size of the third furniture model object to calculate the third area for the second target wall object; combine the first area and the second area to obtain a The target area where the furniture model object and the second furniture model object match; according to the preset placement conditions, match the target area with the first target wall object and the third area to obtain the first furniture model object and the second furniture model The location information of the object.

其中,摆放条件还可以包括第一家具模型对象中非相邻第一目标墙体对象的一侧,与第三家具模型对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值;以及第二家具模型对象的背面与第三家具模型对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值中的至少一个。Wherein, the placement condition may also include that the distance between the side of the first furniture model object that is not adjacent to the first target wall object and the third furniture model object is greater than or equal to a preset distance threshold; and the second furniture model The distance between the back of the object and the third furniture model object is greater than or equal to at least one of preset distance thresholds.

例如,第三家具模型对象可以为餐边���,参照图3E,在得到餐桌与餐椅所对应的目标区域后,可以将餐桌的短边靠与开放墙体相邻的封闭墙体摆放,并保持餐桌的非靠墙侧与相对的餐边柜之间的距离大于或等于600mm。同时,保持餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离满足100mm-600mm,若餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离大于或等于600mm,则将餐椅与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离保持在600mm;若餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离小于600mm,则餐椅与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离最小可以保持在100mm。For example, the third furniture model object can be a sideboard. Referring to FIG. 3E, after obtaining the target area corresponding to the dining table and dining chairs, the short side of the dining table can be placed against the closed wall adjacent to the open wall. And keep the distance between the non-wall side of the dining table and the opposite sideboard greater than or equal to 600mm. At the same time, keep the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed wall or open wall to meet 100mm-600mm, if the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed or open wall is greater than or equal to 600mm, then the dining chair and the closed wall The distance between the wall or the open wall is kept at 600mm; if the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed or open wall is less than 600mm, the minimum distance between the dining chair and the closed or open wall can be Keep it at 100mm.

参照图3F,在得到餐桌与餐椅所对应的目标区域后,可以将餐桌的短边靠与开放墙体相对的封闭墙体摆放,并保持餐桌的非靠墙侧与相对的开放墙体之间的距离满足300mm-600mm。同时,保持餐椅背部与封闭墙体或餐边柜之间的距离满足100mm-600mm。3F, after obtaining the target area corresponding to the dining table and the dining chair, the short side of the dining table can be placed against the closed wall opposite to the open wall, and the non-wall side of the dining table and the opposite open wall can be placed. The distance between them is 300mm-600mm. At the same time, keep the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed wall or sideboard within 100mm-600mm.

对于餐厅包括出入墙体的情况下,采用第一家具模型对象的第一家具尺寸,计算针对第一目标墙体对象的第一区域,采用第二家具模型对象的第二家具尺寸,计算与第一区域对应的第二区域,采用第三家具模型对象的第三家具尺寸,计算针对第二目标墙体对象的第三区域;对第一区域与第二区域进行组合,获得与第一家具模型对象和第二家具模型对象匹配的目标区域;根据摆放条件,将目标区域与墙体对象和第二区域进行匹配,获得第一家具模型对象与第二家具模型对象的第一位置信息;以及根据摆放条件,将第三区域与门体对象和目标区域进行匹配,得到第三家具模型对象的第二位置信息。For the case where the restaurant includes access walls, the first furniture size of the first furniture model object is used to calculate the first area of the first target wall object, and the second furniture size of the second furniture model object is used to calculate the same size as the first area of the first target wall object. For the second area corresponding to one area, use the third furniture size of the third furniture model object to calculate the third area for the second target wall object; combine the first area and the second area to obtain the same size as the first furniture model The target area matched by the object and the second furniture model object; according to the placement conditions, the target area is matched with the wall object and the second area to obtain the first position information of the first furniture model object and the second furniture model object; And According to the placement conditions, the third area is matched with the door object and the target area to obtain the second position information of the third furniture model object.

其中,区域条件还可以包括第三家具模型对象与门体对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值;第一家具模型对象中非相邻第一目标墙体对象的一侧,与第三家具模型对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值;以及第二家具模型对象与开放墙体对象或封闭墙体对象之间的距离满足第一预设距离区间中的至少一个。Wherein, the area condition may further include that the distance between the third furniture model object and the door object is greater than or equal to a preset distance threshold; the side of the first furniture model object that is not adjacent to the first target wall object, and the third The distance between the furniture model objects is greater than or equal to a preset distance threshold; and the distance between the second furniture model object and the open wall object or the closed wall object satisfies at least one of the first preset distance intervals.

例如,参考图3H,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图六,餐厅包括相对的两面封闭墙体,一个出入墙体以及开放墙体,则可以将远离门的封闭墙体作为餐桌所靠的第一墙体,将另一面封闭墙体作为餐边柜所靠的第二墙体。再得到餐桌与餐椅所对应的目标区域,以及餐边柜的第三区域后,可以将餐桌的短边靠与第一墙体摆放,并保持餐桌的非靠墙侧与相对的餐边柜之间的距离大于或等于600mm。同时,保持餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离满足100mm-600mm,若餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离大于或等于600mm,则将餐椅与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离保持在600mm;若餐椅背部与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离小于600mm,则餐椅与封闭墙体或开放墙体之间的距离最小可以保持在100mm。并且,保持餐边柜与门之间的距离大于或等于600mm。For example, referring to FIG. 3H , which shows a schematic diagram 6 of furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention, the restaurant includes two opposite closed walls, an access wall and an open wall, and the closed wall away from the door can be used as a dining table. The first wall on which the sideboard rests, and the other closed wall is used as the second wall on which the sideboard rests. After obtaining the target area corresponding to the dining table and dining chairs, and the third area of the sideboard, you can place the short side of the dining table against the first wall, and keep the non-wall side and the opposite side of the dining table. The distance between the cabinets is greater than or equal to 600mm. At the same time, keep the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed wall or open wall to meet 100mm-600mm, if the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed or open wall is greater than or equal to 600mm, then the dining chair and the closed wall The distance between the wall or the open wall is kept at 600mm; if the distance between the back of the dining chair and the closed or open wall is less than 600mm, the minimum distance between the dining chair and the closed or open wall can be Keep it at 100mm. Also, keep the distance between the sideboard and the door greater than or equal to 600mm.

在本发明的另一种可选实施例中,对应尺寸较大的餐厅,若餐厅对象的第一边长与第二边长均大于或等于第一尺寸阈值,则获取与第一尺寸阈值匹配的家具模型对象,以及家具模型对象的家具尺寸,接着按照家具尺寸,计算家具模型对象在餐厅对象中的第四区域,然后根据预设的摆放条件,将第四区域与餐厅对象的中间位置进行匹配,获得家具模型对象的位置信息。其中,区域条件至少包括第二家具模型对象与墙体对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值中的至少一个。In another optional embodiment of the present invention, corresponding to a restaurant with a larger size, if the length of the first side and the length of the second side of the restaurant object are both greater than or equal to the first size threshold, the acquisition matches the first size threshold. The furniture model object and the furniture size of the furniture model object, then calculate the fourth area of the furniture model object in the restaurant object according to the furniture size, and then according to the preset placement conditions, the fourth area and the middle position of the restaurant object Matching is performed to obtain the position information of the furniture model object. Wherein, the area condition at least includes that the distance between the second furniture model object and the wall object is greater than or equal to at least one of preset distance thresholds.

在具体实现中,若餐厅的边长均大于或等于第一尺寸阈值时,则表示餐厅的区域面积较大,可以考虑餐厅的动线空间在餐桌的一侧还是两侧,若动线空间在两侧,则与第一尺寸阈值对应的家具模型对象可以为圆形餐桌,以及与圆形餐桌匹配的餐椅。然后可以根据餐桌与餐椅的尺寸,计算在餐厅中的第四区域,然后按照摆放条件,将第四区域与餐厅的中间位置进行匹配,使得第四区域可以尽可能地位于餐厅的居中位置,并保持餐椅背部与餐厅各个墙体对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值。其中,动线空间可以为餐厅内用户移动的区域,在动线空间内不摆放任何家具。In the specific implementation, if the side lengths of the restaurant are all greater than or equal to the first size threshold, it means that the area of the restaurant is large, and it can be considered whether the moving line space of the restaurant is on one side or both sides of the dining table. On both sides, the furniture model objects corresponding to the first size threshold may be a round dining table and dining chairs matching the round dining table. Then the fourth area in the restaurant can be calculated according to the size of the dining table and dining chairs, and then the fourth area can be matched with the middle position of the restaurant according to the placement conditions, so that the fourth area can be located in the center of the restaurant as much as possible , and keep the distance between the back of the dining chair and each wall object in the restaurant greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold. Among them, the moving line space can be the area where users move in the restaurant, and no furniture is placed in the moving line space.

例如,参考图3I,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图七,若将餐桌居中摆放,则餐桌的尺寸为半径1500mm的圆形餐桌,餐椅为450*550,预设距离阈值为600mm。按照进深的方向,进入餐厅有一侧墙宽度=开放墙体+门宽度(整面墙全部为开放空间),餐桌餐椅两侧为动线空间,餐桌在餐厅居中摆放;此时餐桌占用空间宽度≥餐桌宽度1500+餐椅宽度550*2+两侧动线空间600*2=3800mm,餐桌占用空间长度=餐桌长度1500+餐椅宽度550*2+两侧动线空间600*2=3800mm。由此可见,若需要将餐桌居中摆放,则第一尺寸阈值可以设置为3800mm,当餐厅的边长大于或等于3800时,终端可以采用餐桌居中摆放的方式,对餐厅的家具进行选择。For example, referring to FIG. 3I , a schematic diagram 7 of furniture placement in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. If the dining table is placed in the center, the size of the dining table is a circular dining table with a radius of 1500 mm, the dining chair is 450*550, and the preset distance The threshold is 600mm. According to the direction of depth, there is a side wall width = open wall + door width (the whole wall is open space), the two sides of the dining table and chairs are moving line space, and the dining table is placed in the center of the dining room; at this time, the dining table occupies space Width ≥ dining table width 1500 + dining chair width 550*2 + moving line space on both sides 600*2 = 3800mm, dining table occupied space length = dining table length 1500 + dining chair width 550*2 + moving line space on both sides 600*2 = 3800mm . It can be seen that if the dining table needs to be placed in the center, the first size threshold can be set to 3800mm. When the side length of the dining room is greater than or equal to 3800, the terminal can select the furniture of the dining room by placing the dining table in the center.

在本发明的另一种可选实施例中,对于尺寸较小的餐厅,若第一边长与第二边长均大于或等于第二尺寸阈值,则获取与第二尺寸阈值匹配的家具模型对象;以及将餐厅对象相邻两面封闭墙体对象所对应的角落区域,作为家具模型对象的位置信息。In another optional embodiment of the present invention, for a restaurant with a smaller size, if the length of the first side and the length of the second side are both greater than or equal to the second size threshold, obtain a furniture model matching the second size threshold object; and take the corner area corresponding to the two adjacent closed wall objects of the restaurant object as the position information of the furniture model object.

在具体实现中,若餐厅的边长小于第二尺寸阈值,则不在餐厅中摆放餐桌与餐椅;若餐厅的边长大于或等于第二尺寸阈值,则在餐厅中摆放双人餐桌以及对应的餐椅。In specific implementation, if the side length of the dining room is less than the second size threshold, the dining table and dining chairs are not placed in the dining room; if the side length of the dining room is greater than or equal to the second size threshold, a two-person dining table and corresponding dining table are placed in the dining room. dining chair.

例如,参考图3J,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图八,餐厅包括至少两面封闭墙体,且墙体尺寸为1750mm(摆放餐桌最小的尺寸阈值),则可以将相邻的两面封闭墙体所对应的角落区域,作为餐桌与餐椅的摆放区域。For example, referring to FIG. 3J , which shows a schematic diagram 8 of furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention, the restaurant includes at least two closed walls, and the wall size is 1750mm (the minimum size threshold for placing dining tables), then adjacent The corner area corresponding to the two enclosed walls is used as the placement area for the dining table and dining chairs.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可以理解的是,在本发明实施例的思想指导下,本领域技术人员可以根据实际情况进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. It is understood that, under the guidance of the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make settings according to actual conditions, which are not limited by the present invention.

在具体实现中,终端可以通过餐厅的空间尺寸,选择对应的家具,然后通过家具尺寸、墙体类型以及空间尺寸等,确定家具在餐厅中的摆放位置,实现了根据用户输入的户型图,为用户自动推荐与户型图匹配的家具,以便实现全自动的装修。In the specific implementation, the terminal can select the corresponding furniture according to the space size of the restaurant, and then determine the placement position of the furniture in the restaurant according to the furniture size, wall type and space size, etc., and realize the floor plan according to the user input. Automatically recommend furniture that matches the floor plan for users, so as to achieve fully automatic decoration.

在一种示例中,家具模型对象可以包括餐桌、餐椅、餐边柜、卡座、沙发、吧凳、吧桌、转盘、灯饰、垃圾柜以及酒柜等模型对象,则当家具布局数据中包括灯饰以及灯饰对应的位置后,终端可以在展示餐桌与餐椅的同时,对灯饰进行展示。具体的,灯饰的数量可以根据餐桌的长度进行确定,当餐桌的长度大于或等于预设阈值时,灯饰的位置可以按照餐桌的位置进行设置,并保持与餐桌之间的位置关系为几何中心对齐关系。In one example, the furniture model objects may include model objects such as dining tables, dining chairs, sideboards, decks, sofas, bar stools, bar tables, turntables, lighting, garbage cabinets, and wine cabinets. After including the lighting and the corresponding position of the lighting, the terminal can display the lighting while displaying the dining table and dining chairs. Specifically, the number of lighting can be determined according to the length of the dining table. When the length of the dining table is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, the position of the lighting can be set according to the position of the dining table, and the positional relationship between the dining table and the dining table shall be aligned with the geometric center. relation.

例如,参考图3K,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图九,若餐桌的长度大于或等于1200mm,或,大于或等于1800mm时,餐厅吊灯可以按照餐桌的位置,与餐桌几何中心对齐,设置于餐桌的正上方1500mm的位置。同时,还可以根据餐桌的长度确定吊灯的数量,包括每400mm设置一个吊灯等等。For example, referring to FIG. 3K , which shows a schematic diagram 9 of the furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention, if the length of the dining table is greater than or equal to 1200mm, or greater than or equal to 1800mm, the dining room chandelier can be in accordance with the position of the dining table and the geometric center of the dining table. Align and set at a position of 1500mm directly above the dining table. At the same time, the number of chandeliers can also be determined according to the length of the dining table, including setting a chandelier every 400mm and so on.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,例如终端可以根据餐厅的尺寸,将吊灯设置于餐厅天花板的居中位置等,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. For example, the terminal may set the chandelier in the center of the ceiling of the restaurant according to the size of the restaurant, which is not limited in the present invention.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述卫生间对象(以下简称卫生间)的情况下,所述所述墙体对象至少包括第一墙体对象以及与第二墙体对象,所述第一墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述尺寸信息包括所述门体对象的第一边长,以及所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长,所述步骤121,进一步可以包括:Optionally, in the case that the space object is the bathroom object (hereinafter referred to as the bathroom), the wall object includes at least a first wall object and a second wall object, the first wall object. The body object includes at least a door body object, and the size information includes a first side length of the door body object, a second side length of the first wall body object, and a third side length of the second wall body object , the step 121 may further include:

步骤B1,根据所述门体对象与所述门体对象的第一边长,计算所述卫生间对象的动线空间;Step B1, according to the door body object and the first side length of the door body object, calculate the moving line space of the toilet object;

步骤B2,根据所述第二墙体对象的第三边长与所述动线空间,获得所述卫生间对象的目标装修空间;Step B2, obtaining the target decoration space of the bathroom object according to the third side length of the second wall object and the moving line space;

步骤B3,获取与所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长匹配的家具模型对象;Step B3, acquiring a furniture model object matching the length of the second side of the first wall object and the length of the third side of the second wall object;

步骤B4,���照预设的装修���件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标装修空间进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。Step B4, according to preset decoration conditions, match the furniture model object with the target decoration space, and obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,用户在输入二维户型图后,终端可以对二维户型图进行识别,得到目标房屋的三维房屋空间,并得到卫生间的墙体、墙体边长以及出入门的宽度之后,可以根据门体对象与第一边长,计算卫生间对象的动线空间,接着根据第三边长与动线空间,获得卫生间对象的目标装修空间,并获取与第二边长和第三边长匹配的家具模型对象,然后按照预设的装修条件,将家具模型对象与目标装修空间进行匹配,获得家具模型对象的位置信息。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, after the user inputs the two-dimensional floor plan, the terminal can identify the two-dimensional floor plan, obtain the three-dimensional house space of the target house, and obtain the wall of the bathroom and the length of the side of the wall. After and the width of the exit door, the moving line space of the bathroom object can be calculated according to the door body object and the length of the first side, and then the target decoration space of the bathroom object can be obtained according to the length of the third side and the moving line space, and the target decoration space of the bathroom object can be obtained. The furniture model object whose side length and the third side length match, and then according to the preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target decoration space, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

在具体实现中,动线空间可以为卫生间中用户移动的区域,在动线空间内部不摆放任何家具,装修空间可以为卫生间中用于摆放家具的空间,可以理解的是,装修空间内也可以不摆放家具,则终端可以根据卫生间墙体的情况,对卫生间的动线空间与装修空间进行划分,从而确定用户移动的区域,以及家具摆放的区域。In the specific implementation, the moving line space can be the area where the user moves in the bathroom, no furniture is placed in the moving line space, and the decoration space can be the space used for placing furniture in the bathroom. Furniture may not be placed, and the terminal can divide the moving line space and the decoration space of the bathroom according to the condition of the bathroom wall, so as to determine the area where the user moves and the area where the furniture is placed.

具体的,可以将卫生间的出入墙体为边界,并以出入门的宽度向卫生间内部延伸,直至与出入墙体的对面墙体之间的距离满足设定的距离阈值时,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为卫生间的动线空间,作为用户在卫生间的移动区域。接着,可以将两面第二墙体作为边界,并以第二墙体的宽度向卫生间内部延伸预设装修阈值,得到与各个第二墙体对应的初始装修空间。此时,由于初始装修空间与动线空间之间可能存在重叠的区域,则可以将重叠的区域作为动线空间,组成卫生间整体的动线空间,并将剩余部分的初始装修空间作为目标装修空间,从而终端可以选择相应的家具家电,在目标装修空间中进行装修。Specifically, the access wall of the bathroom can be used as the boundary, and the width of the access door can be extended to the interior of the bathroom until the distance from the opposite wall of the access wall meets the set distance threshold. The extended area is used as the moving line space of the bathroom, as the user's moving area in the bathroom. Next, two second walls may be used as boundaries, and a preset decoration threshold may be extended toward the interior of the bathroom by the width of the second walls, so as to obtain the initial decoration space corresponding to each second wall. At this time, since there may be overlapping areas between the initial decoration space and the moving line space, the overlapping area can be used as the moving line space to form the overall moving line space of the bathroom, and the remaining part of the initial decoration space can be used as the target decoration space. , so that the terminal can select the corresponding furniture and household appliances to carry out decoration in the target decoration space.

例如,对于装修空间的延伸,装修阈值可以设置为600mm-1000mm,为了可以适应不同的家具的尺寸,设置一个合适的区域,有利于卫生间中家具的摆放。参照图4A,示出了本发明实施例中卫生间动线空间的示意图一,卫生间通过出入门与客厅连通,则可以以出入墙体为边界,以出入门的宽度向卫生间内部进行延伸,直至延伸至与对面墙体之间的距离为1000mm时,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间。For example, for the extension of the decoration space, the decoration threshold can be set to 600mm-1000mm. In order to adapt to the size of different furniture, a suitable area is set, which is conducive to the placement of furniture in the bathroom. Referring to FIG. 4A, a schematic diagram 1 of the bathroom moving line space in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. The bathroom is connected to the living room through the access door, and the access wall can be used as the boundary, and the width of the access door can be extended to the interior of the bathroom until it extends When the distance to the opposite wall is 1000mm, stop extending, and use the extended area as the moving line space.

参考图4B,示出了本发明实施例中动线空间的示意图二,若卫生间的出入门与对面墙体之间的距离小于1000mm时,则以门的宽度向卫生间内部延伸至对面墙体的区域,均作为动线空间。Referring to FIG. 4B, a schematic diagram 2 of the moving line space in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. If the distance between the exit and exit door of the bathroom and the opposite wall is less than 1000mm, the width of the door extends from the inside of the bathroom to the opposite wall. Areas are used as moving line spaces.

当得到了卫生间的动线空间后,可以以第二墙体为边界,并按照第二墙体的宽度向卫生间内部进行延伸,以确定卫生间的装修空间。参考图4C,示出了本发明实施例中装修空间的示意图,分别以第二墙体的宽度向内延伸,当延伸至600mm时,如果没有与动线空间重叠,可以继续向内部延伸,直至延伸的宽度为1000mm时,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为装修空间;若在延伸过程中,与动线空间重叠,则将重叠区域作为动线空间,在一种情况下,延伸的宽度小于600mm,则将所延伸的区域均作为动线空间,在另一种请下,延伸的宽度大于600mm,且大于600的部分与动线空间发生了重叠,则将重叠部分作为动线空间,动线空间内不摆放任何家具家电。When the moving line space of the bathroom is obtained, the second wall can be used as the boundary, and it can be extended to the interior of the bathroom according to the width of the second wall to determine the decoration space of the bathroom. Referring to FIG. 4C , a schematic diagram of the decoration space in the embodiment of the present invention is shown, which respectively extend inward with the width of the second wall. When extending to 600mm, if it does not overlap with the moving line space, it can continue to extend inward until it reaches 600mm. When the extension width is 1000mm, the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the decoration space; if it overlaps with the moving line space during the extension process, the overlapping area is used as the moving line space. In one case, the width of the extension If it is less than 600mm, the extended area will be used as the moving line space. In the other case, if the extended width is greater than 600mm, and the part greater than 600mm overlaps with the moving line space, the overlapping part will be used as the moving line space. No furniture or appliances are placed in the moving line space.

可选地,第二墙体的宽度需要大于或等于600mm时,才向卫生间内部延伸,否则容易导致装修空间的尺寸太小,而无法摆放相应的家具,从而通过设置装修阈值以及距离阈值,可以在实现全自动化装修的情况下,更加合理地利用卫生间的空间,保证装修效果。Optionally, the width of the second wall needs to be greater than or equal to 600mm before extending to the interior of the bathroom. Otherwise, the size of the decoration space may be too small, and the corresponding furniture cannot be placed. Therefore, by setting the decoration threshold and distance threshold, Under the circumstance of realizing fully automatic decoration, the space of the bathroom can be used more rationally to ensure the decoration effect.

此外,对于卫生间而言,还可以将目标装修空间划分为第一装修区域以及第二装修区域,其中,第一装修区域可以为干区,第二装修区域可以为湿区,在第一装修区域内可以摆放第一类模型对象,即需要干燥环境的家具,如洗衣机、洗手台等;在第二装修区域内可以摆放第二类模型对象,例如花洒、马桶等。In addition, for the bathroom, the target decoration space can also be divided into a first decoration area and a second decoration area, wherein the first decoration area can be a dry area, and the second decoration area can be a wet area. The first type of model objects can be placed in the interior, that is, furniture that requires a dry environment, such as washing machines, sinks, etc.; the second type of model objects can be placed in the second decoration area, such as showers, toilets, etc.

具体的,可以按照预设的区域尺寸信息,将目标装修空间划分为干区以及湿区,干区与湿区之间可以通过目标门体对象进行连通,接着可以按照装修条件,将所获取的家具分别与干区和湿区进行匹配,从而确定哪些家具可以摆放在干区,以及哪些家具可以摆放在湿区。其中,区域尺寸信息可以为根据装修条件或家具尺寸设置的尺寸信息,例如,区域尺寸信息可以包括干区尺寸在(700mm-1000mm)*(500mm-700mm)之间,则将除干区外的区域作为湿区,并按照动线空间与装修空间之间的划分,分别对干区与湿区进行装修。Specifically, the target decoration space can be divided into a dry area and a wet area according to the preset area size information, and the dry area and the wet area can be connected through the target door object, and then the obtained decoration conditions can be used. The furniture is matched to the dry and wet areas, respectively, to determine which furniture can be placed in the dry area and which furniture can be placed in the wet area. The area size information may be the size information set according to the decoration conditions or the furniture size. For example, the area size information may include the size of the dry area between (700mm-1000mm)*(500mm-700mm), then the size of the area other than the dry area will be The area is used as a wet area, and the dry area and the wet area are decorated according to the division between the moving line space and the decoration space.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可以理解的是,在本发明实施例的思想指导下,本领域技术人员可以根据��体的长度阈值、距离阈值、装修阈值等进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above-mentioned examples. It is understood that, under the guidance of the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can perform the steps according to the length threshold, distance threshold, decoration threshold, etc. of the wall. settings, which are not limited in the present invention.

在具体实现中,当对卫生间的区域划分完毕后,可以根据卫生间的尺寸,获取匹配的家具模型,并按照预设的装修条件,将家具模型与目标装修空间进行匹配,从而得到家具模型在卫生间的位置信息。In the specific implementation, after the area of the bathroom is divided, the matching furniture model can be obtained according to the size of the bathroom, and the furniture model can be matched with the target decoration space according to the preset decoration conditions, so as to obtain the furniture model in the bathroom. location information.

为了更加合理地对卫生间进行装修,可以先获取装修空间对应的装修墙体的宽度,以便确定多少个家具,以及优先摆放何种家具等等。并且,针对不同的家具,可以通过装修条件对其位置进行限定,例如,可以将靠近出入门的位置作为洗手台的位置,或将出入门的对面位置作为洗手台等;洗手台与马桶为卫生间必备的家具;将卫生间的最内侧位置作为花洒的位置,花洒在淋浴区域居中安装且距离地面2200mm;洗衣机可以按照卫生间的进深情况,在洗手台与马桶之间、马桶与淋浴区域之间放置;相邻两个家具家电之间保持一定的距离等等,从而可以按照装修条件,将所选择的家具与装修空间进行匹配,得到各个家具在卫生间中的位置信息。In order to renovate the bathroom more reasonably, you can first obtain the width of the renovated wall corresponding to the renovated space, so as to determine how many furniture and which furniture should be placed first. Moreover, for different furniture, its location can be limited by the decoration conditions. For example, the position close to the exit door can be used as the position of the washbasin, or the position opposite the exit door can be used as the washbasin, etc. The washbasin and toilet are toilets. Necessary furniture; take the innermost position of the bathroom as the position of the shower, and install the shower in the middle of the shower area and 2200mm from the ground; the washing machine can be installed between the sink and the toilet, between the toilet and the shower area according to the depth of the bathroom. space; keep a certain distance between two adjacent furniture appliances, etc., so that the selected furniture can be matched with the decoration space according to the decoration conditions, and the position information of each furniture in the bathroom can be obtained.

在具体实现中,终端可以根据卫生间的出入门以及尺寸信息,对卫生间进行动线空间与装修空间的划分,然后按照装修条件,获取与尺寸信息匹配的家具,并与装修空间进行匹配,确定各个家具在卫生间的位置信息,实现了根据用户输入的户型图,为用户自动推荐与户型图匹配的家具,以便实现全自动的装修。In the specific implementation, the terminal can divide the moving line space and the decoration space of the bathroom according to the access door and size information of the bathroom, and then obtain the furniture that matches the size information according to the decoration conditions, and match it with the decoration space to determine each The location information of the furniture in the bathroom realizes that according to the floor plan input by the user, the furniture that matches the floor plan is automatically recommended for the user, so as to realize the automatic decoration.

在一种示例中,参考图4D,示出了本发明实施例中卫生间的家具摆放的示意图一,终端根据卫生间的墙体类型、尺寸、出入门的位置与宽度等,得到卫生间可以采用“一线型”的布局方式进行装修,且无干湿区分��的布局方式。具体的,洗手台与马桶为必装的家具,其中,洗手台背靠墙摆放,宽度一侧靠墙,另一侧预留100mm-400mm再摆放下一个模型,马桶两侧均保留100mm-无限空间;花洒为非必装的家具,可以设置在距离卫生间最内侧墙800mm的位置,尺寸为最小800mm*800mm;花洒在淋浴房内居中安装;花洒顶端离地距离2200mm;吊灯位于卫生间天花板的居中位置。In an example, referring to FIG. 4D, a schematic diagram 1 of the furniture arrangement of the bathroom in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. The terminal obtains that the bathroom can adopt " One-line" layout is used for decoration, and there is no layout that separates wet and dry areas. Specifically, the washbasin and the toilet are required furniture. Among them, the washbasin is placed against the wall, one side of the width is against the wall, and the other side is reserved for 100mm-400mm before placing the next model, and 100mm is reserved on both sides of the toilet. -Unlimited space; the shower head is optional furniture and can be set at a distance of 800mm from the innermost wall of the bathroom, with a minimum size of 800mm*800mm; the shower head is installed in the center of the shower room; the distance from the top of the shower head to the ground is 2200mm; chandeliers Centrally located on the bathroom ceiling.

在另一种示例中,参考图4E,示出了本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图二,卫生间其中一面墙体有窗户,则可以采用“一线型”的布局方式进行装修,且无干湿区分离的布局方式。具体的,洗手台与马桶为必装的家具,其中,洗手台背靠墙摆放,宽度一侧靠墙,另一侧预留100mm-400mm再摆放下一个模型,马桶两侧均保留100mm-无限空间;花洒为非必装的家具,可以设置在距离卫生间最内侧墙800mm的位置,尺寸为最小800mm*800mm;花洒在淋浴房内居中安装;花洒顶端离地距离2200mm,如果放置花洒墙面有窗户,则在相邻墙面放置花洒;吊灯位于卫生间天花板的居中位置。此外,还可以根据卫生间不同的长度,选择不同尺寸的洗手台,例如当卫生间长度为[2500mm,2900mm]时,可以选择800mm宽的洗手台;当卫生间长度为[2300mm,2500mm]时,可以选择600mm宽的洗手台等等,本发明对此不作限制。In another example, referring to FIG. 4E , a schematic diagram 2 of the bathroom furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. One of the walls in the bathroom has a window, so the “one-line” layout can be used for decoration, and there is no The layout of the separation of wet and dry areas. Specifically, the washbasin and the toilet are required furniture. Among them, the washbasin is placed against the wall, one side of the width is against the wall, and the other side is reserved for 100mm-400mm before placing the next model, and 100mm is reserved on both sides of the toilet. -Unlimited space; the shower head is optional furniture and can be set at a distance of 800mm from the innermost wall of the bathroom, with a minimum size of 800mm*800mm; the shower head is installed in the center of the shower room; the distance from the top of the shower head to the ground is 2200mm, if If there is a window on the wall with the shower head, place the shower head on the adjacent wall; the chandelier is located in the center of the bathroom ceiling. In addition, you can also choose different sizes of washbasins according to the different lengths of the bathroom. For example, when the length of the bathroom is [2500mm, 2900mm], you can choose a washbasin with a width of 800mm; when the length of the bathroom is [2300mm, 2500mm], you can choose 600mm wide washbasin, etc., which is not limited in the present invention.

在另一种示例中,参考图4F,示出了本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意���三,卫生间的长度小于或等于2300mm,则可以采用“一线型”的布局方式进行装修,且无干湿区分离的布局方式。具体的,洗手台与马桶为必装的家具,其中,洗手台背靠墙摆放,宽度一侧靠墙,另一侧预留100mm-400mm再摆放下一个模型,马桶两侧均保留100mm-无限空间。In another example, referring to FIG. 4F , a schematic diagram 3 of the bathroom furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. If the length of the bathroom is less than or equal to 2300mm, the “one-line” layout can be used for decoration, and there is no The layout of the separation of wet and dry areas. Specifically, the washbasin and the toilet are required furniture. Among them, the washbasin is placed against the wall, one side of the width is against the wall, and the other side is reserved for 100mm-400mm before placing the next model, and 100mm is reserved on both sides of the toilet. - Unlimited space.

在另一种示例中,参考图4G,示出了本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图四,卫生间的宽度小于或等于1300时,可以预留500mm作为门与动线空间的宽度,并采用“一线型”的布局方式进行装修,且无干湿区分离的布局方式。洗手台、马桶以及花洒的位置可以参考上述示例的描述,在此不再赘述。In another example, referring to FIG. 4G , which shows a schematic diagram 4 of the bathroom furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention, when the width of the bathroom is less than or equal to 1300, 500 mm can be reserved as the width of the door and the moving line space, and The "one-line" layout is used for decoration, and there is no layout that separates wet and dry areas. For the positions of the sink, toilet and shower, reference may be made to the descriptions of the above examples, which will not be repeated here.

在另一种示例中,参考图4H、4I以及4J,分别示出了本发明实施例中卫生间家具摆放的示意图五、六、七,以出入门对面的墙体作为装修墙体进行家具摆放,以右至左的顺序,出入门可以依次设置在右、中以及左侧,洗手台与马桶为必装的家具,其中,洗手台背靠墙摆放,宽度一侧靠墙,另一侧预留100mm-400mm再摆放下一个模型,马桶两侧均保留100mm-无限空间;花洒为非必装的家具,可以设置在距离卫生间最内侧墙800mm的位置,尺寸为最小800mm*800mm;花洒在淋浴房内居中安装;花洒顶端离地距离2200mm。In another example, referring to FIGS. 4H , 4I and 4J, schematic diagrams 5, 6, and 7 of the bathroom furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention are respectively shown. Place, in the order from right to left, the access door can be set on the right, middle and left in turn. The washbasin and toilet are the must-installed furniture, among which the washbasin is placed against the wall, one side of the width is against the wall, and the other side is against the wall. Reserve 100mm-400mm on the side before placing the next model, and reserve 100mm-infinite space on both sides of the toilet; the shower is optional furniture and can be set at a position 800mm away from the innermost wall of the bathroom, with a minimum size of 800mm*800mm ; The shower head is installed in the center of the shower room; the distance from the top of the shower head to the ground is 2200mm.

在另一种示例中,卫生间的长度在600mm-1900mm之间时,可以采用“二线型”的布局方式,且无干湿区分离的布局方式。具体的,可以在其中一面墙体摆放洗手台,在另一面墙体摆放马桶。此外,参考图4K,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图八,若卫生间的长度在1900mm-2300mm之间时,可以在其中一面墙体摆放洗手台、马桶以及花洒,在另一面墙体摆放洗衣机等。In another example, when the length of the bathroom is between 600mm-1900mm, a "two-line" layout can be adopted, and there is no separation of wet and dry areas. Specifically, a sink can be placed on one of the walls, and a toilet can be placed on the other wall. In addition, referring to FIG. 4K , a schematic diagram 8 of furniture placement in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. If the length of the bathroom is between 1900mm and 2300mm, a sink, toilet and shower can be placed on one of the walls. A washing machine is placed on the other wall.

在另一种示例中,参考图4L,示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图九,可以采用“L型”的布局方式,在卫生间的出入门对面墙体进行家具摆放。具体的,可以在出入门对面墙摆放洗手台与马桶,在出入门所在墙体摆放花洒;或,在出入门对面墙摆放马桶与花洒,在出入门的右手边或左手边墙体摆放洗手台等等。In another example, referring to FIG. 4L , a schematic diagram 9 of furniture placement in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. An “L-shaped” layout can be used to place furniture on the wall opposite the exit door of the bathroom. Specifically, the sink and toilet can be placed on the wall opposite the exit door, and the shower can be placed on the wall where the exit door is located; or, the toilet and shower can be placed on the wall opposite the exit door, on the right or left side of the exit door. Walls are placed with sinks, etc.

在另一种示例中,参考图4M与4N,分别示出了本发明实施例中家具摆放的示意图十、十一,可以将卫生间划分为干区与湿区,在干区摆放洗手台、洗衣机等,在湿区摆放花洒、马桶等等。具体的,可以在靠外侧摆放洗手台、马桶;靠内侧摆放淋浴间、洗衣机,其中,洗衣机两侧保留100mm,且按卫生间的进深情况在洗手台与马桶之间或马桶与淋浴间之间放置。In another example, referring to FIGS. 4M and 4N, schematic diagrams 10 and 11 of furniture placement in the embodiment of the present invention are respectively shown. The bathroom can be divided into a dry area and a wet area, and a sink is placed in the dry area. , washing machine, etc., place showers, toilets, etc. in wet areas. Specifically, the washbasin and toilet can be placed on the outside; the shower room and washing machine can be placed on the inside. Among them, 100mm is reserved on both sides of the washing machine, and according to the depth of the bathroom, between the washbasin and the toilet or between the toilet and the shower place.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,对于卫生间中的家具,还可以包括浴盆、镜柜等等,终端可以根据卫生间的空间属性,选择合适的家具进行全自动化的装修,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. For the furniture in the bathroom, it may also include bathtubs, mirror cabinets, etc. The terminal can select suitable furniture for fully automated decoration according to the space attributes of the bathroom. The present invention does not limit this.

在具体实现中,终端根据卫生间的墙体对象与尺寸信息,可以得到至少一个家具布局数据,可以理解的是,随着卫生间尺寸的增大,其家具布局数据的数量可以随之增加,即尺寸越大,家具布局可选的方式越多,因此,对于尺寸较大的卫生间,其可以对应至少两个家具布局数据。In a specific implementation, the terminal can obtain at least one piece of furniture layout data according to the wall objects and size information of the bathroom. It can be understood that as the size of the bathroom increases, the number of furniture layout data can also increase, that is, the size The larger the size, the more options for the furniture layout. Therefore, for a bathroom with a larger size, it can correspond to at least two furniture layout data.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述厨房对象(以下简称厨房)的情况下,所述墙体对象包括出入墙体对象,所述出入墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述步骤121进一步可以包括:Optionally, in the case that the space object is the kitchen object (hereinafter referred to as the kitchen), the wall object includes an access wall object, and the access wall object at least includes a door object. Step 121 Further can include:

步骤C1,若所述厨房对象包括出入墙体对象且所述出入墙体对象的边长大于或等于预设长度阈值,则以所述门体对象的边长向所述厨房对象内部延伸,直至所延伸的区域与所述门体对象相对的墙体对象之间的距离等于预设距离阈值,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间;Step C1, if the kitchen object includes an access wall object and the side length of the access wall object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, extend the side length of the door object to the interior of the kitchen object until The distance between the extended area and the wall object opposite to the door object is equal to the preset distance threshold, the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the moving line space;

步骤C2,将所述厨房对象中除所述动线空间以外的区域,作为所述厨房对象的装修空间,并将所述装修空间对应的墙体对象作为装修墙体对象;Step C2, using the area of the kitchen object other than the moving line space as the decoration space of the kitchen object, and using the wall object corresponding to the decoration space as the decoration wall object;

步骤C3,获取与所述装修墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;Step C3, obtaining the furniture model object matching the side length of the decoration wall object;

步骤C4,按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述装修墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。Step C4, according to preset decoration conditions, match the furniture model object with the decoration wall object, and obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,用户在输入二维户型图后,终端可以对二维户型图进行识别,得到目标房屋的三维房屋空间,并得到厨房的墙体以及墙体的尺寸之后,若厨房对象包括出入墙体对象且出入墙体对象的边长大于或等于预设长度阈值,则以门体对象的边长向厨房对象内部延伸,直至所延伸的区域与门体对象相对的墙体对象之间的距离等于预设距离阈值,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间。若厨房对象包括开放墙体对象且开放墙体对象的边长大于或等于预设长度阈值,则按照预设的装修阈值,从开放墙体对象中,获得出入动线,接着以出入动线的边长向厨房对象内部延伸,直至所延伸的区域与开放墙体对象相对的墙体对象之间的距离等于预设距离阈值,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, after the user inputs the two-dimensional floor plan, the terminal can identify the two-dimensional floor plan, obtain the three-dimensional house space of the target house, and obtain the wall of the kitchen and the size of the wall. Afterwards, if the kitchen object includes an access wall object and the side length of the access wall object is greater than or equal to the preset length threshold, the side length of the door object is extended to the interior of the kitchen object until the extended area is opposite to the door object The distance between the wall objects is equal to the preset distance threshold, stop the extension, and use the extended area as the moving line space. If the kitchen object includes an open wall object and the side length of the open wall object is greater than or equal to the preset length threshold, then according to the preset decoration threshold, the entry and exit moving lines are obtained from the open wall object, and then the entry and exit moving lines are obtained from the open wall object. The side length is extended to the interior of the kitchen object until the distance between the extended area and the wall object opposite to the open wall object is equal to the preset distance threshold, the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the moving line space.

在具体实现中,动线空间可以为厨房中用户移动的区域,在动线空间内部不摆放任何家具,则终端可以根据厨房墙体的情况,对厨房的动线空间与装修空间进行划分,从而确定用户移动的区域,以及家具摆放的区域。In the specific implementation, the moving line space can be the area where the user moves in the kitchen, and no furniture is placed inside the moving line space, so the terminal can divide the moving line space and the decoration space of the kitchen according to the condition of the kitchen wall. Thereby, the area where the user moves and the area where the furniture is placed is determined.

具体的,当三维房屋对象中厨房包括出入门,且出入门所在的墙体的长度大于或等于预设长度阈值时,则可以以门的宽度向厨房内部进行延伸,直至所延伸的区域与门相对的墙体之间的距离等于预设距离阈值时,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为厨房的动线空间。在一种情况下,若厨房的出入门仅有一个(例如与餐厅连通的门),则以门的宽度进行延伸后,可以得到一个动线空间;在另一种情况下,若厨房包括至少两个以上的出入门(例如与餐厅连通的门,以及与阳台连通的门)时,则可以分别以门的宽度向厨房的内部进行延伸,直至所延伸的区域与门相对的墙体之间的距离等于预设距离阈值时,停止延伸,从而可以得到多个动线空间,然后可以将分别延伸出的动线空间进行组合,形成厨房的整体的目标动线空间。Specifically, when the kitchen in the three-dimensional house object includes an access door, and the length of the wall where the access door is located is greater than or equal to the preset length threshold, the width of the door can be extended to the interior of the kitchen until the extended area and the door When the distance between the opposite walls is equal to the preset distance threshold, the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the moving line space of the kitchen. In one case, if the kitchen has only one access door (for example, the door connected to the dining room), after extending with the width of the door, a moving line space can be obtained; in another case, if the kitchen includes at least When there are two or more access doors (such as the door connected to the dining room and the door connected to the balcony), they can be extended to the interior of the kitchen with the width of the door respectively, until the extended area is between the wall opposite to the door When the distance is equal to the preset distance threshold, the extension is stopped, so that multiple moving line spaces can be obtained, and then the respectively extended moving line spaces can be combined to form the overall target moving line space of the kitchen.

例如,参考图5A,示出了本发明实施例中厨房的动线空间的示意图一,若厨房包括一面出入墙体,且出入墙体的长度大于或等于2000mm,可以以门的宽度向厨房内进行延伸,直至与门对面的墙体的距离为800mm时,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间。若厨房包括两面出入墙体,参考图5B,示出了本发明实施例中厨房的动线空间的示意图二,厨房包括与餐厅连通的出入门①,以及与阳台连通的出入门②,则可以分别以出入门①和出入门②的宽度向厨房内部进行延伸,得到两个动线空间,然后将两个动线空间进行组合,形成厨房内部整体的动线空间。对于三面出入墙体的情况,可以参照两面出入墙体的动线空间形成过程,在此不再赘述。此外,参考图5C,示出了本发明实施例中厨房的动线空间的示意图三,两个动线空间相互交叉后形成一个整体的“进出动线空间”,且进行“进出动线空间”与其中的一个装修空间4大部分重叠,则装修空间4不进行装修,而只对空间1、2、3进行装修。For example, referring to FIG. 5A, a schematic diagram 1 of the moving line space of the kitchen in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. If the kitchen includes an access wall, and the length of the access wall is greater than or equal to 2000mm, the width of the door can be used to enter the kitchen. Extend until the distance from the wall opposite the door is 800mm, stop extending, and use the extended area as the moving line space. If the kitchen includes two access walls, referring to FIG. 5B , a schematic diagram 2 of the moving line space of the kitchen in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. The width of the exit door ① and the exit door ② are respectively extended to the interior of the kitchen to obtain two moving line spaces, and then the two moving line spaces are combined to form the overall moving line space inside the kitchen. For the case where three sides enter and exit the wall, you can refer to the process of forming the moving line space of the two sides entering and exiting the wall, which will not be repeated here. In addition, referring to FIG. 5C , a schematic diagram 3 of the moving line space of the kitchen in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. The two moving line spaces cross each other to form a whole “in and out moving line space”, and the “in and out moving line space” is carried out. If it overlaps with most of the decoration spaces 4, the decoration space 4 will not be decorated, but only the spaces 1, 2, and 3 will be decorated.

此外,当厨房包括至少一面墙体是开放墙体时,则可以按照装修阈值在开放墙体的两侧各预留对应的宽度,得到位于开放墙体中间的出入动线,并以出入动线的边长向厨房内部延伸,直至所延伸的区域与开放墙体对象相对的墙体对象之间的距离等于预设距离阈值,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间。In addition, when the kitchen includes at least one wall that is an open wall, corresponding widths can be reserved on both sides of the open wall according to the decoration threshold to obtain the access line located in the middle of the open wall, and use the access line The length of the side extends toward the interior of the kitchen until the distance between the extended area and the wall object opposite the open wall object is equal to the preset distance threshold, stop extending, and use the extended area as the moving line space.

例如,若厨房包括一面开放墙体(即厨房中有一面是开放空间),且开放墙体的长度大于或等于2000,可以以开放墙体两侧各预留600mm的装修宽度,将开放墙体中间剩余部分的宽度作为出入动线的宽度,并以该宽度向厨房内部进行延伸,直至与对面的墙体的距离为800mm时,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间。若厨房包括两面开放墙体,可以参考上述动线空间组合的情况,在此不再赘述。For example, if the kitchen includes an open wall (that is, there is an open space in the kitchen), and the length of the open wall is greater than or equal to 2000, you can reserve a decoration width of 600mm on both sides of the open wall, The width of the remaining part in the middle is used as the width of the access line, and the width is extended to the interior of the kitchen until the distance from the opposite wall is 800mm, and the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the space for the moving line. If the kitchen includes two open walls, you can refer to the above-mentioned combination of moving lines and spaces, which will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可以理解的是,在本发明实施例的思想指导下,本领域技术人员可以根据墙体的长度阈值、距离阈值、装修阈值等进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above-mentioned examples. It is understood that, under the guidance of the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can perform the steps according to the length threshold, distance threshold, decoration threshold, etc. of the wall. settings, which are not limited in the present invention.

在本发明实施例中,终端���厨房划分出动线空间之后,可以将厨房对象中除动线空间以外的区域,作为厨房对象的装修空间,并将装修空间对应的墙体对象作为装修墙体对象,然后获取与装修墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象,以及针对家具模型对象的装修条件,然后按照该装修条件,将家具模型对象与装修墙体对象进行匹配,从而得到家具模型对象的位置信息。In this embodiment of the present invention, after the terminal divides the kitchen into the moving line space, the area in the kitchen object other than the moving line space can be used as the decoration space of the kitchen object, and the wall object corresponding to the decoration space can be used as the decoration wall object , and then obtain the furniture model object that matches the side length of the decoration wall object, and the decoration conditions for the furniture model object, and then match the furniture model object with the decoration wall object according to the decoration conditions, so as to obtain the furniture model object. location information.

装修空间可以为厨房中用于摆放家具的空间,为了更加合理地对厨房进行装修,可以先获取装修墙体的边长,以便确定摆放何种家具。并且,针对不同的家具,可以通过装修条件对其位置进行限定。The decoration space can be the space for placing furniture in the kitchen. In order to decorate the kitchen more reasonably, you can first obtain the side length of the decoration wall to determine what kind of furniture to place. Moreover, for different furniture, its location can be limited by decoration conditions.

可选地,装修条件可以为根据实际应用中,厨房家具家电摆放的位置进行设置的条件,例如,对于煤气灶,需要避开窗户,或不能在窗口的正下方;煤气灶与抽油烟机需要上下对称装修,煤气灶设置在外墙对应的位置;冰箱可以在靠近门的位置摆放;在水槽与煤气灶之间可以插入橱柜,或填充立方体;吸顶灯可以在厨房天花板的居中位置;筒灯可以在吊柜下方,且按照一定的间隔距离设置不同数量的筒灯;吊柜与橱柜、水槽柜对应摆放;在厨房的开放空间一侧设置中岛操作台;不同家具之间保留一定的距离间隙等等,从而可以按照装修条件,将所选择的家具与装修墙体进行匹配,得到各个家具在厨房中的位置信息。Optionally, the decoration conditions may be conditions set according to the positions of kitchen furniture and household appliances in practical applications. For example, for gas stoves, it is necessary to avoid windows, or not be directly under the windows; gas stoves and range hoods. Symmetrical decoration is required, the gas stove can be placed at the corresponding position of the outer wall; the refrigerator can be placed near the door; a cabinet can be inserted between the sink and the gas stove, or a cube can be filled; the ceiling lamp can be placed in the center of the kitchen ceiling; The lamps can be placed under the hanging cabinet, and different numbers of downlights can be set at certain intervals; the hanging cabinets are placed in correspondence with the cabinets and sink cabinets; the central island console is set on one side of the open space of the kitchen; a certain amount is reserved between different furniture. Therefore, according to the decoration conditions, the selected furniture can be matched with the decoration wall, and the position information of each furniture in the kitchen can be obtained.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,用户在输入二维户型图后,终端可以对二维户型图进行识别,得到目标房屋的三维房屋空间,并得到厨房的空间属性,然后可以将厨房对象中边长最大的封闭墙体对象作为目标墙体对象,并将目标墙体对象与其他墙体对象进行匹配,获得厨房对象的至少一面装修墙体对象。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, after the user inputs the two-dimensional floor plan, the terminal can identify the two-dimensional floor plan, obtain the three-dimensional house space of the target house, and obtain the space attribute of the kitchen, and then the kitchen can be The closed wall object with the largest side length among the objects is used as the target wall object, and the target wall object is matched with other wall objects to obtain at least one decoration wall object of the kitchen object.

在具体实现中,除了可以通过先确定动线空间,再根据动线空间确定厨房的装修空间外,还可以通过厨房的墙体类型与墙体尺寸,确定厨房的装修空间。具体的,可以先获取厨房各个墙体的边长,选择长度大于或等于预设阈值的墙体作为待处理墙体,其中,预设阈值可以根据水槽与煤气灶的尺寸进行设置。接着可以从待处理墙体中,将边长最长的封闭墙体作为目标墙体,并将该目标墙体与其他待处理墙体进行匹配,从而确定装修墙体。In the specific implementation, in addition to determining the moving line space first, and then determining the kitchen decoration space according to the moving line space, the kitchen decoration space can also be determined by the wall type and wall size of the kitchen. Specifically, the side lengths of each wall in the kitchen can be obtained first, and a wall with a length greater than or equal to a preset threshold is selected as the wall to be treated, wherein the preset threshold can be set according to the size of the sink and the gas stove. Then, from the walls to be processed, the closed wall with the longest side length can be used as the target wall, and the target wall can be matched with other walls to be processed, so as to determine the decoration wall.

具体的,可以将目标墙体依次与相邻、相对的墙体进行匹配,若目标墙体与出入墙体的门体之间的距离大于或等于第一空间阈值,则将目标墙体作为装修墙体;若存在与装修墙体相邻的封闭墙体,则将与装修墙体相邻的封闭墙体,也作为装修墙体。其中,装修墙体之间、装修墙体与非装修墙体之间的位置关系满足指定的空间条件,空间条件可以包括装修墙体与相对的非装修墙体之间的距离大于或等于第二空间阈值;装修墙体与相对的装修墙体之间的距离大于或等于第三空间阈值中的至少一种。Specifically, the target wall can be matched with adjacent and opposite walls in sequence, and if the distance between the target wall and the door to and from the wall is greater than or equal to the first space threshold, the target wall is used as decoration Wall; if there is a closed wall adjacent to the decoration wall, the closed wall adjacent to the decoration wall will also be used as the decoration wall. Wherein, the positional relationship between the decoration walls and between the decoration walls and the non-decoration walls satisfies the specified space conditions, and the space conditions may include that the distance between the decoration walls and the opposite non-decoration walls is greater than or equal to the second Space threshold; the distance between the decoration wall and the opposite decoration wall is greater than or equal to at least one of the third space thresholds.

例如,对于厨房的墙体,可以选择长度大于或等于910mm的封闭墙体作为待处理墙体,接着从这些墙体中,选择最长的墙体作为目标墙体,然后将目标墙体与剩下的墙体依次进行碰撞,将碰撞后留下的墙体作为装修墙体。具体的,若与目标墙体相邻的墙体为出入墙体,则以600mm的宽度与出入墙体的门进行碰撞,若目标墙体与门之间的距离大于或等于600mm,则可以将目标墙体作为装修墙体,若小于600mm,则将目标墙体作为非装修墙体;若与目标墙体相邻的墙体为封闭墙体,则可以将目标墙体以及与目标墙体相邻的封闭墙体均作为装修墙体;若存在与装修墙体相邻的封闭墙体,则将该封闭墙体也作为装修墙体。For example, for the wall of the kitchen, a closed wall with a length greater than or equal to 910mm can be selected as the wall to be treated, and then from these walls, the longest wall can be selected as the target wall, and then the target wall and the remaining wall can be selected as the target wall. The walls below are collided in sequence, and the wall left after the collision is used as the decoration wall. Specifically, if the wall adjacent to the target wall is an access wall, collide with the door of the access wall with a width of 600mm. If the distance between the target wall and the door is greater than or equal to 600mm, the The target wall is used as a decoration wall. If it is less than 600mm, the target wall is regarded as a non-decoration wall; if the wall adjacent to the target wall is a closed wall, the target wall and the adjacent wall can be The adjacent closed walls are used as decoration walls; if there are closed walls adjacent to the decoration walls, the closed walls are also used as decoration walls.

对于装修墙体与装修墙体、装修墙体与非装修墙体之间的位置关系可以满足:装修墙体与厨房门之间的距离大于或等于600mm;装修墙体与对面的装修墙体之间的距离大于或等于2200mm;装修墙体与对面的非装修墙体之间的距离大于或等于1000mm等等。其中,600mm可以为门的宽度;2200mm可以包括两面装修空间的宽度600mm以及用户移动的宽度1000mm等等。The positional relationship between the decoration wall and the decoration wall, the decoration wall and the non-decoration wall can be satisfied: the distance between the decoration wall and the kitchen door is greater than or equal to 600mm; the distance between the decoration wall and the opposite decoration wall can be satisfied. The distance between them is greater than or equal to 2200mm; the distance between the decoration wall and the opposite non-decoration wall is greater than or equal to 1000mm and so on. Among them, 600mm can be the width of the door; 2200mm can include the width of the two-sided decoration space of 600mm and the width of the user's movement of 1000mm, and so on.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可以理解的是,在本发明实施例的思想指导下,本领域技术人员可以根据不同的装修风格对指定条件进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. It can be understood that, under the guidance of the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can set specified conditions according to different decoration styles. This is not limited.

在得到厨房的至少一面装修墙体后,可以按照预设的装修阈值,计算与装修墙体匹配的装修空间,接着获取与装修墙体的边长匹配的家具模型,然后按照预设的装修条件,将家具模型与装修墙体进行匹配,获得家具模型的位置信息。After obtaining at least one decoration wall of the kitchen, the decoration space matching the decoration wall can be calculated according to the preset decoration threshold, and then the furniture model matching the side length of the decoration wall can be obtained, and then according to the preset decoration conditions , match the furniture model with the decoration wall to obtain the position information of the furniture model.

具体的,装修阈值可以为根据家具尺寸所使用的宽度、人体工程学、设计风格等等进行设置,例如可以设置为600mm-800mm。则从厨房中确定了至少一面装修墙体后,可以以装修墙体为边界,向厨房内部延伸与装修阈值对应的距离,并将所延伸的区域作为装修空间。然后统计装修空间对应的装修墙体的数量,并采用装修墙体的数量与边长,获取与装修空间匹配的家具。最后按照装修条件,将家具与装修空间中的装修墙体进行匹配,从而得到家具模型的位置信息。Specifically, the decoration threshold may be set according to the width, ergonomics, design style, etc. used for the size of the furniture, for example, it may be set to 600mm-800mm. Then, after at least one decoration wall is determined from the kitchen, the decoration wall can be used as the boundary to extend the distance corresponding to the decoration threshold to the interior of the kitchen, and the extended area can be used as the decoration space. Then, count the number of decoration walls corresponding to the decoration space, and use the number and side length of the decoration walls to obtain furniture that matches the decoration space. Finally, according to the decoration conditions, the furniture is matched with the decoration wall in the decoration space, so as to obtain the position information of the furniture model.

例如,对于煤气灶,其需要避开窗户,或不能在窗户的整下方,则可以将煤气灶与各个装修墙体进行匹配,若装修墙体为包括窗户的墙体,则需要避开窗户,并与其他家具保持一定的距离,从而得到煤气灶的位置。对于其他家具;对于冰箱,其可以摆放在距离门最近的位置等等。同样,可以按照装修条件,将家具与装修空间的装修墙体进行匹配,得到家具的位置,以便实现房屋的全自动装修。For example, for the gas stove, it needs to avoid the window, or it cannot be directly under the window, then the gas stove can be matched with each decoration wall. If the decoration wall is a wall including windows, it needs to avoid the window. And keep a certain distance from other furniture, so as to get the location of the gas stove. For other furniture; for refrigerators, it can be placed closest to the door, etc. Similarly, according to the decoration conditions, the furniture can be matched with the decoration wall of the decoration space to obtain the position of the furniture, so as to realize the automatic decoration of the house.

在一种示例中,可以根据装修空间中装修墙体的数量以及边长,获取对应的家具,具体的,若装修空间对应一面装修墙体,以及装修墙体的边长大于或等于第一边长阈值,且小于第二边长阈值,则获取与装修空间匹配的至少一个家具模型;若装修空间对应一面装修墙体,且装修墙体的边长等于第二边长阈值,则获取与装修空间匹配的至少两个家具模型;若装修空间对应一面装修墙体,且装修墙体的边长大于第二边长阈值,则获取与装修空间匹配的至少两个家具模型。In an example, the corresponding furniture can be obtained according to the number of decoration walls and the side lengths in the decoration space. Specifically, if the decoration space corresponds to one decoration wall, and the side length of the decoration wall is greater than or equal to the first side If the length threshold is smaller than the second side length threshold, at least one furniture model matching the decoration space is obtained; if the decoration space corresponds to a decoration wall, and the side length of the decoration wall is equal to the second side length threshold, then obtain and decoration At least two furniture models that match the space; if the decoration space corresponds to a decoration wall, and the side length of the decoration wall is greater than the second side length threshold, at least two furniture models that match the decoration space are obtained.

若装修空间仅仅只有一面装修墙体,则可以将厨房装修为“一线型”的布局方式,终端可以根据装修墙体的长度,获取与该长度匹配的家具,包括家具的种类、家具的数量等等,然后按照装修条件,确定各个家具在厨房中的位置。If there is only one decoration wall in the decoration space, the kitchen can be decorated in a "one-line" layout, and the terminal can obtain furniture matching the length of the decoration wall, including the type of furniture and the number of furniture, etc. Wait, and then determine the location of each furniture in the kitchen according to the decoration conditions.

例如,第一边长阈值可以为1820mm,第二边长阈值可以为2620mm。厨房的装修空间只有一面墙体可以摆放家具,若墙体的长度在[1820mm,2620mm)之间,根据家具的尺寸,可以摆放水槽与煤气灶;若墙体的长度为2620mm,则可以摆放水槽、煤气灶以及冰箱;若墙体的长度大于2620mm,则在获取水槽、煤气灶以及冰箱等家具家电外,还可以获取橱柜或填充立方体,可以在水槽与煤气灶之间橱柜或填充立方体等等。For example, the first side length threshold may be 1820mm, and the second side length threshold may be 2620mm. There is only one wall in the kitchen decoration space where furniture can be placed. If the length of the wall is between [1820mm, 2620mm), the sink and gas stove can be placed according to the size of the furniture; if the length of the wall is 2620mm, it can be Place sinks, gas stoves and refrigerators; if the length of the wall is greater than 2620mm, in addition to furniture appliances such as sinks, gas stoves and refrigerators, you can also obtain cabinets or filling cubes, which can be cabinets or filling between the sink and the gas stove. cubes and more.

若装修空间对应两面装修墙体,则可以将厨房装修为“二线型”或“L型”的布局方式,从而终端可以根据墙体的长度,获取对应的家具。具体的,若装修空间对应两面装修墙体,且两面装修墙体的边长均小于第一边长阈值,则获取针对第一装修墙体对应装修空间的第一家具模型,以及针对第二装修墙体对应装修空间的第二家具模型;若装修空间对应两面装修墙体,以及第一装修墙体的边长大于或等于第一边长阈值,且第二装修墙体的边长小于第一边长阈值,则获取针对第一装修墙体对应装修空间的至少一个第一家具模型,以及第二装修墙体对应装修空间的第二家具模型;若装修空间对应两面装修墙体,以及第一装修墙体的边长大于或等于第一边长阈值,且第二装修墙体的边长大于或等于第一边长阈值,则获取针对第一装修墙体对应装修空间的至少一个第一家具模型,以及第二装修墙体对应装修空间的至少一个第二家具模型。If the decoration space corresponds to two decoration walls, the kitchen can be decorated in a "two-line" or "L-shaped" layout, so that the terminal can obtain the corresponding furniture according to the length of the wall. Specifically, if the decoration space corresponds to two decoration walls, and the side lengths of the two decoration walls are both smaller than the first side length threshold, the first furniture model for the decoration space corresponding to the first decoration wall is obtained, and the second decoration wall is used for the second decoration. The wall corresponds to the second furniture model of the decoration space; if the decoration space corresponds to two decoration walls, and the side length of the first decoration wall is greater than or equal to the first side length threshold, and the side length of the second decoration wall is smaller than the first side length If the side length threshold is set, obtain at least one first furniture model for the decoration space corresponding to the first decoration wall, and a second furniture model for the decoration space corresponding to the second decoration wall; if the decoration space corresponds to two decoration walls, and the first The side length of the decoration wall is greater than or equal to the first side length threshold, and the side length of the second decoration wall is greater than or equal to the first side length threshold, then at least one first piece of furniture for the decoration space corresponding to the first decoration wall is acquired The model, and at least one second furniture model of the second decoration wall corresponding to the decoration space.

例如,装修空间中两面装修墙体的长度均小于1820mm,则只摆放水槽与煤气灶,且一面装修墙体摆放一个,同时注意煤气灶避开窗户;若其中一面装修墙体的长度大于或等于1820mm,另一面装修墙体小于1820mm,则其中一面装修墙体可以摆放两个家具,另一面可以摆放一个,终端可以根据对应的尺寸获取相应的家具;若两面装修墙体的长度均大于或等于1820mm,则均可以摆放两个家具,终端可以将靠近厨房出入门的墙体对应位置作为冰箱的位置,且当冰箱所在的墙体较长,则将该墙体所对应的位置作为水槽与煤气灶的位置;当另外一面墙体较长,则将另外的墙体所对应的位置作为水槽与煤气灶的位置等等。For example, if the length of the two decoration walls in the decoration space is less than 1820mm, only the sink and the gas stove should be placed, and one side of the decoration wall should be placed. At the same time, pay attention to the gas stove to avoid windows; or equal to 1820mm, and the other decoration wall is less than 1820mm, then one decoration wall can be placed with two pieces of furniture, and the other side can be placed with one, and the terminal can obtain the corresponding furniture according to the corresponding size; if the length of the two decoration walls If both are greater than or equal to 1820mm, two pieces of furniture can be placed. The terminal can use the corresponding position of the wall near the kitchen exit door as the position of the refrigerator, and when the wall where the refrigerator is located is long, the corresponding position of the wall can be used. The position is used as the position of the sink and the gas stove; when the other wall is longer, the position corresponding to the other wall is used as the position of the sink and the gas stove, and so on.

若装修空间对应��面装修墙体,则可以将厨房装修为“U型”或中岛型的布局方式,从而终端可以根据墙体的长度,获取对应的家具。具体的,若装修空间对应三面装修墙体,则获取与装修空间匹配的至少两个家具模型;若装修空间对应三面装修墙体,且厨房的边长大于或等于第三边长阈值,则获取与装修空间匹配的至少两个家具模型,以及中岛台模型。If the decoration space corresponds to three decoration walls, the kitchen can be decorated in a "U-shaped" or island-shaped layout, so that the terminal can obtain the corresponding furniture according to the length of the wall. Specifically, if the decoration space corresponds to three decoration walls, obtain at least two furniture models that match the decoration space; if the decoration space corresponds to three decoration walls, and the side length of the kitchen is greater than or equal to the third side length threshold, obtain At least two furniture models that match the decoration space, as well as a middle island model.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可以理解的是,在本发明实施例的思想指导下,本领域技术人员可以根据实际情况进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. It is understood that, under the guidance of the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make settings according to actual conditions, which are not limited by the present invention.

在具体实现中,终端可以通过厨房的空间尺寸,选择对应的家具,然后通过装修条件、墙体类型以及空间尺寸等,确定家具在厨房中的摆放位置,实现了根据用户输入的户型图,为用户自动推荐与户型图匹配的家具,以便实现全自动的装修。In the specific implementation, the terminal can select the corresponding furniture according to the space size of the kitchen, and then determine the placement position of the furniture in the kitchen according to the decoration conditions, wall type and space size, etc., and realize the floor plan according to the user input. Automatically recommend furniture that matches the floor plan for users, so as to achieve fully automatic decoration.

在一种示例中,参考图5D,示出了本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图一,终端根据厨房的墙体类型、尺寸,得到厨房可以采用“一线型”的布局方式进行装修。具体的,煤气灶距离门的距离最近,水槽次之,操作台位于煤气灶和水槽中间,吊柜与橱柜、水槽柜对应摆放,吊柜底部离地面高度为750(橱柜高度)+750(橱柜上方操作空间高度)=1500mm,抽油烟机与煤气灶对应摆放,居中对齐;抽油烟机底部距煤气灶顶部距离为500mm;抽油烟机与煤气灶对应摆放,居中对齐;抽油烟机底部距煤气灶顶部距离为500mm。同时,煤气灶避开窗户或在不在窗户的下方;且厨房的吸顶灯设置于厨房天花板居中的位置;筒灯可以设置在吊柜下方,每800mm设置一个,不足800mm仅设置一个,大于800mm小于1600设置一个,当大于1600的时候再放第二个。In an example, referring to FIG. 5D , a schematic diagram 1 of the kitchen furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. According to the wall type and size of the kitchen, the terminal obtains that the kitchen can be decorated in a "one-line" layout. Specifically, the gas stove is the closest to the door, followed by the sink, the console is located between the gas stove and the sink, the hanging cabinet is placed in correspondence with the cabinet and the sink cabinet, and the height of the bottom of the hanging cabinet from the ground is 750 (the height of the cabinet) + 750 ( The height of the operating space above the cabinet) = 1500mm, the range hood and the gas stove should be placed correspondingly and aligned in the center; the distance between the bottom of the range hood and the top of the gas stove is 500mm; the range hood and the gas stove should be placed correspondingly and aligned in the center; the range hood The distance between the bottom and the top of the gas stove is 500mm. At the same time, the gas stove should avoid the window or not under the window; and the ceiling light of the kitchen should be set in the center of the kitchen ceiling; the downlight can be set under the hanging cabinet, one every 800mm, only one less than 800mm, and less than 800mm less than 800mm. Set one at 1600, and put the second when it is greater than 1600.

在另一种示例中,参照图5E,���出了本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图���,���房可以采用“���线型”的布局方式进行装修。具体的,冰箱可以位于距离门口最近的右手边墙角,距离墙角的最小距离可以为100mm,其他设置可以参照上述示例的设置,在此不再赘述。In another example, referring to FIG. 5E , a second schematic diagram of the arrangement of kitchen furniture in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. The kitchen may be decorated in a "two-line" layout. Specifically, the refrigerator may be located in the right-hand corner closest to the door, and the minimum distance from the corner may be 100 mm. For other settings, refer to the settings in the above examples, which will not be repeated here.

在另一种示例中,参照图5F,示出了本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图三,厨房可以采用“L型”的布局方式进行装修。具体的,冰箱位于距离门口最近的右手边墙角,距离墙角的最小距离100mm;煤气灶位于外墙侧,距离冰箱的最小距离为100mm;水槽位于位于煤气灶墙旁边的墙;吊柜与橱柜、水槽柜对应摆放,吊柜底部离地面高度为750(橱柜高度)+750(橱柜上方操作空间高度)=1500mm,其他设置可以参照上述示例的设置,在此不再赘述。In another example, referring to FIG. 5F , a schematic diagram 3 of the arrangement of kitchen furniture in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. The kitchen may be decorated in an "L-shaped" layout. Specifically, the refrigerator is located in the right-hand corner closest to the door, and the minimum distance from the corner is 100mm; the gas stove is located on the outer wall, and the minimum distance from the refrigerator is 100mm; the sink is located on the wall next to the gas stove wall; The sink cabinet should be placed correspondingly. The height of the bottom of the hanging cabinet from the ground is 750 (the height of the cabinet) + 750 (the height of the operating space above the cabinet) = 1500mm.

在另一种示例中,参照图5G,示出了本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图四,厨房可以采用“U型”的布局方式进行装修。具体的,冰箱位于距离门口最近的右手边墙角,距离墙角的最小距离100mm;煤气灶位于外墙侧,距离冰箱的最小距离为100mm;水槽位于位于煤气灶墙旁边的墙中间;吊柜与橱柜、水槽柜对应摆放,吊柜底部离地面高度为750(橱柜高度)+750(橱柜上方操作空间高度)=1500mm,其他设置可以参照上述示例的设置,在此不再赘述。In another example, referring to FIG. 5G , a schematic diagram 4 of the arrangement of kitchen furniture in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. The kitchen may be decorated in a "U-shaped" layout. Specifically, the refrigerator is located in the right-hand corner closest to the door, and the minimum distance from the corner is 100mm; the gas stove is located on the outer wall side, and the minimum distance from the refrigerator is 100mm; the sink is located in the middle of the wall next to the gas stove wall; the hanging cabinet and the cabinet The height of the bottom of the hanging cabinet from the ground is 750 (the height of the cabinet) + 750 (the height of the operating space above the cabinet) = 1500mm. Other settings can refer to the settings in the above examples, and will not be repeated here.

在另一种示例中,参照图5H,示出了本发明实施例中厨房家具摆放的示意图五,厨房可以采用“U型”的布局方式进行装修。具体的,若厨房的宽度(或长度)大于或等于2500mm时,可以采用中岛型的布局方式,在厨房的开放墙体一侧设置中岛操作台,其他设置可以参照上述示例的设置,在此不再赘述。In another example, referring to FIG. 5H , a schematic diagram 5 of the arrangement of kitchen furniture in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. The kitchen may be decorated in a “U-shaped” layout. Specifically, if the width (or length) of the kitchen is greater than or equal to 2500mm, a middle-island layout can be adopted, and a middle-island console is set on one side of the open wall of the kitchen. For other settings, refer to the settings in the above examples. This will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可以理解的是,在本发明实施例的思想指导下,本领域技术人员可以根据实际情况进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. It is understood that, under the guidance of the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make settings according to actual conditions, which are not limited by the present invention.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,若厨房对象包括开放墙体对象且不包括出入墙体对象,则获取收纳模型对象的模型尺寸,并获取与模型尺寸匹配的移动门体对象,然后在厨房对象的开放墙体对象中,展示移动门体对象。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, if the kitchen object includes an open wall object and does not include an access wall object, the model size of the storage model object is obtained, and the moving door object matching the model size is obtained, and then In the open wall object of the kitchen object, the moving door object is displayed.

在具体实现中,收纳模型可以为橱柜,在安装橱柜的情况下,根据厨房门的宽度,橱柜可能占据部分门的空间。则在这种情况下,可以通过获取橱柜的尺寸,然后获取与该尺寸匹配的移动门,并在���房的开放墙体上,展示该移动门,从而通过合理地为厨房安装移动门,可以带来更好的装修效果,使得用户可以提前感知不同的装修风格,提高用户体验。In a specific implementation, the storage model may be a cabinet. In the case of installing the cabinet, the cabinet may occupy part of the space of the door according to the width of the kitchen door. In this case, by obtaining the size of the cabinet, and then obtaining the moving door that matches the size, and displaying the moving door on the open wall of the kitchen, by reasonably installing the moving door for the kitchen, it is possible to bring To achieve a better decoration effect, users can perceive different decoration styles in advance and improve the user experience.

例如,参考图5I,示出了本发明实施例中移动门的示意图,厨房中包括动线空间与装修空间,其中,装修空间中摆放了水槽、橱柜、煤气灶以及冰箱等,则可以根据橱柜的尺寸,获取与橱柜尺寸匹配的移动门,并在厨房与其他空间对象的连接处安装移动门,从而为厨房带来更好的装修效果,提高用户体验。For example, referring to FIG. 5I , which shows a schematic diagram of a moving door in an embodiment of the present invention, the kitchen includes a moving line space and a decoration space, wherein a sink, a cabinet, a gas stove, a refrigerator, etc. are placed in the decoration space. the size of the kitchen cabinet, obtain the moving door that matches the size of the cabinet, and install the moving door at the connection between the kitchen and other space objects, so as to bring a better decoration effect to the kitchen and improve the user experience.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,在所述空间对象为所述客厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述墙体对象的边长,所述步骤121,进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, when the space object is the living room object, the size information includes the side length of the wall object, and the step 121 may further include:

D1,根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型与所述墙体对象的边长,获得所述客厅对象的目标墙体对象;D1, obtaining the target wall object of the living room object according to the wall type of the wall object and the side length of the wall object;

D2,获取与所述目标墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;D2, obtaining the furniture model object matching the side length of the target wall object;

D3,按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。D3: Match the furniture model object with the target wall object according to preset decoration conditions to obtain position information of the furniture model object.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,用户在输入二维户型图后,终端可以对二维户型图进行识别,得到目标房屋的三维房屋空间,并得到客厅的墙体类型以及墙体的边长,接着可以根据墙体对象的墙体类型与墙体对象的边长,获得客厅对象的目标墙体对象,并获取与目标墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象,然后按照预设的装修条件,将家具模型对象与目标墙体对象进行匹配,获得家具模型对象的位置信息。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, after the user inputs the two-dimensional floor plan, the terminal can identify the two-dimensional floor plan, obtain the three-dimensional house space of the target house, and obtain the wall type and wall size of the living room. Side length, then according to the wall type of the wall object and the side length of the wall object, the target wall object of the living room object can be obtained, and the furniture model object matching the side length of the target wall object can be obtained, and then according to the preset According to the decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target wall object, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

其中,装修条件可以为根据实际应用中,客厅家具家���摆放的位置、设计风格、家具组合等进行设置的条件。例如,将较长的实体墙体作为沙发的背靠墙,对侧墙作为电视柜或电视的背靠墙;茶几与沙发之间的距离保持大于或等于400mm;茶几与电视柜之间的距离大于或等于600mm,小于600mm时,则舍弃电视柜;入户门与普通出入门向客厅内部延伸600mm的区域,不摆放任何家具,作为动线空间,动线空间可以为用户在空间对象中进行移动的区域;电视不能挂在窗户或者门或者开放墙体(开放空间)上,且电视两侧距离窗户、门、开放墙体/开放空间大于或等于300mm;以客厅的宽度优先摆放最长能摆放的沙发,如有多余空间再摆放角柜;按照沙发的长度,确定沙发背靠墙摆放多少数量的装饰画等等。The decoration conditions may be conditions set according to the actual application, the position, design style, furniture combination, etc. of living room furniture and home appliances. For example, use a long solid wall as the back-to-wall of the sofa, and use the opposite wall as the back-to-wall of the TV cabinet or TV; the distance between the coffee table and the sofa should be greater than or equal to 400mm; the distance between the coffee table and the TV cabinet If it is greater than or equal to 600mm, and less than 600mm, the TV cabinet will be discarded; the entry door and the common exit door extend 600mm to the interior of the living room, and no furniture should be placed. The moving area; the TV cannot be hung on the window, door or open wall (open space), and the distance between the two sides of the TV is greater than or equal to 300mm from the window, door, open wall/open space; For a sofa that can be placed long, if there is excess space, place a corner cabinet; according to the length of the sofa, determine how many decorative paintings are placed on the back of the sofa against the wall, etc.

在具体实现中,若目标房屋中包括客餐厅时,终端可以先对客餐厅进行划分,得到客厅、餐厅、玄关以及过道等区域,接着确定客厅各面墙体的墙体类型,例如出入墙体、封闭墙体以及开放墙体,并获取各个墙体的边长,以便根据墙体类型与墙体边长,生成客厅的家具布局数据。In the specific implementation, if the target house includes a guest dining room, the terminal can first divide the guest dining room to obtain areas such as the living room, dining room, entrance, and aisle, and then determine the wall type of each wall in the living room, such as the entry and exit walls. , closed wall and open wall, and obtain the side length of each wall, so as to generate the furniture layout data of the living room according to the wall type and wall side length.

具体的,可以对客厅中相互平行的墙体进行分组,以得到相互平行的装修墙体,其中,装修墙体可以为客厅中具有实体墙体的墙体,例如出入墙体与封闭墙体。然后可以根据墙体的类型与边长,对装修墙体进行分类,包括将其中一面墙体作为摆放沙发的墙体,将另一面墙体作为摆放电视柜的墙体等等。Specifically, the parallel walls in the living room may be grouped to obtain mutually parallel decoration walls, wherein the decoration walls may be walls with solid walls in the living room, such as access walls and closed walls. Then, according to the type and side length of the wall, the decoration walls can be classified, including using one of the walls as the wall for the sofa, and the other wall as the wall for the TV cabinet, etc.

在一种示例中,若相互平行的装修墙体对象均为边长不同的封闭墙体对象,则将边长较长的封闭墙体对象作为第一目标墙体对象,以及将另一封闭墙体对象作为第二目标墙体对象;若相互平行的装修墙体对象为边长相同的封闭墙体对象,则将远离目标房屋对象的入户门的封闭墙体对象作为第一目标墙体对象,以及将另一封闭墙体对象作为第二目标墙体对象。In one example, if the decoration wall objects that are parallel to each other are closed wall objects with different side lengths, the closed wall object with the longer side length is used as the first target wall object, and the other closed wall object is used as the first target wall object. The body object is used as the second target wall object; if the decoration wall objects parallel to each other are closed wall objects with the same side length, the closed wall object far from the entrance door of the target house object is used as the first target wall object , and another closed wall object as the second target wall object.

在另一种示例中,若相互平行的装修墙体对象包括封闭墙体对象以及出入墙体对象,则将封闭墙体对象作为第一目标墙体对象,以及将出入墙体对象作为第二目标墙体对象。In another example, if the decoration wall objects parallel to each other include a closed wall object and an access wall object, the closed wall object is used as the first target wall object, and the access wall object is used as the second target wall object.

在另一种示例中,若相互平行的装修墙体对象之间的距离大于或等于第一预设距离阈值,则将远离目标房屋对象的入户门的封闭墙体对象作为第一目标墙体对象,以及将另一封闭墙体对象作为第二目标墙体对象;或,将封闭墙体对象作为第一目标墙体对象,以及将出入墙体对象作为第二目标墙体对象。In another example, if the distance between the decoration wall objects that are parallel to each other is greater than or equal to the first preset distance threshold, the closed wall object far from the entrance door of the target house object is used as the first target wall object, and another closed wall object is used as the second target wall object; or, the closed wall object is used as the first target wall object, and the access wall object is used as the second target wall object.

其中,第一目标墙体可以为用于摆放沙发等的背靠墙体,第二装修墙体可以为用于摆放电视柜等的背靠墙体。具体的,若第一目标墙体与第二目标墙体两者的边长不同,由于沙发所在区域作为人活动的区域,导致沙发对空间尺寸的要求更大,则可以将边长较长的墙体作为沙发背靠墙,将边长较短的墙体作为电视柜或电视背靠墙;若第一目标墙体与第二目标墙体两者的边长相同或无法较准确的识别,则一种情况下,可以将任意墙体作为沙发背靠墙,另一种情况下,可以将靠近入户门较近的墙体作为电视柜或电视背靠墙,将远离入户门的墙体作为沙发背靠墙;若两面装修墙体包括一面封闭墙体以及一面出入墙体,则可以将封闭墙体作为沙发的背靠墙,将出入墙体作为电视或电视柜的背靠墙。Wherein, the first target wall may be a back-to-wall body for placing sofas, etc., and the second decoration wall may be a back-to-wall body for placing TV cabinets and the like. Specifically, if the side lengths of the first target wall and the second target wall are different, because the area where the sofa is located is used as an area for people to move, the sofa requires a larger space size, and the longer side length can be used. The wall is used as the sofa back against the wall, and the wall with the shorter side length is used as the TV cabinet or the TV back against the wall; if the side lengths of the first target wall and the second target wall are the same or cannot be identified more accurately, In one case, any wall can be used as the sofa back against the wall, in the other case, the wall closer to the entrance door can be used as a TV cabinet or TV back against the wall, and the wall far away from the entrance door can be used If the two decorative walls include an enclosed wall and an access wall, the enclosed wall can be used as the back of the sofa, and the access wall can be used as the back of the TV or TV cabinet.

需要说明的是,根据沙发的形状可以分为一字型、L型以及类U型等不同规格、组成的沙发,本实施例中所述及的沙发背靠墙可以为一套沙发中主体部分所靠的墙体,则沙发的背靠墙可以至少包括一面墙体,例如沙发可以背靠一面封闭墙体、一面开放墙体等等,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that according to the shape of the sofa, it can be divided into sofas with different specifications and compositions such as in-line, L-shaped and U-shaped. The sofa back against the wall described in this embodiment can be the main part of a set of sofas. The backing wall of the sofa may include at least one wall, for example, the sofa may back against a closed wall, an open wall, etc., which is not limited in the present invention.

在本发明的另一种可选实施例中,对于客厅的尺寸满足预设阈值的情况下,可以判定客厅属于大横厅,进而以大横厅的布局方式,对客厅进行全自动化的装修。具体的,若第一目标墙体对象与第二目标墙体对象之间的距离大于或等于预设距离阈值,则将按照预设的装修条件,将客厅对象划分为至少两个家具展示区域,接着获取与目标墙体对象(包括第一目标墙体对象与第二目标墙体对象)的边长匹配的家具模型对象,然后按照装修条件,将家具模型对象分别与至少两个家具展示区域进行匹配,获得家具模型对象的位置信息。In another optional embodiment of the present invention, when the size of the living room meets the preset threshold, it can be determined that the living room belongs to the large horizontal hall, and then the living room is fully automated in the layout of the large horizontal hall. Specifically, if the distance between the first target wall object and the second target wall object is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the living room object will be divided into at least two furniture display areas according to the preset decoration conditions, Next, obtain furniture model objects that match the side lengths of the target wall objects (including the first target wall object and the second target wall object), and then according to the decoration conditions, the furniture model objects are respectively matched with at least two furniture display areas. Match to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

在一种示例中,若第一目标墙体与第二目标墙体之间的距离大于或等于预设阈值,则可以判定客厅属于大横厅,采用大横厅的家具布局方式对客厅进行全自动化的装修。当客厅属于大横厅,根据设定的装修条件,第一目标墙体可以不再仅仅是沙发的背靠墙,其还可以作为其他家具的背靠墙,例如书柜;而沙发也不再仅仅只能靠墙摆放,其还可以摆放与客厅的居中位置,具体可以根据各个家具的尺寸,进行摆放位置的确定。In an example, if the distance between the first target wall and the second target wall is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, it can be determined that the living room belongs to the large horizontal hall, and the living room is fully arranged by the furniture layout of the large horizontal hall. Automated renovations. When the living room belongs to the large horizontal hall, according to the set decoration conditions, the first target wall can not only be the back-to-wall of the sofa, but also the back-to-wall of other furniture, such as bookcases; It can only be placed against the wall, and it can also be placed in the center of the living room. The specific placement can be determined according to the size of each furniture.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可以理解的是,在本发明实施例的思��指导下,本领域技术人员可以根据实际情况进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. It is understood that, under the guidance of the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make settings according to actual conditions, which are not limited by the present invention.

在具体实现中,终端可以通过客厅的空间尺寸,选择对应的家具,然后通过装修条件、墙体类型以及空间尺寸等,确定家具在客厅中的摆放位置,实现了根据用户输入的户型图,为用户自动推荐与户型图匹配的家具,以便实现全自动的装修。In the specific implementation, the terminal can select the corresponding furniture according to the space size of the living room, and then determine the placement of the furniture in the living room according to the decoration conditions, wall type and space size, etc., and realize the floor plan according to the user input. Automatically recommend furniture that matches the floor plan for users, so as to achieve fully automatic decoration.

在一种示例中,家具模型对象可以包括灯具模型对象,则若灯具模型对象为吊灯模型对象,则可以在客厅顶面的中间位置,展示吊灯模型对象;若灯具模型对象为筒灯模型对象(也即筒灯对象),则可以在目标墙体对象的墙体顶面的中间位置,展示与目标墙体对象的边长对应数量的筒灯模型对象。其中,两个筒灯之间的宽度可以为大于或等于一定的阈值,例如,两个筒灯之间的距离为1500mm等等。In one example, the furniture model object may include a lamp model object. If the lamp model object is a chandelier model object, the chandelier model object may be displayed in the middle of the top surface of the living room; if the lamp model object is a downlight model object ( That is, the downlight object), then the downlight model objects of the number corresponding to the side length of the target wall object can be displayed in the middle position of the top surface of the wall of the target wall object. Wherein, the width between the two downlights may be greater than or equal to a certain threshold, for example, the distance between the two downlights is 1500 mm and so on.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,终端还可以根据客厅的尺寸,判断是否为客厅装修吊顶,具体的,若客厅的墙体的边长大于或等于预设尺寸阈值,则获取与墙体的边长匹配的吊顶宽度信息,并按照该吊顶宽度信息,在客厅中展示对应的吊顶。例如,尺寸阈值可以为2500mm,则当客厅的宽度或长度大于或等于2500mm时,则可以在客厅中展示吊顶。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, the terminal can also determine whether it is a living room decoration ceiling according to the size of the living room. Specifically, if the side length of the wall of the living room is greater than or equal to a preset size threshold, the The side length of the body matches the ceiling width information, and according to the ceiling width information, the corresponding ceiling is displayed in the living room. For example, the size threshold can be 2500mm, then when the width or length of the living room is greater than or equal to 2500mm, the suspended ceiling can be displayed in the living room.

在一种示例中,若客厅为长方形客厅,如果客厅宽度大于3500mm,吊顶宽度可以设置为400mm;若为长方形客厅,如果客厅宽度大于4000mm,吊顶宽度可以设置为500mm;若为正方形客厅,如果宽度大于3500mm,吊顶宽度可以设置为400mm,如果宽度大于4000mm,吊顶宽度可以设置为500mm等等,从而终端可以通过客厅的尺寸信息,判断是否为客厅装修吊顶,以为用户展示不同装修方案,提高用户体验。In an example, if the living room is a rectangular living room, if the width of the living room is greater than 3500mm, the width of the ceiling can be set to 400mm; if it is a rectangular living room, if the width of the living room is greater than 4000mm, the width of the ceiling can be set to 500mm; if it is a square living room, if the width If the width is greater than 3500mm, the width of the ceiling can be set to 400mm. If the width is greater than 4000mm, the width of the ceiling can be set to 500mm, etc., so that the terminal can judge whether the ceiling is decorated for the living room through the size information of the living room, so as to show users different decoration schemes and improve user experience .

在另一种示例中,参考图6A与6B,示出了本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图一、二,可以在其中的一面装修墙体摆放对应尺寸的沙发,以及与沙发对应的角柜、地毯以及装饰画,并在对侧墙体摆放电视。具体的,沙发摆放时,优先选择大尺寸摆放,剩余空间摆放角柜,角柜与沙发间距为100mm;若无空间摆放可舍弃角几;沙发与茶几之间的距离为400mm;地毯与电视的距离≥600mm,若距离<600mm,则去掉电视;电视与沙发宽度居中,若电视无法摆放时,可选择与实体墙居中摆放。此外,吊灯可以设置于客厅天花板的居中位置;对于装饰画,当1800<沙发宽度<2700时,摆放单��装饰画;当2700<沙发宽度<3600时,摆放两幅装饰画;当沙发宽度≥3600时,摆放至少三幅装饰画,且装饰画与沙发宽度居中,并保持距离地面1200mm;地毯则可以根据沙发的尺寸进行确定,并与沙发居中;在一种情况下,若客厅有一面墙为与阳台连通的玻璃墙体,则可以在该玻璃墙体上设置窗帘,并与玻璃墙体同宽,对于窗户同理。In another example, referring to FIGS. 6A and 6B , schematic diagrams 1 and 2 of the living room furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention are shown. A sofa of a corresponding size can be placed on one of the decoration walls, and a sofa corresponding to the sofa can be placed. There are corner cabinets, carpets and decorative paintings, and a TV is placed on the opposite wall. Specifically, when placing the sofa, it is preferred to place it in a large size, and the corner cabinet is placed in the remaining space, and the distance between the corner cabinet and the sofa is 100mm; if there is no space for placement, the corner table can be discarded; the distance between the sofa and the coffee table is 400mm; The distance between the carpet and the TV is ≥600mm. If the distance is less than 600mm, remove the TV. The width of the TV and the sofa is centered. If the TV cannot be placed, it can be placed in the middle of the solid wall. In addition, the chandelier can be set in the center of the ceiling of the living room; for decorative paintings, when 1800 < sofa width < 2700, place a single decorative painting; when 2700 < sofa width < 3600, place two decorative paintings; When the width is greater than or equal to 3600, at least three decorative paintings should be placed, and the width of the decorative paintings and the sofa should be centered, and the distance from the ground should be 1200mm; the carpet can be determined according to the size of the sofa and centered with the sofa; in one case, if the living room is If one wall is a glass wall connected to the balcony, curtains can be set on the glass wall, and the width is the same as that of the glass wall, and the same is true for windows.

在另一种示例中,参考图6C,示出了本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图三,可以在其中的一面装修墙体摆放对应尺寸的沙发,以及与沙发对应的角柜、茶几、装饰画,以及在客厅的对应位置摆放与靠墙沙发配套的另一个沙发等等。具体的,沙发:摆放3600mm*1600mm,拐角700mm;茶几:与沙发间距400mm,左右间距400mm;角柜:摆放500x500,沙发侧边间距100mm;电视:靠墙与电视柜居中,下沿距地1000;电视柜:靠墙与墙面宽度居中;地毯:尺寸为3600x1800,与沙发居中;装饰挂画:与沙发宽度居中,下沿距地1200mm;落地灯:靠墙摆放,底座宽度240mm,与沙发侧面对齐;客厅吊灯:与屋顶居中;筒灯:两个筒灯间距宽度≥1500mm,与吊顶宽度居中;窗帘:与有窗的墙同宽;空调:摆放靠窗间墙面距300mm且顶面与天花板对齐等等。In another example, referring to FIG. 6C , a schematic diagram 3 of the living room furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. A sofa of a corresponding size, as well as a corner cabinet corresponding to the sofa, can be placed on one of the decoration walls. A coffee table, decorative paintings, and another sofa matching the wall sofa in the corresponding position in the living room, etc. Specifically, sofa: place 3600mm*1600mm, corner 700mm; coffee table: distance from sofa 400mm, left and right distance 400mm; corner cabinet: place 500x500, sofa side distance 100mm; TV: center against the wall and TV cabinet, and the distance between the bottom edge Floor 1000; TV cabinet: the width between the wall and the wall is centered; the carpet: the size is 3600x1800, centered with the sofa; the decorative painting: the width of the sofa is centered, and the bottom edge is 1200mm away from the floor; floor lamp: placed against the wall, the base width is 240mm, Align with the side of the sofa; Living room chandelier: Centered on the roof; Downlight: The distance between the two downlights is ≥1500mm, and the width of the ceiling is centered; Curtain: The same width as the wall with the window; Air conditioner: The distance between the wall and the window is 300mm And the top surface is aligned with the ceiling and so on.

在另一种示例中,参考图6D与6E,示出了本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图四、五,可以在其中的一面装修墙体摆放对应尺寸的沙发,以及与沙发对应的角柜、茶几、装饰画,以及在客厅的对应位置摆放与靠墙沙发配套的另一个沙发,在另一面墙体摆放电视柜或电视等等。具体的,沙发:靠墙摆放3600mm*900mm;茶几:与沙发间距400mm;电视:靠墙与电视柜居中,下沿距地1000mm;地毯:尺寸为3600mm*1600mm,与沙发居中;装饰挂画:与沙发宽度居中,下沿距地1200mm;客厅吊灯:与屋顶居中;筒灯:两个筒灯间距宽度≥1500mm,与吊顶宽度居中;窗帘:与有窗的墙同宽;空调:摆放靠窗间墙面距300mm且顶面与天花板对齐等等。In another example, referring to FIGS. 6D and 6E , schematic diagrams 4 and 5 of the living room furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention are shown. A sofa of a corresponding size can be placed on one of the decoration walls, and a sofa corresponding to the sofa can be placed. The corner cabinet, coffee table, decorative painting, and another sofa matching the sofa against the wall are placed in the corresponding position of the living room, and a TV cabinet or TV is placed on the other wall. Specifically, sofa: placed against the wall 3600mm*900mm; coffee table: 400mm away from the sofa; TV: centered against the wall and the TV cabinet, and the bottom edge is 1000mm away from the ground; carpet: the size is 3600mm*1600mm, centered with the sofa; decorative paintings : centered with the width of the sofa, and the lower edge is 1200mm away from the ground; living room chandelier: centered with the roof; downlight: the spacing between two downlights is ≥1500mm, and centered with the width of the ceiling; curtains: the same width as the wall with windows; air conditioner: placed The wall distance between the windows is 300mm and the top surface is aligned with the ceiling, etc.

在另一种示例中,参考图6F,示出了本发明实施例中客厅家具摆放的示意图六,当客厅属于大横厅时,可以再其中一面墙摆放电视柜,在另一面墙摆放书柜,同时在客厅的中间位置摆放沙发、写字台、角柜、茶几、落地灯等家具家电,其他设置可以参照上述示例的设置,在此不再赘述。In another example, referring to FIG. 6F , a schematic diagram 6 of the living room furniture arrangement in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. When the living room belongs to a large horizontal hall, a TV cabinet can be placed on one wall, and a TV cabinet can be placed on the other wall. Put the bookcase, and at the same time place furniture and appliances such as sofa, writing desk, corner cabinet, coffee table, floor lamp in the middle of the living room.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述步骤120进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the step 120 may further include:

步骤S1,针对所述至少一个空间对象中的入户空间对象,根据所述空间属性确定所述入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象;Step S1, for the entry space object in the at least one space object, determine whether there is a preset space object used for special layout of furniture model objects in the entry space object according to the space attribute;

步骤S2,在存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,根据所述预设空间对象获取所述家具布局数据;Step S2, in the case that the preset space object exists, obtain the furniture layout data according to the preset space object;

步骤S3,在不存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,获取所述入户空间对象中的已存在对象的位置信息,至少根据所述空间属性和所述已存在对象的位置信息取所述家具布局数据。Step S3, in the case that the preset space object does not exist, obtain the position information of the existing object in the home space object, at least according to the space attribute and the position information of the existing object. Furniture layout data.

在本申请一个实施例,入户空间对象有时候具有用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,例如,参见图7A,从入户门进入目标房屋之后,即进入玄关,且玄关右侧包括两部分,靠近入户门的区域中具有向外凸出的部分,向外凸出的部分占用了卫生间的一部分,远离入户门的区域中具有卫生间的门,玄关整体上呈现的不是矩形。In an embodiment of the present application, the entry space object sometimes has a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects. For example, referring to FIG. 7A, after entering the target house from the entry door, it enters the entrance, and the right side of the entrance It consists of two parts. The area close to the entrance door has an outwardly protruding part, and the outwardly protruding part occupies a part of the bathroom. The area far from the entrance door has a bathroom door. The entrance door is not rectangular as a whole. .

通常情况下,向外凸出的部分往往是房屋设计者在设计目标房屋时,预留的用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,例如,专门用于布局玄关柜、鞋柜或挂钩等的空间对象。Usually, the protruding part is a preset space object reserved by the house designer for the special layout of furniture model objects when designing the target house, for example, specially used for the layout of entryway cabinets, shoe cabinets or hooks etc. space objects.

而在本申请另一个实施例,参见图7B,入户空间对象可以是矩形,入户空间对象中没有用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,从入户门进入目标房屋之后,即进入玄关,右侧是卫生间的门,玄关整体上呈现的是矩形。In another embodiment of the present application, referring to FIG. 7B , the entry space object may be a rectangle, and there is no preset space object for special layout of furniture model objects in the entry space object. After entering the target house from the entry door, that is, Entering the entrance, the right side is the door of the bathroom, and the entrance is rectangular as a whole.

在本申请中,在入户空间对象中存在预设空间对象的情况下的家具布局数据与在入户空间对象中不存在预设空间对象的情况下的家具布局数据是不同的,且往往需要通过不同方式来获取。In the present application, the furniture layout data in the case where the preset space object exists in the entry space object is different from the furniture layout data in the case where the preset space object does not exist in the entry space object, and it is often necessary to obtained in different ways.

因此,在本实施例中,可以根据入户空间对象的空间属性确定入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,然后在存在预设空间对象的情况下,执行步骤S2,或者,在不存在预设空间对象的情况下,执行步骤S3。Therefore, in this embodiment, it can be determined whether there is a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects in the home space object according to the space attribute of the home space object, and then, if there is a preset space object, execute Step S2, or, if there is no preset spatial object, step S3 is performed.

其中,事先在根据目标房屋建立三维房屋空间之后,技术人员可以人工确定入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,在入户空间对象中存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象的情况下,可以在目标房屋的三维房屋空间中标注入户空间对象中存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象。如此,可以根据在三维房屋空间中的标注数据确定入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象。Among them, after establishing a three-dimensional house space according to the target house in advance, the technician can manually determine whether there is a preset space object for special layout of furniture model objects in the home space object, and there is a room for special layout furniture in the home space object In the case of the preset space object of the model object, there may be a preset space object for special layout of the furniture model object in the household space object in the three-dimensional house space of the target house. In this way, it can be determined whether there is a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects in the home space object according to the labeling data in the three-dimensional house space.

当然,在本申请另一实施例中,还可以通过识别算法自动对入户空间对象的机构自动识别,以确定入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,可以免去人工标注的工作,从而可以降低人工成本,申请对具体的识别算法不做限定。Of course, in another embodiment of the present application, it is also possible to automatically identify the mechanism of the entry space object through an identification algorithm, so as to determine whether there is a preset space object in the entry space object for special layout of furniture model objects. The work of manual labeling is eliminated, thereby reducing labor costs, and the application does not limit the specific recognition algorithm.

在存在预设空间对象的情况下,在步骤S2中,根据预设空间对象获取家具布局数据;In the case that there is a preset space object, in step S2, obtain furniture layout data according to the preset space object;

在本申请一个实施例中,预设空间对象是用于专门布局家具模型对象的,因此,可以获取预设空间对象的位置信息,并作为目标位置信息。In an embodiment of the present application, the preset space object is used to specially lay out furniture model objects. Therefore, the position information of the preset space object can be obtained and used as the target position information.

以及,在本申请另一个实施例中,可以事先准备多个家具模型对象,各个家具模型对象均具有在入户空间中布局的资格。And, in another embodiment of the present application, a plurality of furniture model objects may be prepared in advance, and each furniture model object is qualified to be laid out in the home space.

在事先准备的多个家具模型对象,不同的家具模型对象的尺寸信息等不相同。如果是需要在预设空间对象中布局家具模型对象,则需要使得家具模型对象能够摆放进预设空间对象中,也即,需要使得预设空间对象能够容纳家具模型对象。Among the plurality of furniture model objects prepared in advance, the size information and the like of different furniture model objects are different. If the furniture model object needs to be laid out in the preset space object, the furniture model object needs to be placed in the preset space object, that is, the preset space object needs to be able to accommodate the furniture model object.

因此,可以在多个家具模型对象中,选择尺寸信息小于或等于预设空间对象所在区域的尺寸信息的家具模型对象,并作为目标家具模型对象。Therefore, among the plurality of furniture model objects, a furniture model object whose size information is smaller than or equal to the size information of the region where the preset space object is located may be selected as the target furniture model object.

在本申请一个实施例中,在多个家具模型对象中,尺寸信息小于或等于预设空间对象所在区域的尺寸信息的家具模型对象有时候可能为至少两个,在这种情况下,可以在至少两个预设家具模型中,随机选择一个预设家具模型。In an embodiment of the present application, among the plurality of furniture model objects, sometimes there may be at least two furniture model objects whose size information is less than or equal to the size information of the area where the preset space object is located. Among at least two preset furniture models, one preset furniture model is randomly selected.

然而,不同的家具模型对象的样式以及功能等往往不相同,事先可以根据样式或功能设置各个家具模型对象的优先级,如此,在尺寸信息小于或等于预设空间对象所在区域的尺寸信息的家具模型对象为至少两个的情况下,可以在至少两个预设家具模型中,选择优先级最高的一个预设家具模型。However, the styles and functions of different furniture model objects are often different. The priority of each furniture model object can be set in advance according to the style or function. In this way, in the furniture whose size information is less than or equal to the size information of the area where the preset space object is located When there are at least two model objects, among the at least two preset furniture models, a preset furniture model with the highest priority may be selected.

在不存在预设空间对象的情况下,在步骤S3中,获取入户空间对象中的已存在对象的位置信息,至少根据入户空间对象的空间属性和已存在对象的位置信息取家具布局数据。In the case where there is no preset space object, in step S3, the position information of the existing object in the home space object is obtained, and the furniture layout data is obtained at least according to the space attribute of the home space object and the position information of the existing object .

在申请中,已存在对象可以包括入户门对象,当然,也可以包括其他空间对象中的门对象,还可以包括电箱对象以及窗户对象等。另外,还可以包括VR(Virtual Reality,虚拟现实)情景中的漫游点等。In the application, the existing objects may include the entrance door object, of course, may also include the door object in other space objects, and may also include the electrical box object and the window object. In addition, a roaming point in a VR (Virtual Reality, virtual reality) scenario may also be included.

其中,至少根据入户空间对象的空间属性和已存在对象的位置信息取家具布局数据的流程,具体可以包括:Among them, the process of obtaining furniture layout data at least according to the spatial attribute of the home space object and the position information of the existing object may specifically include:

S31、至少根据入户空间对象的空间属性和已存在对象的位置信息,在入户空间对象中获取优先级不同的多个候选区域;S31, at least according to the spatial attribute of the entry space object and the location information of the existing object, obtain a plurality of candidate areas with different priorities in the entry space object;

在本申请中,以已存在对象为入户门对象为例进行举例说明。In this application, the existing object is taken as an example of the entry door object for illustration.

入户空间对象包括:入户门所在的墙体对象、与入户门所在的墙体对象相邻的墙体对象,以及与入户门所在的墙体对象不相邻的墙体对象。The entry space objects include: wall objects where the entry door is located, wall objects adjacent to the wall object where the entry door is located, and wall objects that are not adjacent to the wall object where the entry door is located.

根据发明人对实际情况的统计,通常情况下,广大用户往往倾向于在入户门所在的墙体对象所在的区域优先摆放家具,如果不能在入户门所在的墙体对象所在的区域摆放家具,则之后往往会优先倾向于在与入户门所在的墙体对象相邻的墙体对象所在的区域摆放家具,如果还不能摆放家具,再在与入户门所在的墙体对象不相邻的墙体对象所在的区域摆放家具。且通常情况下是靠墙摆放家具。According to the inventor's statistics on the actual situation, under normal circumstances, the majority of users tend to give priority to placing furniture in the area where the wall object where the entry door is located. After placing furniture, it is often preferred to place furniture in the area where the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entry door is located. Furniture is placed in the area where the object is not adjacent to the wall object. And usually the furniture is placed against the wall.

因此,在本申请中,对于入户空间对象而言,获取的候选区域可以包括以下至少一种:入户空间对象中的已存在对象所在的第一墙体对象所处的第一区域、入户空间对象中的与第一墙体对象相邻的第二墙体对象所处的第二区域、入户空间对象中的与第一墙体对象不相邻的第三墙体对象所处的第三区域,等等。Therefore, in the present application, for the entry space object, the obtained candidate area may include at least one of the following: the first area where the first wall object where the existing object in the entry space object is located, the entry The second area where the second wall object adjacent to the first wall object in the home space object is located, and the third wall object in the home space object that is not adjacent to the first wall object is located. The third area, and so on.

其中,第一区域的优先级大于第二区域的优先级,第二区域的优先级大于第三区域的优先级。The priority of the first area is higher than the priority of the second area, and the priority of the second area is higher than the priority of the third area.

S32、获取优先级不同的多个家具模型对象;S32. Acquire multiple furniture model objects with different priorities;

家具模型对象有多种,例如,门厅柜、玄关柜以及挂钩等,且有多种样式以及尺寸的门厅柜,多种样式以及尺寸的玄关柜,以及多种样式以及尺寸的挂钩。事先可以设置不同的家具模型对象的优先级。There are many kinds of furniture model objects, such as hall cabinets, entrance cabinets, and hooks, etc., and there are hall cabinets of various styles and sizes, entrance cabinets of multiple styles and sizes, and hooks of multiple styles and sizes. The priority of different furniture model objects can be set in advance.

例如,可以根据家具模型对象的种类设置优先级。例如,设置一个种类的家具模型对象的优先级大于另一个种类的预设家具模型对象的优先级。例如,在一个实施例中,玄关柜的优先级可以大于挂钩的优先级,玄关柜的优先级可以大于挂钩的优先级。再例如,在另一个实施例中,玄关柜的优先级可以大于门厅柜的优先级,门厅柜的优先级可以大于挂钩的优先级。For example, you can set priorities based on the kind of furniture model objects. For example, setting the priority of furniture model objects of one kind is higher than the priority of preset furniture model objects of another kind. For example, in one embodiment, the priority of the entryway cabinets may be higher than the priority of the hooks, and the priority of the entryway cabinets may be higher than the priority of the hooks. For another example, in another embodiment, the priority of the entrance cabinet may be higher than the priority of the hall cabinet, and the priority of the hall cabinet may be higher than the priority of the hook.

对于任意一种家具模型对象,该种类的家具模型对象具有多种尺寸以及样式的家具模型对象,如此,可以根据家具模型对象的尺寸或样式设置优先级。例如,设置该种类的一个尺寸的家具模型对象的优先级大于该种类的另一个尺寸的家具模型对象的优先级等,例如可以设置尺寸大的该种类的家具模型对象的优先级大于尺寸小的该种类的家具模型对象的优先级等。For any type of furniture model object, the type of furniture model object has furniture model objects of various sizes and styles, so that priority can be set according to the size or style of the furniture model object. For example, the priority of furniture model objects of one size of the category is set higher than the priority of furniture model objects of another size of the category, etc. For example, the priority of furniture model objects of the category with large size can be set higher than the priority of furniture model objects of small size The priority of furniture model objects of that kind, etc.

在本申请另一实施例中,入户空间对象的空间类型可以有多个,例如,玄关以及非玄关,非玄关的情况是:目标房屋中不具有玄关,通过入户门对象进入目标房屋的三维房屋空间之后,直接进入���目标房屋的的三维房屋空间中的餐厅对象或者客厅对象,入户空间对象输入餐厅对象的一部分或者客厅对象的一部分。In another embodiment of the present application, there may be multiple space types of the entry space object, for example, entrance and non-entry. In the case of non-entry, the target house does not have an entrance, and the target house is entered through the entry door object. After the three-dimensional house space, directly enter the dining room object or living room object in the three-dimensional house space of the target house, and enter a part of the dining room object or a part of the living room object for the entry space object.

在一个例子中,入户空间对象为玄关的情况下,在入户空间对象中可以摆放玄关柜等,入户空间对象为非玄关的情况下,在入户空间对象中可以摆放门厅柜,其中,玄关柜可以通顶,门厅柜可以不通顶。In an example, if the entry space object is a hallway, the entry space object can be placed with entryway cabinets, etc., and if the entry space object is a non-entrance, the hall cabinet can be placed in the home entry space object , Among them, the entrance cabinet can be through the top, and the hall cabinet can be closed.

因此,在本步骤中,可以获取入户空间对象的空间类型,然后可以获取优先级不同的、适用于该空间类型的多个家具模型对象。Therefore, in this step, the space type of the entry space object can be obtained, and then a plurality of furniture model objects with different priorities and suitable for the space type can be obtained.

其中,事先在根据目标房屋建立三维房屋空间之后,技术人员可以在三维房屋空间中标注入户空间对象的空间类型,例如,标注其为玄关,或者标注其为非玄关,例如标注其为餐厅对象的一部分,或者,标注其为客厅对象的一部分等。如此,可以直接根据在三维房屋空间中的标注数据获取入户空间对象的空间类型。Among them, after the 3D house space is established according to the target house in advance, the technician can mark the space type of the household space object in the 3D house space, for example, mark it as a hallway, or mark it as a non-doorway, for example, mark it as a restaurant object part of the object, or label it as part of the living room object, etc. In this way, the space type of the object in the home space can be obtained directly according to the labeling data in the three-dimensional house space.

当然,在本申请另一实施例中,还可以通过识别算法自动识别入户空间对象的空间类型,可以免去人工标注的工作,从而可以降低人工成本,申请对具体的识别算法不做限定。Of course, in another embodiment of the present application, the spatial type of the object in the home space can also be automatically identified through the identification algorithm, which can avoid manual labeling work, thereby reducing labor costs. The application does not limit the specific identification algorithm.

S33、在优先级不同的多个家具模型对象以及优先级不同的多个候选区域中,按照优先级由高至低的顺序,至少根据已存在对象的位置信息分别匹配各个候选区域与各个家具模型对象;S33. In the multiple furniture model objects with different priorities and the multiple candidate regions with different priorities, according to the order of priority from high to low, at least according to the position information of the existing objects, respectively match each candidate region and each furniture model. object;

在本申请中,对于任意一个家具模型对象以及任意一个候选区域,可以根据该家具模型对象的尺寸信息以及该候选区域的尺寸信息,判断该候选区域是否能够容纳该家具模型对象;In this application, for any furniture model object and any candidate area, it can be determined whether the candidate area can accommodate the furniture model object according to the size information of the furniture model object and the size information of the candidate area;

在该候选区域不能够容纳该家具模型对象的情况下,确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配不成功。In the case that the candidate area cannot accommodate the furniture model object, it is determined that the candidate area and the furniture model object are not matched successfully.

在该候选区域能够容纳该家具模型对象的情况下,根据该候选区域的位置信息以及已存在对象的位置信息,判断在该候选区域布局该家具模型对象之后,该家具模型对象是否遮挡已存在对象。In the case that the furniture model object can be accommodated in the candidate area, according to the position information of the candidate area and the position information of the existing object, it is determined whether the furniture model object blocks the existing object after the furniture model object is laid out in the candidate area. .

在该���具模型对象未遮挡已存在对象的情况下,确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配成功。In the case that the furniture model object does not block the existing object, it is determined that the candidate area is successfully matched with the furniture model object.

在该家具模型对象遮挡已存在对象的情况下,确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配不成功。In the case that the furniture model object occludes the existing object, it is determined that the candidate area is not successfully matched with the furniture model object.

S34、根据匹配成功的候选区域和家具模型对象获取家具布局数据。S34. Acquire furniture layout data according to the successfully matched candidate regions and furniture model objects.

在本申请,在某一候选区域与某一家具模型对象匹配成功时,可以根据该候选区域与该家具模型对象获取一个家具布局数据,例如,可以获取该候选区域的位置信息,然后将该候选区域的位置信息与该家具模型对象组合为一个家具布局数据。In the present application, when a certain candidate area is successfully matched with a certain furniture model object, a piece of furniture layout data can be obtained according to the candidate area and the furniture model object, for example, the position information of the candidate area can be obtained, and then the candidate area can be obtained The location information of the area and the furniture model object are combined into one furniture layout data.

在一个例子中,假设入户空间对象为玄关,家具模型对象为玄关柜,以及已存在对象为入户门。In one example, it is assumed that the entry space object is the entrance, the furniture model object is the entrance cabinet, and the existing object is the entrance door.

可以根据玄关柜的尺寸信息以及入户门所在墙体对象的尺寸信息,判断玄关柜是否能够背靠入户门所在墙体对象摆放,且玄关柜的至少一个侧面紧挨与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象。According to the size information of the entrance cabinet and the size information of the wall object where the entrance door is located, it can be judged whether the entrance cabinet can be placed against the wall object where the entrance door is located, and at least one side of the entrance door is close to the entrance door. The wall object adjacent to the wall object.

这时候可以有两种摆放方式,玄关柜的一个侧面紧挨与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象,或者,玄关柜的另一个侧面紧挨与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象。At this time, there are two placement methods. One side of the entrance cabinet is close to the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entrance door is located, or the other side of the entrance cabinet is close to the wall object where the entrance door is located. Adjacent wall objects.

然后判断这两种摆放方式中,玄关柜是否遮挡入户门。Then judge whether the entrance cabinet blocks the entrance door in these two placement methods.

如果两种摆放方式中的玄关柜均未遮挡入户门,则可以采用这两种摆放方式中的其中一种摆放方式在玄关中摆放玄关柜。If neither of the entryway cabinets in the two placement methods covers the entrance door, you can use one of these two placement methods to place entryway cabinets in the entryway.

如果两种摆放方式中的一个摆放方式的玄关柜遮挡入户门,而另一个摆放方式的玄关柜未遮挡入户门,则可以采用这两种摆放方式中的该另一种摆放方式在玄关中摆放玄关柜。If the entrance cabinet in one of the two placement methods blocks the entrance door, and the entrance cabinet in the other placement method does not block the entrance door, the other one of the two placement methods can be used. Placement Place the entryway cabinet in the entryway.

例如,参见图7C以及图7D,图7C所示的摆放方式的玄关柜遮挡入户门,图7D所示的摆放方式的玄关柜未遮挡入户门。For example, referring to FIG. 7C and FIG. 7D , the entrance door in the arrangement shown in FIG. 7C blocks the entrance door, and the entrance cabinet in the arrangement shown in FIG. 7D does not block the entrance door.

如果两种摆放方式中的玄关柜均遮挡入户门,则不采用这两种摆放方式。If the entry door is blocked by the entrance cabinet in the two placement methods, these two placement methods are not used.

然后,可以根据玄关柜的尺寸信息以及入户门所在墙体对象的尺寸信息,判断玄关柜是否能够背靠与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象摆放,且玄关柜的至少一个侧面紧挨入户门所在墙体对象,Then, according to the size information of the entrance cabinet and the size information of the wall object where the entrance door is located, it can be judged whether the entrance cabinet can be placed against the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entrance door is located, and the entrance cabinet is at least A wall object with a side next to the entrance door,

这时候可以有两种摆放方式,玄关柜背靠与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的一个墙体对象,玄关柜背靠与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的另一个���体对象。At this time, there are two placement methods. The entrance cabinet is backed against a wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entrance door is located, and the entrance cabinet is backed against another wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entrance door is located. .

然后判断这两种摆放方式中,玄关柜是否遮挡入户门。Then judge whether the entrance cabinet blocks the entrance door in these two placement methods.

如果两种摆放方式中的玄关柜均未遮挡入户门,则可以采用这两种摆放方式中的其中一种摆放方式在玄关中摆放玄关柜。If neither of the entryway cabinets in the two placement methods covers the entrance door, you can use one of these two placement methods to place entryway cabinets in the entryway.

如果两种摆放方式中的一个摆放方式的玄关柜遮挡入户门,而另一个摆放方式的玄关柜未遮挡入户门,则可以采用这两种摆放方式中的该另一种摆放方式在玄关中摆放玄关柜。If the entrance cabinet in one of the two placement methods blocks the entrance door, and the entrance cabinet in the other placement method does not block the entrance door, the other one of the two placement methods can be used. Placement Place the entryway cabinet in the entryway.

例如,参见图7E以及图7F,图7E所示的摆放方式的玄关柜遮挡入户门,图7F所示的摆放方式的玄关柜未遮挡入户门。For example, referring to FIG. 7E and FIG. 7F , the entrance cabinet in the arrangement shown in FIG. 7E blocks the entrance door, and the entrance cabinet in the arrangement shown in FIG. 7F does not block the entrance door.

如果两种摆放方式中的玄关柜均遮挡入户门,则不采用这两种摆放方式。If the entry door is blocked by the entrance cabinet in the two placement methods, these two placement methods are not used.

然后,可以根据玄关柜的尺寸信息以及入户门所在墙体对象的区域的尺寸信息,判断玄关柜是否能够背靠与入户门所在墙体对象不相邻的墙体对象(例如入户门对侧墙体对象)摆放,且玄关柜的至少一个侧面紧挨与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象,Then, according to the size information of the entrance cabinet and the size information of the area of the wall object where the entrance door is located, it can be determined whether the entrance cabinet can back against the wall object (for example, the entrance door) that is not adjacent to the wall object where the entrance door is located. The opposite side wall object) is placed, and at least one side of the entrance cabinet is adjacent to the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entry door is located,

这时候可以有两种摆放方式,参见图7G,玄关柜的一个侧面紧挨与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象,或者,参见图7H,玄关柜的另一个侧面紧挨与入户门所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象,采用这两种摆放方式中的其中一种摆放方式在玄关中摆放玄关柜即可。At this time, there are two placement methods, see Figure 7G, one side of the entrance cabinet is next to the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entry door is located, or, see Figure 7H, the other side of the entrance cabinet is next to the wall object For the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the entrance door is located, use one of these two placement methods to place the entryway cabinet in the entryway.

在本申请一个实施例中,玄关柜背靠的墙体以及侧面紧挨的墙体可以为实体墙。In an embodiment of the present application, the wall against which the entry cabinet is backed and the wall adjacent to the side may be solid walls.

在本申请另一个实施例中,如果是要入户空间对象中的墙体上悬挂挂钩,则可以获取悬挂高度,悬挂高度是技术人员事先根据广大用户的使用习惯而确定出的,例如,悬挂高度可以距离地面1.9米至2米之间等,且挂钩与入户门之间需要间隔一段距离,例如,20cm~30cm等,和/或,挂钩与挂钩所在墙体对象相邻的墙体对象之间需要间隔一段距离,例如,20cm~30cm等。In another embodiment of the present application, if the hook is to be hung on the wall in the household space object, the hanging height can be obtained. The hanging height is determined by the technicians in advance according to the usage habits of the majority of users. The height can be between 1.9 meters and 2 meters from the ground, etc., and there needs to be a distance between the hook and the entrance door, for example, 20cm to 30cm, etc., and/or the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the hook is located There needs to be a distance between them, for example, 20cm to 30cm, etc.

在本申请又一个实施例中,在门厅柜为非通顶的情况下,如果门厅柜与某一墙体对象所在区域匹配成功,则在展示门厅柜之后,如果门厅柜背靠的墙体的上侧具有空间容纳挂钩,则还可以在门厅柜背靠的墙体的上侧配套展示挂钩,且挂钩的位置相对于门厅柜的水平方向上居中,然而,如果门厅柜背靠墙的上侧有其他对象,以使地门厅柜背靠墙的上侧没有空间容纳挂钩,则可以不配套展示挂钩。In yet another embodiment of the present application, in the case where the hall cabinet has a non-through ceiling, if the hall cabinet is successfully matched with the area where a certain wall object is located, after the hall cabinet is displayed, if the There is space on the upper side to accommodate hooks, and display hooks can also be provided on the upper side of the wall against which the hall cabinet is backed, and the position of the hook is centered relative to the horizontal direction of the hall cabinet. However, if the hall cabinet is backed against the upper side of the wall If there are other objects, so that there is no space to accommodate the hook on the upper side of the hall cabinet against the wall, the display hook may not be matched.

在本申请又一个实施例中,如果是需要将门厅柜背靠某一墙体对象摆放,则可以将门厅柜背靠该墙体对象居中摆放。In yet another embodiment of the present application, if the hall cabinet needs to be placed with its back against a wall object, the hall cabinet can be placed in the center with its back against the wall object.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述步骤120进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the step 120 may further include:

步骤S4,针对所述至少一个空间对象中的阳台对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述阳台对象中布局的、至少一个家具模型对象;Step S4, for the balcony object in the at least one space object, obtain at least one furniture model object for layout in the balcony object according to the space attribute;

步骤S5,至少根据所述阳台对象的空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述阳台对象中布局的位置信息;Step S5, at least according to the space attribute of the balcony object, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the balcony object;

步骤S6,根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。Step S6: Acquire the furniture layout data according to the acquired furniture model object and the acquired location information.

其中,空间属性可以至少包括空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,当然也可以包括形状信息等,以及,还可以包括空间对象与目标房屋中的其他空间对象之间毗邻的情况,本申请对此不加以限定。The space attribute may include at least size information of the area of the space object under the three-dimensional house space, and may also include shape information, etc., and may also include the adjoining situation between the space object and other space objects in the target house , which is not limited in this application.

其中,尺寸信息可以包括空间对象中的墙体对象的长度以及高度等。The size information may include the length and height of the wall object in the space object.

家具模型对象包括用于在空间对象中布局的对象,例如,阳台对象中的洗衣机、洗衣机柜、置物架、绿植、洗衣机架以及阳台桌椅等;入户空间对象中的玄关柜、门厅柜以及用于挂衣物等物体的挂钩等。Furniture model objects include objects used for layout in space objects, such as washing machines, washing machine cabinets, racks, green plants, washing machine racks, and balcony tables and chairs in balcony objects; entrance cabinets and hall cabinets in home space objects And hooks for hanging clothes, etc.

在本步骤中,可以在用于在阳台对象中布局的多个家具模型对象中,选择至少一个家具模型对象,例如,可以选择多个家具模型对象中的全部家具模型对象,也可以选择多个家具模型对象中的部分家具模型对象,具体选择哪些家具模型对象可以根据实际情况确定。具体可以参见之后的实施例,在此不做详述。In this step, at least one furniture model object may be selected among the plurality of furniture model objects used for layout in the balcony object, for example, all furniture model objects in the plurality of furniture model objects may be selected, or a plurality of furniture model objects may be selected Some furniture model objects in the furniture model objects, which furniture model objects to select can be determined according to the actual situation. For details, reference may be made to the following embodiments, which will not be described in detail here.

例如,对于获取的任意一个家具模型对象,可以将该家具模型对象与获取的该家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息组合为一个家具布局数据,对于获取的其他每一个家具模型对象,同样如此。For example, for any acquired furniture model object, the furniture model object and the acquired position information of the furniture model object's layout in the balcony object can be combined into one piece of furniture layout data. For each other acquired furniture model object, the same in this way.

可选地,在申请另一实施例中,所述步骤S4进一步可以包括:Optionally, in another embodiment of the application, the step S4 may further include:

S41,根据阳台对象的空间属性获取阳台对象的空间类型;S41, obtaining the space type of the balcony object according to the space attribute of the balcony object;

在本申请中,通常情况下,房屋中的客厅可能关联有阳台,卧室可能关联有阳台,客厅可能关联有阳台,餐厅可能关联有阳台,以及卫生间也可能关联有阳台等。如此,一个房屋中可能会包括两个以上的阳台。In this application, under normal circumstances, a living room in a house may be associated with a balcony, a bedroom may be associated with a balcony, a living room may be associated with a balcony, a dining room may be associated with a balcony, and a bathroom may also be associated with a balcony. As such, a home may include more than two balconies.

因此,本申请中,可以根据阳台对象在目标房屋的三维房屋空间中直接连接的空间来确定阳台对象的空间类型,也即与阳台对象关联的空间对象的空间类型。Therefore, in the present application, the space type of the balcony object, that is, the space type of the space object associated with the balcony object, can be determined according to the space directly connected to the balcony object in the three-dimensional house space of the target house.

在本申请一个实施例中,阳台对象的空间属性包括阳台对象中的预设连接对象所连接的空间对象;预设空间对象包括进入阳台的门对象等。如此,可以根据该空间对象获取阳台对象的空间类型。In an embodiment of the present application, the space attribute of the balcony object includes a space object connected by a preset connection object in the balcony object; the preset space object includes a door object entering the balcony, and the like. In this way, the space type of the balcony object can be obtained according to the space object.

例如,在阳台对象中的预设连接对象所连接的空间对象为客厅对象的情况下,可以将阳台对象的空间类型确定为客厅类。在阳台对象中的预设连接对象所连接的空间对象为卧室对象的情况下,可以将阳台对象的空间类型确定为卧室类。在阳台对象中的预设连接对象所连接的空间对象为玄关对象的情况下,可以将阳台对象的空间类型确定为玄关类。在阳台对象中的预设连接对象所连接的空间对象为餐厅对象的情况下,可以将阳台对象的空间类型确定为餐厅类。在阳台对象中的预设连接对象所连接的空间对象为厨房对象的情况下,可以将阳台对象的空间类型确定为厨房类。以及,在阳台对象中的预设连接对象所连接的空间对象为卫生间对象的情况下,可以将阳台对象的空间类型确定为卫生间类等。For example, when the space object connected to the preset connection object in the balcony object is a living room object, the space type of the balcony object may be determined as a living room class. When the space object connected to the preset connection object in the balcony object is a bedroom object, the space type of the balcony object may be determined as a bedroom class. When the space object connected to the preset connection object in the balcony object is a hallway object, the space type of the balcony object may be determined as a hallway class. In the case where the space object connected by the preset connection object in the balcony object is a restaurant object, the space type of the balcony object may be determined as a restaurant class. When the space object connected by the preset connection object in the balcony object is a kitchen object, the space type of the balcony object may be determined as a kitchen class. And, in the case that the space object connected to the preset connection object in the balcony object is a toilet object, the space type of the balcony object may be determined as a toilet class or the like.

在步骤S42中,至少根据阳台对象的空间类型获取至少一个家具模型对象。In step S42, at least one furniture model object is acquired according to at least the space type of the balcony object.

在本申请中,在不同的空间类型的阳台对象中可以布置的家具模型对象不全相同。In the present application, the furniture model objects that can be arranged in the balcony objects of different space types are not all the same.

例如,在客厅类的阳台对象中可以布置洗衣机模型对象、绿植模型对象以及洗衣机柜模型对象等。For example, a washing machine model object, a green plant model object, and a washing machine cabinet model object can be arranged in the balcony object of the living room class.

在卧室类的阳台对象中可以布置阳台桌模型对象、阳台椅模型对象、洗衣机模型对象、绿植模型对象以及洗衣机柜模型对象等。The balcony table model object, balcony chair model object, washing machine model object, green plant model object, and washing machine cabinet model object can be arranged in the balcony object of the bedroom class.

事先可以分别设置在各个的空间类型的阳台对象中可以布置的家具模型对象。如此在本步骤中,可以在用于在该空间类型的阳台对象中布局的多个家具模型对象中,选择至少一个家具模型对象,例如,可以选择多个家具模型对象中的全部家具模型对象,也可以选择多个家具模型对象中的部分家具模型对象,具体选择哪些家具模型对象可以根据实际情况确定。The furniture model objects that can be arranged in the balcony objects of each space type can be set separately in advance. Thus, in this step, at least one furniture model object may be selected from among the plurality of furniture model objects used for layout in the balcony object of the space type, for example, all furniture model objects in the plurality of furniture model objects may be selected, It is also possible to select some of the furniture model objects among the plurality of furniture model objects, and which furniture model objects to select can be determined according to the actual situation.

在申请一个实施例中,阳台对象的空间属性包括阳台对象的尺寸信息;不同的阳台的尺寸信息不同,例如,尺寸信息包括阳台的长度、宽度以及高度等。通常情况下,阳台对象的尺寸信息越大,则在阳台对象中可以容纳越多的家具模型对象,如此,可以在阳台对象中布置的家具模型对象的数量可以越多。然而,阳台对象的尺寸信息越小,则在阳台对象中可以容纳越少的家具模型对象,如此,可以在阳台对象中布置的家具模型对象的数量可以越少。In an embodiment of the application, the spatial attribute of the balcony object includes size information of the balcony object; the size information of different balconies is different, for example, the size information includes the length, width and height of the balcony. Generally, the larger the size information of the balcony object, the more furniture model objects can be accommodated in the balcony object, and thus, the greater the number of furniture model objects that can be arranged in the balcony object. However, the smaller the size information of the balcony object, the fewer furniture model objects can be accommodated in the balcony object, and thus, the fewer the number of furniture model objects that can be arranged in the balcony object.

事先可以分别设置在各个空间类型的不同尺寸信息的阳台对象中可以布置的家具模型对象。The furniture model objects that can be arranged in the balcony objects with different size information of each space type can be respectively set in advance.

如此,在至少根据阳台对象的空间类型获取至少一个家具模型对象时,可以根据阳台对象的尺寸信息,在用于在该空间类型的阳台对象中布局的多个家具模型对象中,选择至少一个家具模型对象。In this way, when at least one furniture model object is acquired according to at least the space type of the balcony object, at least one piece of furniture can be selected from among the plurality of furniture model objects for layout in the balcony object of the space type according to the size information of the balcony object model object.

其中,对于与任意一个空间类型,可以将该空间类型的阳台对象的尺寸信息划分为多个不同的尺寸信息集合。然后,对于任意一个尺寸信息集合,可以确定在该尺寸信息集合的该空间类型的阳台对象中能够布置的至少一个家具模型对象;然后将该尺寸信息集合与确定出的至少一个家具模型对象组成对应表项,并存储在该空间类型对应的、尺寸信息集合与家具模型对象之间的对应关系中。对于其他每一个尺寸信息集合,同样执行上述操作。尺寸信息集合至少可以包括长度集合以及宽度集合等,当然,还可以包括高度集合等,在不同的尺寸信息集合中可以布局的家具模型对象的数量和/或尺寸信息不同等。Wherein, for any space type, the size information of the balcony object of the space type can be divided into a plurality of different size information sets. Then, for any set of size information, at least one furniture model object that can be arranged in the balcony object of the space type in the set of size information can be determined; then the set of size information corresponds to the determined at least one furniture model object The table item is stored in the corresponding relationship between the size information set and the furniture model object corresponding to the space type. For each other set of size information, do the same as above. The size information set may at least include a length set and a width set, and of course, may also include a height set, etc. The number and/or size information of furniture model objects that can be laid out in different size information sets are different.

对于其他每一个空间类型,同样执行上述操作。Do the same for every other space type.

如此,在根据阳台对象的尺寸信息,在用于在该空间类型的阳台对象中布局的多个家具模型对象中,选择至少一个家具模型对象时,可以在该空间类型对应的、尺寸信息集合与家具模型对象之间的对应关系中,查找该尺寸信息所在的尺寸信息集合,然后在该对应关系中查找与该尺寸信息集合相对应的家具模型对象。In this way, according to the size information of the balcony object, when at least one furniture model object is selected from among a plurality of furniture model objects used for layout in the balcony object of the space type, the size information set corresponding to the space type can be compared with the size information set of the space type. In the corresponding relationship between furniture model objects, the size information set where the size information is located is searched, and then the furniture model object corresponding to the size information set is searched in the corresponding relationship.

在本申请中,三维房屋空间中的多个空间对象,多个空间对象包括多个阳台对象等。In this application, a plurality of space objects in a three-dimensional house space, the plurality of space objects include a plurality of balcony objects and the like.

对于任意一个预设家具模型,该家具模型对象在至少两个空间对象中均具有布置资格,但是,在整个三维房屋空间,整体上布置该家具模型对象的数量是有限制的。For any preset furniture model, the furniture model object is eligible to be arranged in at least two space objects, but in the entire three-dimensional house space, the number of the furniture model objects to be arranged as a whole is limited.

例如,在一个例子中,在一种情况下,广大用户在阳台中通常最多布置一个洗衣机即可。而不会既在客厅阳台中布置洗衣机同时又在卧室阳台中布置洗衣机。For example, in one example, in one case, the majority of users usually arrange at most one washing machine in the balcony. Instead of arranging the washing machine in the living room balcony and at the same time in the bedroom balcony.

然而,三维房屋空间中存在多个阳台对象的情况下,则需要确定出优先在哪一个阳台对象中布置洗衣机。However, when there are multiple balcony objects in the three-dimensional house space, it is necessary to determine which balcony object to arrange the washing machine first.

具体地,事先可以设置三维房屋空间中的不同的空间对象的优先级,且不同的空间对象的优先级不同。Specifically, the priorities of different spatial objects in the three-dimensional house space may be set in advance, and the priorities of different spatial objects are different.

在向用户在多个空间对象中分别展示不同的家具模型对象,以使用户提前感知空间对象的装修风格时,可以是按照空间对象的优先级由高至低的顺序,依次通过图1所示的方法来向用户在多个空间对象中分别展示不同的家具模型对象。When displaying different furniture model objects in multiple space objects to the user, so that the user can perceive the decoration style of the space objects in advance, it can be in the order of the priority of the space objects from high to low, and then pass the steps shown in Figure 1. method to display different furniture model objects in multiple space objects to the user.

其中,多个空间对象包括多个阳台对象,这样,对于任意一个阳台对象,在至少根据该阳台对象的空间类型获取用于在该阳台对象中布局的、至少一个家具模型对象时,对于用于在该空间类型的阳台对象中布局的多个家具模型对象中的任意一个家具模型对象,在该家具模型对象的家具类型为预设类型的情况下,可以根据空间类型获取阳台对象的优先级;其中,预设类型的家具模型对象在多个空间对象中均具有布置资格,但只能在一个空间对象中布置。然后可以获取三维房屋空间中的高于优先级的空间对象,再判断该家具模型对象是否在空间对象中展示。在该家具模型对象未在空间对象中展示的情况下,则可以获取该家具模型对象,并之后在阳台对象中展示该家具模型对象。在该家具模型对象已经在空间对象中展示的情况下,则可以不获取该家具模型对象。The multiple space objects include multiple balcony objects. Thus, for any balcony object, when at least one furniture model object for layout in the balcony object is acquired according to the space type of the balcony object, Any furniture model object among the plurality of furniture model objects laid out in the balcony object of the space type, in the case that the furniture type of the furniture model object is a preset type, the priority of the balcony object can be obtained according to the space type; Among them, the furniture model objects of the preset type are eligible to be arranged in multiple space objects, but can only be arranged in one space object. Then, a space object with a higher priority in the three-dimensional house space can be obtained, and then it is judged whether the furniture model object is displayed in the space object. In the case that the furniture model object is not displayed in the space object, the furniture model object can be acquired, and then the furniture model object can be displayed in the balcony object. In the case that the furniture model object has been displayed in the space object, the furniture model object may not be acquired.

对于用于在该空间类型的阳台对象中布局的多个家具模型对象中的其他每一个家具模型对象,同样如此。The same is true for every other furniture model object of the plurality of furniture model objects used for layout in the balcony object of that space type.

可选地,在本申请一个实施例中,步骤S5可以包括:Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, step S5 may include:

在步骤S51中,获取各个家具模型对象的优先级;In step S51, the priority of each furniture model object is obtained;

在步骤S51中获取到的用于在阳台对象中布局的家具模型对象为至少两个的情况下,可以获取各个家具模型对象的优先级,然后按照优先级由高至低的顺序,依次再获取各个家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息。In the case where there are at least two furniture model objects for layout in the balcony object obtained in step S51, the priority of each furniture model object can be obtained, and then obtained in descending order of priority The location information of the layout of each furniture model object in the balcony object.

其中,技术人员事先已经设置了用于在阳台对象中布局的各个预设家具模型的优先级,因此,可以直接获取各个家具模型对象的优先级即可。Wherein, the technician has set the priority of each preset furniture model for layout in the balcony object in advance, therefore, the priority of each furniture model object can be directly obtained.

例如,假设用于在阳台对象中布局的家具模型对象包括洗衣机对象、绿植对象、洗衣机柜对象以及阳台桌椅对象等。其中,绿植对象的优先级大于洗衣机对象的优先级,洗衣机对象的优先级大于洗衣机柜对象的优先级,洗衣机柜对象的优先级大于阳台桌椅对象的优先级等。For example, suppose that the furniture model objects used for layout in the balcony object include washing machine objects, green plant objects, washing machine cabinet objects, and balcony table and chair objects. Among them, the priority of the green plant object is higher than that of the washing machine object, the priority of the washing machine object is higher than that of the washing machine cabinet object, the priority of the washing machine cabinet object is higher than that of the balcony table and chair object, and so on.

在步骤S52中,至少根据空间属性,按照优先级由高至低的顺序,依次获取各个家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息。In step S52, at least according to the space attribute, in the order of priority from high to low, the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the balcony object is sequentially acquired.

在一个例子中,假设获取到的用于在阳台对象中布局的预设家具模型包括预设家具模型A以及预设家具模型B等,且预设家具模型A的优先级大于以及预设家具模型B的优先级,则可以优先在获取家具模型对象A在阳台对象中布局的位置信息A,然后在阳台对象中除位置信息A以外的位置信息中获取家具模型对象B在阳台对象中布局的位置信息B等。In one example, it is assumed that the acquired preset furniture models for layout in the balcony object include a preset furniture model A and a preset furniture model B, and the preset furniture model A has a higher priority than the preset furniture model and the preset furniture model The priority of B, you can first obtain the position information A of the furniture model object A in the balcony object, and then obtain the position information of the furniture model object B in the balcony object in the position information other than the position information A in the balcony object. Information B, etc.

其中,对任意一个家具模型对象,可以按照如下方式获取该家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息,具体包括:Wherein, for any furniture model object, the position information of the furniture model object's layout in the balcony object can be obtained as follows, specifically including:

4021、根据阳台对象的空间属性以及其他家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息,在阳台对象中获取优先级不同的多个候选区域,其中,该家具模型对象的优先级低于其他家具模型对象的优先级。4021. According to the space attribute of the balcony object and the position information of other furniture model objects in the balcony object, obtain multiple candidate regions with different priorities in the balcony object, wherein the priority of the furniture model object is lower than that of other furniture models The priority of the object.

在本申请中,阳台对象中包括门对象,门对象用于将阳台对象与其他对象连通。In this application, the balcony object includes a door object, and the door object is used to connect the balcony object with other objects.

阳台对象包括:门对象所在的墙体对象、与门对象所在的墙体对象相邻的墙体对象,以及与门对象所在的墙体对象不相邻的墙体对象。Balcony objects include: wall objects where the door object is located, wall objects adjacent to the wall object where the door object is located, and wall objects that are not adjacent to the wall object where the door object is located.

根据发明人对实际情况的统计,通常情况下,广大用户往往倾向于在与门对象所在的墙体对象相邻的墙体对象所在的区域优先摆放家具。According to the inventor's statistics on the actual situation, in general, the majority of users tend to preferentially place furniture in the area where the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the door object is located is located.

如果不能在与门对象所在的墙体对象相邻的墙体对象所在的区域优先摆放家具,则之后往往会优先倾向于在门对象所在的墙体对象所在的区域摆放家具,如果还不能摆放家具,再在与门对象所在的墙体对象不相邻的墙体对象所在的区域摆放家具。且通常情况下是靠墙摆放家具。If the furniture cannot be placed preferentially in the area of the wall object adjacent to the wall object where the door object is located, then the furniture will tend to be placed preferentially in the area where the wall object where the door object is located is located. Place the furniture, and then place the furniture in the area of the wall object that is not adjacent to the wall object where the door object is located. And usually the furniture is placed against the wall.

因此,在本申请中,对于阳台对象而言,获取的候选区域至少可以包括:阳台对象中的与门对象所在的第一墙体对象所处的第一区域、阳台对象中的与第一墙体对象相邻的第二墙体对象所处的第二区域、阳台对象中的与第一墙体对象不相邻的第三墙体对象所处的第三区域中的至少一种。Therefore, in the present application, for the balcony object, the obtained candidate regions may at least include: the first region in the balcony object and the first wall object where the door object is located, and the first region in the balcony object and the first wall object. at least one of a second area where a second wall object adjacent to the body object is located, and a third area where a third wall object in the balcony object that is not adjacent to the first wall object is located.

其中,第二区域的优先级大于第一区域的优先级,第一区域的优先级大于第三区域的优先级。The priority of the second area is higher than the priority of the first area, and the priority of the first area is higher than the priority of the third area.

4022、按照候选区域的优先级由高至低的顺序,分别匹配该家具模型对象与各个候选区域;4022. Match the furniture model object and each candidate area respectively according to the priority of the candidate area from high to low;

在本申请中,对于任意一个候选区域,可以根据该家具模型对象的尺寸信息、其他家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息以及该候选区域的尺寸信息,判断该候选区域是否能够容纳该家具模型对象;���该候选区域能够容纳该家具模型对象的情况下,确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配成功。在该候选区域不能够容纳该家具模型对象的情况下,确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配不成功。In this application, for any candidate area, it can be determined whether the candidate area can accommodate the furniture according to the size information of the furniture model object, the position information of other furniture model objects in the balcony object, and the size information of the candidate area Model object; in the case that the candidate area can accommodate the furniture model object, it is determined that the candidate area is successfully matched with the furniture model object. In the case that the candidate area cannot accommodate the furniture model object, it is determined that the candidate area and the furniture model object are not matched successfully.

4033、根据与该家具模型对象匹配成功的最高级的候选区域获取该家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息。4033. Acquire position information of the furniture model object in the balcony object according to the highest-level candidate region that is successfully matched with the furniture model object.

例如,可以获取与该家具模型对象匹配成功的最高级的候选区域的位置信息,然后将该候选区域的位置信息确定为该家具模型对象在阳台对象中布局的位置信息。For example, the position information of the highest-level candidate region that is successfully matched with the furniture model object can be obtained, and then the position information of the candidate region can be determined as the position information of the furniture model object in the balcony object.

以一个例子对本申请进行举例说明,其中,假设阳台对象为客厅类阳台对象,在统计大量的房屋之后发现,客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息有大有小。An example is used to illustrate the present application, wherein, assuming that the balcony object is a living room type balcony object, after counting a large number of houses, it is found that the size information of the living room type balcony object is large or small.

在客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息较大时,往往说明客厅类阳台对象的空间较大,可以在客厅类阳台对象中布局数量较多的且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,以充实客厅类阳台对象,避免给用户带来客厅类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉。When the size information of the living room type balcony object is large, it often means that the living room type balcony object has a large space, and a large number of furniture model objects with large size information can be arranged in the living room type balcony object to enrich the living room type balcony. object to avoid giving the user the feeling of an empty living room with balcony objects.

在客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息较小时,往往说明客厅类阳台对象的空间较小,可以在客厅类阳台对象中布局数量较少的且尺寸信息较小的家具模型对象,以给客厅类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来客厅类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。When the size information of the living room type balcony object is small, it often means that the living room type balcony object has a small space, and a small number of furniture model objects with small size information can be arranged in the living room type balcony object to provide the living room type balcony object. Reserve enough free space to avoid the crowded feeling of living room balcony objects to users.

在本申请中,可以将客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息划分为多个不同的尺寸信息集合,在不同的尺寸信息集合中可以布局的家具模型对象的数量和/或尺寸信息不同等。In the present application, the size information of the living room type balcony object can be divided into multiple different size information sets, and the number and/or size information of furniture model objects that can be laid out in different size information sets are different.

其中,餐厅类阳台对象可以参考客厅类阳台对象的举例说明,在此不做详述。Among them, the dining room type balcony object can refer to the example of the living room type balcony object, and will not be described in detail here.

例如,在一个例子中,可以将客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息划分为三个不同的尺寸信息集合,分别为尺寸信息集合1、尺寸信息集合2以及尺寸信息集合3等,其中,尺寸信息集合1大于尺寸信息集合2,尺寸信息集合2大于尺寸信息集合3。For example, in one example, the size information of the living room type balcony object can be divided into three different size information sets, namely size information set 1, size information set 2, and size information set 3, etc., wherein size information set 1 is greater than size information set 2, which is greater than size information set 3.

其中,尺寸信息集合1中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合2中的长度、宽度以及高度,尺寸信息集合2中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合3中的长度、宽度以及高度。Wherein, the length, width and height in the size information set 1 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 2, and the length, width and height in the size information set 2 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 3 high.

对于尺寸信息集合1而言,假设客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括:长度为3m以及宽度为1.5米,在客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合1内的情况下,则可以在客厅类阳台对象中布局数量较多且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息较大的绿植、尺寸信息较大的洗衣机柜以及洗衣机等,以充实客厅类阳台对象,避免给用户带来客厅类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉。For size information set 1, it is assumed that the size information of the living room type balcony object includes: the length is 3m and the width is 1.5 meters, if the size information of the living room type balcony object is located in the size information set 1 Furniture model objects with a large number of layouts and large size information in the balcony object, such as green plants with large size information, washing machine cabinets and washing machines with large size information, etc. Brings the feeling of emptiness of living room-like balcony objects.

为了尽可能避免浪费客厅类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着客厅类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。To avoid wasting space in the living room balcony object as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the living room balcony object.

例如,参见图8A,可以靠着客厅类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸信息较大的绿植,靠着客厅类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机柜,以及在洗衣机柜中布局洗衣机(图中未示出),由于客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息较大,因此,洗衣机柜的尺寸信息可以较大,例如,洗衣机柜的宽度可以较大,其宽度略小于一个短边墙体对象的长度等,或者,洗衣机柜可以填充整个短边墙体对象。For example, referring to FIG. 8A , green plants with larger size information can be laid out against one short-side wall object in the living room class balcony object, washing machine cabinets can be laid out against another short side wall object in the living room class balcony object, and Layout the washing machine in the washing machine cabinet (not shown in the figure), because the size information of the living room type balcony object is larger, the size information of the washing machine cabinet can be larger, for example, the width of the washing machine cabinet can be larger, and its width is slightly smaller than The length of one short-sided wall object, etc. Alternatively, the washing machine cabinet can fill the entire short-sided wall object.

对于尺寸信息集合2而言,假设客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为2.3m以及宽度为1.1米,在客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合2内的情况下,则可以在客厅类阳台对象中布局数量适中且尺寸信息适中的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息适中的绿植、尺寸信息适中的洗衣机架以及洗衣机等,以在充实客厅类阳台对象的同时给客厅类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来客厅类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉,且避免给用户带来客厅类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。For the size information set 2, it is assumed that the size information of the living room balcony object includes a length of 2.3m and a width of 1.1m. If the size information of the living room balcony object is located in the size information set 2, the living room can Furniture model objects with moderate layout and size information in the balcony class object, for example, green plants with moderate size information, washing machine racks and washing machines with moderate size information, etc. can be laid out, so as to enrich the living room class balcony object while giving the living room class balcony The object reserves enough free space to avoid giving the user the feeling of an empty living room-like balcony object, and avoid giving the user the feeling of a crowded living room-like balcony object.

为了尽可能避免浪费客厅类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着客厅类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。To avoid wasting space in the living room balcony object as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the living room balcony object.

例如,参见图8B,可以靠着客厅类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸信息较小的绿植,靠着客厅类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机架,洗衣机架同时靠着门对象所在的墙体对象,以及在洗衣机架中布局洗衣机(图中未示出),由于客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息适中,因此,洗衣机架的尺寸信息可以适中,例如,洗衣机架的宽度可以适中,其宽度位于短边墙体对象的长度的二分之一至三分之二之间等。For example, referring to FIG. 8B , green plants with smaller size information can be laid out against a short-side wall object in the living room-type balcony object, and washing machine racks and washing machines can be laid out against another short-side wall object in the living-room type balcony object. At the same time, the rack rests against the wall object where the door object is located, and the washing machine is arranged in the washing machine rack (not shown in the figure). Since the size information of the living room type balcony object is moderate, the size information of the washing machine rack can be moderate, for example, the washing machine The width of the shelf can be moderate, between one-half and two-thirds the length of the short-sided wall object, etc.

对于尺寸信息集合3而言,假设客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为1.9m以及宽度为1.1米,在客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合3内的情况下,则可以在客厅类阳台对象中布局数量较少且尺寸信息较小的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息较小的绿植、尺寸信息较小的洗衣机架以及洗衣机等,以给客厅类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来客厅类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。For the size information set 3, it is assumed that the size information of the living room type balcony object includes a length of 1.9m and a width of 1.1m. If the size information of the living room type balcony object is located in the size information set 3, it can Furniture model objects with a small number of layouts and small size information in the balcony-like object, for example, green plants with small size information, washing machine racks and washing machines with small size information, etc. Sufficient free space to avoid giving users the feeling of being crowded with living room-like balcony objects.

为了尽可能避免浪费客厅类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着客厅类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。To avoid wasting space in the living room balcony object as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the living room balcony object.

例如,参见图8C,可以靠着客厅类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸适中的绿植,靠着客厅类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机,洗衣机同时靠着门对象所在的墙体对象,由于客厅类阳台对象的尺寸信息较小,因此,洗衣机的尺寸信息可以较小,例如,洗衣机的宽度可以较小,其宽度小于短边墙体对象的长度的二分之一等。For example, referring to Fig. 8C, green plants of moderate size can be laid out against one short-sided wall object in the living room class balcony object, and a washing machine can be laid out against another short-sided wall object in the living room class balcony object, and the washing machine is placed against the The wall object where the door object is located, because the size information of the living room balcony object is small, the size information of the washing machine can be small, for example, the width of the washing machine can be small, and its width is less than two times the length of the short-side wall object. one-half and so on.

以一个例子对本申请进行举例说明,其中,假设阳台对象为厨房类阳台对象,在统计大量的房屋之后发现,厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息有大有小。An example is used to illustrate the present application, wherein, assuming that the balcony object is a kitchen-type balcony object, after counting a large number of houses, it is found that the size information of the kitchen-type balcony object is large or small.

在厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息较大时,往往说明厨房类阳台对象的空间较大,可以在厨房类阳台对象中布局数量较多的且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,以充实厨房类阳台对象,避免给用户带来厨房类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉。When the size information of the kitchen balcony object is large, it often means that the space of the kitchen balcony object is large, and a large number of furniture model objects with large size information can be arranged in the kitchen balcony object to enrich the kitchen balcony object. Objects, to avoid giving the user the feeling of empty kitchen-like balcony objects.

在厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息较小时,往往说明厨房类阳台对象的空间较小,可以在厨房类阳台对象中布局数量较少的且尺寸信息较小的家具模型对象,以给厨房类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来厨房类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。When the size information of the kitchen balcony object is small, it often means that the space of the kitchen balcony object is small, and a small number of furniture model objects with small size information can be arranged in the kitchen balcony object to give the kitchen balcony object Reserve enough free space to avoid giving users the feeling of being crowded with kitchen-like balcony objects.

在本申请中,可以将厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息划分为多个不同的尺寸信息集合,在不同的尺寸信息集合中可以布局的家具模型对象的数量和/或尺寸信息不同等。In the present application, the size information of the kitchen balcony object can be divided into a plurality of different size information sets, and the number and/or size information of furniture model objects that can be laid out in different size information sets are different.

例如,在一个例子中,可以将厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息划分为三个不同的尺寸信息集合,分别为尺寸信息集合1、尺寸信息集合2以及尺寸信息集合3等,其中,尺寸信息集合1大于尺寸信息集合2,尺寸信息集合2大于尺寸信息集合3。For example, in one example, the size information of the kitchen balcony object can be divided into three different size information sets, namely size information set 1, size information set 2, and size information set 3, etc., wherein size information set 1 is greater than size information set 2, which is greater than size information set 3.

其中,尺寸信息集合1中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合2中的长度、宽度以及高度,尺寸信息集合2中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合3中的长度、宽度以及高度。Wherein, the length, width and height in the size information set 1 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 2, and the length, width and height in the size information set 2 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 3 high.

对于尺寸信息集合1而言,假设厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括:长度为2.3m以及宽度为1.1米,在厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合1内的情况下,则可以在厨房类阳台对象中布局数量较多且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息较大的绿植、尺寸信息较大的洗衣机架以及洗衣机等,以充实厨房类阳台对象,避免给用户带来厨房类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉。For the size information set 1, it is assumed that the size information of the kitchen-type balcony object includes: the length is 2.3m and the width is 1.1m. If the size information of the kitchen-type balcony object is located in the size information set 1, then the kitchen Among the balcony-like objects, furniture model objects with a large number of layouts and large size information can be laid out, for example, green plants with large size information, washing machine racks and washing machines with large size information can be laid out, so as to enrich the kitchen balcony objects and avoid giving The user brings the feeling of emptiness of kitchen-like balcony objects.

为了尽可能避免浪费厨房类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着厨房类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。To avoid wasting space in the kitchen balcony object as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the kitchen balcony object.

例如,参见图8D,可以靠着厨房类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸信息较大的绿植,靠着厨房类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机架,洗衣机架同时靠着门对象所在的墙体对象,以及在洗衣机架中布局洗衣机(图中未示出),由于厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息较大,因此,洗衣机架的尺寸信息可以较大,例如,洗衣机架的宽度可以较大,其宽度位于短边墙体对象的长度的二分之一至三分之二之间等。或者,洗衣机柜可以填充整个短边墙体对象。For example, referring to Figure 8D, green plants with larger size information can be laid out against one short-side wall object in the kitchen-type balcony object, and washing machine racks and washing machines can be laid out against another short-side wall object in the kitchen-type balcony object At the same time, the rack rests against the wall object where the door object is located, and the washing machine is arranged in the washing machine rack (not shown in the figure). Since the size information of the kitchen balcony object is larger, the size information of the washing machine rack can be larger, for example , the width of the washing machine rack can be larger, and its width is between one-half to two-thirds of the length of the short-side wall object, etc. Alternatively, the washing machine cabinet can fill the entire short-sided wall object.

对于尺寸信息集合2而言,假设厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为1.9m以及宽度为1.1米,在厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合2内的情况下,则可以在厨房类阳台对象中布局数量适中且尺寸信息适中的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息适中的绿植、尺寸信息适中的洗衣机等,以在充实厨房类阳台对象的同时给厨房类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来厨房类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉,且避免给用户带来厨房类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。For the size information set 2, it is assumed that the size information of the kitchen-type balcony object includes a length of 1.9m and a width of 1.1m. If the size information of the kitchen-type balcony object is located in the size information set 2, the kitchen Furniture model objects with a moderate number of layouts and moderate size information in the balcony-like objects, for example, green plants with moderate size information, washing machines with moderate size information, etc. can be laid out, so as to enrich the kitchen-type balcony objects and reserve for the kitchen-type balcony objects Provide enough free space to avoid giving the user the feeling of empty kitchen-type balcony objects, and avoid giving users the feeling of crowded kitchen-type balcony objects.

为了尽可能避免浪费厨房类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着厨房类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。To avoid wasting space in the kitchen balcony object as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the kitchen balcony object.

例如,参见图8E,可以靠着厨房类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸适中的绿植,靠着厨房类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机,洗衣机同时靠着门对象所在的墙体对象,由于厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息较小,因此,洗衣机的尺寸信息可以较小,例如,洗衣机的宽度可以较小,其宽度小于短边墙体对象的长度的二分之一等。For example, referring to Figure 8E, a moderately sized green plant can be laid out against one short-sided wall object in the kitchen-type balcony object, and a washing machine can be laid out against another short-sided wall object in the kitchen-type balcony object, and the washing machine is placed against the The wall object where the door object is located, because the size information of the kitchen balcony object is small, the size information of the washing machine can be small, for example, the width of the washing machine can be small, and its width is less than two times the length of the short-side wall object one-half and so on.

对于尺寸信息集合3而言,假设厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为1.6m以及宽度为1.1米,在厨房类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合3内的情况下,则可以在厨房类阳台对象中布局数量较少且尺寸信息较小的家具模型对象,例如,可以仅布局尺寸信息较小的绿植,以给厨房类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来厨房类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。For size information set 3, it is assumed that the size information of the kitchen-type balcony object includes a length of 1.6m and a width of 1.1m. If the size information of the kitchen-type balcony object is located in the size information set 3, the kitchen Furniture model objects with a small number of layouts and small size information among the balcony-like objects. For example, only green plants with small size information can be laid out to reserve enough free space for the kitchen-like balcony object and avoid causing the user to Kitchen-like balcony objects feel crowded.

为了尽可能避免浪费厨房类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着厨房类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。To avoid wasting space in the kitchen balcony object as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the kitchen balcony object.

例如,参见图8F,可以靠着厨房类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸适中的绿植,在一个实施例中,绿植也可以同时靠着与门对象所在的墙体对象不相邻的墙体对象(门对象的对侧墙体对象)。For example, referring to FIG. 8F , green plants with a moderate size can be placed against a short-sided wall object in the kitchen-type balcony object. In one embodiment, the green plants can also be placed against a wall object different from the door object at the same time. The adjacent wall object (the opposite wall object of the door object).

以一个例子对本申请进行举例说明,其中,假设阳台对象为卧室类阳台对象,在统计大量的房屋之后发现,卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息有大有小。An example is used to illustrate the present application, wherein, assuming that the balcony object is a bedroom type balcony object, after counting a large number of houses, it is found that the size information of the bedroom type balcony object is large or small.

在卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息较大时,往往说明卧室类阳台对象的空间较大,可以在卧室类阳台对象中布局数量较多的且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,以充实卧室类阳台对象,避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉。When the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object is large, it often means that the bedroom-type balcony object has a larger space, and a large number of furniture model objects with larger size information can be arranged in the bedroom-type balcony object to enrich the bedroom-type balcony object. Objects to avoid giving the user the feeling of an empty bedroom-like balcony object.

在卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息较小时,往往说明卧室类阳台对象的空间较小,可以在卧室类阳台对象中布局数量较少的且尺寸信息较小的家具模型对象,以给卧室类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。When the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object is small, it often means that the space of the bedroom-type balcony object is small, and a small number of furniture model objects with smaller size information can be arranged in the bedroom-type balcony object to provide the bedroom-type balcony object. Reserve enough free space to avoid the crowded feeling of bedroom-like balcony objects to users.

在本申请中,可以将卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息划分为多个不同的尺寸信息集合,在不同的尺寸信息集合中可以布局的家具模型对象的数量和/或尺寸信息不同等。In the present application, the size information of the bedroom type balcony object can be divided into multiple different size information sets, and the number and/or size information of furniture model objects that can be laid out in different size information sets are different.

例如,在一个例子中,可以将卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息划分为五个不同的尺寸信息集合,分别为尺寸信息集合1、尺寸信息集合2、尺寸信息集合3等、尺寸信息集合4以及尺寸信息集合5等,其中,尺寸信息集合1大于尺寸信息集合2,尺寸信息集合2大于尺寸信息集合3,尺寸信息集合3大于尺寸信息集合4,尺寸信息集合4大于尺寸信息集合5。For example, in one example, the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object can be divided into five different size information sets, namely size information set 1, size information set 2, size information set 3, etc., size information set 4 and size Information set 5, etc., wherein size information set 1 is greater than size information set 2, size information set 2 is greater than size information set 3, size information set 3 is greater than size information set 4, and size information set 4 is greater than size information set 5.

其中,尺寸信息集合1中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合2中的长度、宽度以及高度,尺寸信息集合2中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合3中的长度、宽度以及高度,尺寸信息集合3中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合4的长度、宽度以及高度,尺寸信息集合4中的长度、宽度以及高度分别大于尺寸信息集合5中的长度、宽度以及高度。Wherein, the length, width and height in the size information set 1 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 2, and the length, width and height in the size information set 2 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 3 The height, the length, width and height in the size information set 3 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 4, and the length, width and height in the size information set 4 are respectively greater than the length, width and height in the size information set 5 .

也即,尺寸信息集合1大于尺寸信息集合2,尺寸信息集合2大于尺寸信息集合3,尺寸信息集合3大于尺寸信息集合4,尺寸信息集合4大于尺寸信息集合5。That is, size information set 1 is greater than size information set 2, size information set 2 is greater than size information set 3, size information set 3 is greater than size information set 4, and size information set 4 is greater than size information set 5.

对于尺寸信息集合1而言,假设卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为3.2m以及宽度为1.6米,在卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合1内的情况下,则可以在卧室类阳台对象中布局尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局阳台桌以及阳台椅。For the size information set 1, it is assumed that the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object includes a length of 3.2m and a width of 1.6m. If the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object is located in the size information set 1, it can A furniture model object with larger layout size information in the balcony class object, for example, a balcony table and balcony chairs can be laid out.

例如,参见图8G,可以在卧室类阳台对象中的中间位置布局阳台桌以及阳台椅。For example, referring to FIG. 8G, a balcony table and balcony chairs can be arranged in the middle position in the bedroom class balcony object.

对于尺寸信息集合2而言,假设卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为3m以及宽度为1.5米,在卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合2内的情况下,则可以在卧室类阳台对象中布局数量较多且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息较大的绿植、尺寸信息较大的洗衣机柜以及洗衣机等,以在充实卧室类阳台对象的同时给卧室类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉,且避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。For size information set 2, it is assumed that the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object includes a length of 3m and a width of 1.5m. Among the balcony objects, furniture model objects with a large number of layouts and large size information can be laid out, for example, green plants with large size information, washing machine cabinets and washing machines with large size information, etc. The bedroom-type balcony object reserves enough free space to avoid giving the user the feeling of being empty and the bedroom-type balcony object being crowded.

为了尽可能避免浪费卧室类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。In order to avoid wasting space in the balcony object of the bedroom class as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the balcony object of the bedroom class.

例如,参见图8H,可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸信息较大的绿植,靠着卧室类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机柜,以及在洗衣机柜中布局洗衣机(图中未示出),由于卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息较大,因此,洗衣机柜的尺寸信息可以较大,例如,洗衣机柜的宽度可以较大,其宽度略小于一个短边墙体对象的长度等,或者,洗衣机柜可以填充整个短边墙体对象。For example, referring to Figure 8H, green plants with larger size information can be laid out against a short-edge wall object in a bedroom-type balcony object, a washing machine cabinet can be laid out against another short-edge wall object in a bedroom-type balcony object, and The washing machine is arranged in the washing machine cabinet (not shown in the figure). Since the size information of the balcony object of the bedroom class is relatively large, the size information of the washing machine cabinet can be larger. For example, the width of the washing machine cabinet can be larger, and its width is slightly smaller than that of the washing machine cabinet. The length of one short-sided wall object, etc. Alternatively, the washing machine cabinet can fill the entire short-sided wall object.

对于尺寸信息集合3而言,假设卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为2.3m以及宽度为1.1米,在卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合3内的情况下,则可以在卧室类阳台对象中布局数量较多且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息较大的绿植、尺寸信息较大的洗衣机架以及洗衣机等,以充实卧室类阳台对象,避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉。For the size information set 3, it is assumed that the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object includes a length of 2.3m and a width of 1.1m. If the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object is located in the size information set 3, it can Among the balcony-like objects, furniture model objects with a large number of layouts and large size information can be arranged, for example, green plants with large size information, washing machine racks and washing machines with large size information can be laid out to enrich the bedroom-like balcony objects and avoid giving Users bring the feeling of emptiness of bedroom-like balcony objects.

为了尽可能避免浪费卧室类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。In order to avoid wasting space in the balcony object of the bedroom class as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the balcony object of the bedroom class.

例如,参见图8I,可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸信息较大的绿植,靠着卧室类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机架,洗衣机架同时靠着门对象所在的墙体对象,以及在洗衣机架中布局洗衣机(���中未示出),由于卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息较大,因此,洗衣机架的尺寸信息可以较大,例如,洗衣机架的宽度可以较大,其宽度位于短边墙体对象的长度的二分之一至三分之二之间等。或者,洗衣机柜可以填充整个短边墙体对象。For example, referring to Figure 8I, green plants with larger size information can be laid out against one short-side wall object in the bedroom-type balcony object, and washing machine racks and washing machines can be laid out against another short-side wall object in the bedroom-type balcony object. At the same time, the rack rests against the wall object where the door object is located, and the washing machine is arranged in the washing machine rack (not shown in the figure). Since the size information of the balcony object of the bedroom class is larger, the size information of the washing machine rack can be larger, for example , the width of the washing machine rack can be larger, and its width is between one-half to two-thirds of the length of the short-side wall object, etc. Alternatively, the washing machine cabinet can fill the entire short-sided wall object.

对于尺寸信息集合4而言,假设卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为1.9m以及宽度为1.1米,在卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合4内的情况下,则可以在卧室类阳台对象中布局数量适中且尺寸信息适中的家具模型对象,例如,可以布局尺寸信息适中的绿植、尺寸信息适中的洗衣机等,以在充实卧室类阳台对象的同时给卧室类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象空荡荡的感觉,且避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。For the size information set 4, it is assumed that the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object includes a length of 1.9m and a width of 1.1m. If the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object is located in the size information set 4, it can Furniture model objects with moderate layout and size information in balcony-like objects, for example, green plants with moderate size information, washing machines with moderate size information, etc. can be laid out, so as to enrich bedroom-type balcony objects and reserve for bedroom-type balcony objects Provide enough free space to avoid giving the user the feeling of being empty in the bedroom-like balcony objects, and avoid giving the user the feeling that the bedroom-like balcony objects are crowded.

为了尽可能避免浪费卧室类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。In order to avoid wasting space in the balcony object of the bedroom class as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the balcony object of the bedroom class.

例如,参见图8J,可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸适中的绿植,靠着卧室类阳台对象中的另一个短边墙体对象布局洗衣机,洗衣机同时靠着门对象所在的墙体对象,由于卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息较小,因此,洗衣机的尺寸信息可以较小,例如,洗衣机的宽度可以较小,其宽度小于短边墙体对象的长度的二分之一等。For example, referring to Figure 8J, a moderately sized green plant can be laid out against one short-sided wall object in the bedroom-type balcony object, a washing machine can be laid out against another short-sided wall object in the bedroom-type balcony object, and the washing machine For the wall object where the door object is located, since the size information of the bedroom type balcony object is small, the size information of the washing machine can be small. one-half and so on.

对于尺寸信息集合5而言,假设卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息包括,长度为1.6m以及宽度为1.1米,在卧室类阳台对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合5内的情况下,则可以在卧室类阳台对象中布局数量较少且尺寸信息较小的家具模型对象,例如,可以仅布局尺寸信息较小的绿植,以给卧室类阳台对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来卧室类阳台对象拥挤的感觉。For the size information set 5, it is assumed that the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object includes a length of 1.6m and a width of 1.1m. If the size information of the bedroom-type balcony object is located in the size information set 5, the bedroom Furniture model objects with a small number of layouts and small size information among the balcony-like objects. For example, only green plants with small size information can be laid out, so as to reserve enough free space for the bedroom-like balcony objects and avoid causing the user to Bedroom class balcony objects feel crowded.

为了尽可能避免浪费卧室类阳台对象中的空间,则可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的墙体对象布局家具模型对象。In order to avoid wasting space in the balcony object of the bedroom class as much as possible, you can lay out the furniture model object against the wall object in the balcony object of the bedroom class.

例如,参见图8K,可以靠着卧室类阳台对象中的一个短边墙体对象布局尺寸适中的绿植,绿植同时靠着与门对象所在的墙体对象不相邻的墙体对象(门对象的对侧墙体对象)。For example, referring to Figure 8K, a moderately sized green plant can be laid out against a short-sided wall object in the balcony object of the bedroom class, and the green plant also leans against a wall object (door) that is not adjacent to the wall object where the door object is located. object's opposite wall object).

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述步骤120进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the step 120 may further include:

S7,针对所述至少一个空间对象中的卧室对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述卧室对象中布局的多个家具模型对象;S7, for the bedroom object in the at least one space object, obtain a plurality of furniture model objects for layout in the bedroom object according to the space attribute;

在本步骤中,可以在用于在卧室对象中布局的多个家具模型对象中,选择家具模型对象,例如,可以选择多个家具模型对象中的全部家具模型对象,也可以选择多个家具模型对象中的部分家具模型对象,具体选择哪些家具模型对象可以根据实际情况确定。具体可以参见之后的实施例,在此不做详述。In this step, furniture model objects may be selected from among multiple furniture model objects used for layout in the bedroom object, for example, all furniture model objects in the multiple furniture model objects may be selected, or multiple furniture model objects may be selected Some furniture model objects in the object, which furniture model objects to choose can be determined according to the actual situation. For details, reference may be made to the following embodiments, which will not be described in detail here.

S8,至少根据所述空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述卧室对象中布局的位置信息;S8, at least according to the space attribute, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the bedroom object;

S9,根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。S9: Acquire the furniture layout data according to the acquired furniture model object and the acquired position information.

在申请另一实施例中,卧室对象的空间属性至少包括卧室对象的卧室尺寸信息,步骤S7可以包括:In another embodiment of the application, the spatial attribute of the bedroom object includes at least bedroom size information of the bedroom object, and step S7 may include:

在步骤S71中,在尺寸信息集合���家具������������的第一对应关系中,查找卧室尺寸信息所在的尺寸信息集合;In step S71, in the first correspondence between the size information set and the furniture type, search for the size information set where the bedroom size information is located;

在卧室对象的尺寸信息较大时,往往说明卧室对象的空间较大,可以在卧室对象中布局更多种类的家具模型对象,以充实卧室对象并使得卧室对象多样化,避免给用户带来卧室对象单调以及空荡荡的感觉。When the size information of the bedroom object is large, it often indicates that the bedroom object has a large space. More kinds of furniture model objects can be arranged in the bedroom object to enrich the bedroom object and diversify the bedroom object, so as to avoid bringing the bedroom to the user. Objects are monotonous and empty.

在卧室对象的尺寸信息较小时,往往说明卧室对象的空间较小,可以在卧室对象中布局更少种类的家具模型对象,以给卧室对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来卧室对象拥挤的感觉。When the size information of the bedroom object is small, it usually means that the space of the bedroom object is small, and fewer types of furniture model objects can be arranged in the bedroom object to reserve enough free space for the bedroom object and avoid bringing the bedroom to the user. Object crowded feeling.

在本申请中,可以将卧室对象的尺寸信息划分为多个不同的尺寸信息集合,在不同的尺寸信息集合中可以布局的家具模型对象的种类不同等。In the present application, the size information of the bedroom object can be divided into a plurality of different size information sets, and the types of furniture model objects that can be laid out in different size information sets are different.

例如,对于任意一个尺寸信息集合,事先可以设置在该尺寸信息集合对应的卧室对象中可以布局的家具模型对象的多个种类,然后将该尺寸信息集合与设置的每一个种类分别组成对应表项,并存储在尺寸信息集合与家具种类之间的第一对应关系中。对于其他每一个尺寸信息集合,同样如此。For example, for any set of size information, multiple types of furniture model objects that can be laid out in the bedroom object corresponding to the set of size information can be set in advance, and then the set of size information and each set type are respectively formed into corresponding entries , and stored in the first correspondence between the size information set and the furniture type. The same is true for every other set of size information.

这样,在本申请中,可以在尺寸信息集合与家具种类之间的第一对应关系中,查找第一尺寸信息所在的第一尺寸信息集合,然后执行步骤S302。In this way, in the present application, in the first correspondence between the size information set and the furniture type, the first size information set where the first size information is located may be searched, and then step S302 is performed.

在步骤S72中,在第一对应关系中查找与该尺寸信息集合相对应的多个家具种类;In step S72, searching for a plurality of furniture types corresponding to the size information set in the first correspondence;

在步骤S73中,对于查找到的任意一个家具种类,获取该家具种类的家具模型对象。In step S73, for any furniture type found, the furniture model object of the furniture type is acquired.

在本申请一个实施例中,有时候,该家具种类的预设家具模型对象为至少��个,且该家具种类的各个预设家具模型对象的家具尺寸信息不同。如此,在这种情况下,在获取该家具种类的预设家具模型对象时,可以根据卧室尺寸信息,在家具尺寸信息不同的至少两个预设家具模型对象中,选择一个预设家具模型对象,以使得获取到的该家具种类的预设家具模型对象的家具尺寸信息与卧室对象的卧室尺寸信息相适应,避免获取到的该家具种类的预设家具模型对象的家具尺寸信息太大而占据卧室对象中更多的空间,进而避免影响在卧室对象中布局其他种类的预设家具模型对象。In an embodiment of the present application, sometimes, there are at least two preset furniture model objects of the furniture type, and the furniture size information of each preset furniture model object of the furniture type is different. In this case, when acquiring the preset furniture model object of the furniture type, one preset furniture model object may be selected from at least two preset furniture model objects with different furniture size information according to the bedroom size information , so that the acquired furniture size information of the preset furniture model object of the furniture type is compatible with the bedroom size information of the bedroom object, so as to avoid the acquired furniture size information of the preset furniture model object of the furniture type being too large and occupying More space in the bedroom object, which in turn avoids affecting the layout of other kinds of preset furniture model objects in the bedroom object.

其中,对于任意一个家具种类,在该家具种类的家具模型对象为至少两个且至少两个家具模型对象的家具尺寸信息互不相同的情况下,可以将卧室对象的卧室尺寸信息所在的尺寸信息集合划分为多个不同的尺寸信息子集合,尺寸信息子集合至少可以包括长度子集合以及宽度子集合等,当然,还可以包括高度子集合等,在不同的尺寸信息子集合对应的卧室对象中可以布局的家具模型对象的家具尺寸信息不同等。Wherein, for any furniture type, in the case where there are at least two furniture model objects of the furniture type and the furniture size information of the at least two furniture model objects are different from each other, the size information where the bedroom size information of the bedroom object is located may be The set is divided into multiple different size information subsets. The size information subset can at least include a length subset, a width subset, etc., of course, it can also include a height subset, etc. In the bedroom objects corresponding to different size information subsets The furniture size information of the furniture model objects that can be laid out is different, etc.

对于任意一个尺寸信息子集合,事先可以设置在该尺寸信息子集合的卧室对象中可以布局的该家具种类的家具模型对象的家具尺寸信息,然后将该尺寸信息子集合与设置的家具尺寸信息组成对应表项,并存储在该尺寸信息集合包括的尺寸信息子集合与家具尺寸信息之间的第二对应关系中。对于其他每一个尺寸信息子集合,同样如此。For any size information subset, the furniture size information of the furniture model object of the furniture type that can be laid out in the bedroom object of the size information subset can be set in advance, and then the size information subset is formed with the set furniture size information The corresponding entry is stored in the second correspondence between the size information subset included in the size information set and the furniture size information. The same is true for every other subset of size information.

对于其他每一个家具种类,同样如此。The same is true for every other type of furniture.

这样,在本申请中,可以在尺寸信息集合包括的尺寸信息子集合与家具尺寸信息之间的第二对应关系中,查找卧室对象的卧室尺寸信息所在的尺寸信息子集合,然后在第二对应关系中查找与该尺寸信息子集合相对应的家具尺寸信息,之后可以在至少两个家具模型对象中,选择该家具尺寸信息所对应的家具模型对象。In this way, in the present application, in the second correspondence between the size information subset included in the size information set and the furniture size information, the size information subset where the bedroom size information of the bedroom object is located can be searched, and then the second corresponding relationship Find the furniture size information corresponding to the size information subset in the relationship, and then select the furniture model object corresponding to the furniture size information from at least two furniture model objects.

在申请另一实施例中,步骤S8可以包括:In another embodiment of the application, step S8 may include:

在步骤S81中,获取各个家具模型对象的优先级;In step S81, the priority of each furniture model object is obtained;

其中,在步骤S7中获取到的用于在卧室对象中布局的家具模型对象为至少两个的情况下,可以获取各个家具模型对象的优先级。然后按照优先级由高至低的顺序,依次再获取各个家具模型对象分别在卧室对象中布局的位置信息。Wherein, in the case where there are at least two furniture model objects obtained in step S7 and used for layout in the bedroom object, the priority of each furniture model object can be obtained. Then, according to the order of priority from high to low, the position information of each furniture model object in the bedroom object is obtained in turn.

其中,技术人员事先已经设置了用于在卧室对象中布局的各个家具模型对象的优先级,因此,可以直接获取各个家具模型对象的优先级。Wherein, the technician has set the priority of each furniture model object for layout in the bedroom object in advance, therefore, the priority of each furniture model object can be directly obtained.

例如,假设用于在卧室对象中布局的家具模型对象包括床对象、床头柜对象、写字台对象、衣柜对象、电视机对象等电视机柜对象等。For example, assume that furniture model objects for layout in a bedroom object include a bed object, a bedside table object, a desk object, a wardrobe object, a TV cabinet object such as a TV object, and the like.

其中,床对象的优先级大于床头柜对象的优先级,床头柜对象的优先级大于衣柜对象的优先级、衣柜对象的优先级大于电视机对象的优先级,电视机对象的优先级大于电视机柜对象的优先级。Among them, the priority of the bed object is higher than that of the bedside table object, the priority of the bedside table object is higher than that of the wardrobe object, the priority of the wardrobe object is higher than that of the TV object, and the priority of the TV object is higher than that of the TV cabinet object. priority.

在步骤S82中,至少根据卧室对象的空间属性,按照优先级由高至低的顺序,依次获取各个家具模型对象分别在卧室对象中布局的位置信息。In step S82, at least according to the spatial attribute of the bedroom object, and in order of priority from high to low, sequentially acquire the position information of each furniture model object in the bedroom object.

在一个例子中,假设获取到的用于在卧室对象中布局的家具模型对象包括家具模型对象A以及家具模型对象B等,且家具模型对象A的优先级大于以及家具模型对象B的优先级,则可以优先在获取家具模型对象A在卧室对象中布局的位置信息A,然后在卧室对象中除位置信息A以外的位置信息中获取家具模型对象B在卧室对象中布局的位置信息B等。In an example, it is assumed that the acquired furniture model objects for layout in the bedroom object include furniture model object A and furniture model object B, and the priority of furniture model object A is greater than that of furniture model object B and the priority of furniture model object B, Then, the position information A of the furniture model object A layout in the bedroom object can be obtained first, and then the position information B of the furniture model object B layout in the bedroom object can be obtained from the position information other than the position information A in the bedroom object.

在本申请另一实施例中,对于获取的多个家具模型对象中的任意一个家具模型对象,可以按照如下方式来至少根据卧室对象的空间属性,获取该家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息,对于获取的多个家具模型对象中的其他每一个家具模型对象,同样如此。In another embodiment of the present application, for any furniture model object among the acquired furniture model objects, the layout position of the furniture model object in the bedroom object can be obtained in the following manner at least according to the space attribute of the bedroom object information, and the same is true for each of the other furniture model objects in the obtained plurality of furniture model objects.

可选地,具体家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息的获取方式可以包括:Optionally, the method for obtaining the position information of the layout of the specific furniture model object in the bedroom object may include:

在步骤S501中,根据卧室对象的空间属性,确定卧室对象中是否存在用于专门布局该家具模型对象的预设空间对象;In step S501, according to the space attribute of the bedroom object, it is determined whether there is a preset space object in the bedroom object that is used for the special layout of the furniture model object;

在本申请一个实施例,卧室对象有时候具有用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,例如,卧室对象中具有向外凸出的部分,卧室对象整体上呈现的不是矩形。通常情况下,向外凸出的部分往往是房屋设计者在设计目标房屋时,预留的用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,例如,专门用于布局衣柜对象或者写字台对象等���空间对象。In an embodiment of the present application, the bedroom object sometimes has a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects. For example, the bedroom object has an outwardly protruding part, and the bedroom object does not present a rectangle as a whole. Usually, the outwardly protruding part is the preset space object reserved by the house designer when designing the target house for special layout of furniture model objects, for example, specially used for the layout of wardrobe objects or writing desk objects, etc. space object.

而在本申请另一个实施例,卧室对象可以是矩形,卧室对象中没有用于专门预设种类的布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,卧室对象整体上呈现的是矩形。In another embodiment of the present application, the bedroom object may be a rectangle. The bedroom object does not have a preset space object for laying out furniture model objects of a specific preset type, and the bedroom object as a whole presents a rectangle.

在本申请中,在卧室对象中存在预设空间对象的情况下的家具布局数据与在卧室对象中不存在预设空间对象的情况下的家具布局数据是不同的,且往往需要通过不同方式来获取。In the present application, the furniture layout data in the case where the preset space object exists in the bedroom object is different from the furniture layout data in the case where the preset space object does not exist in the bedroom object, and often needs to be determined in different ways. Obtain.

因此,在本实施例中,可以根据卧室对象的空间属性确定卧室对象中是否存在用于专门布局该家具模型对象的预设空间对象,然后在存在预设空间对象的情况下,执行步骤S501,或者,在不存在预设空间对象的情况下,执行步骤S502。Therefore, in this embodiment, it can be determined whether there is a preset space object in the bedroom object that is used to specifically lay out the furniture model object according to the space attribute of the bedroom object, and then, if there is a preset space object, step S501 is executed, Or, if there is no preset spatial object, step S502 is performed.

其中,事先在根据目标房屋建立三维房屋空间之后,技术人员可以人工确定卧室对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,在卧室对象中存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象的情况下,可以在目标房屋的三维房屋空间中标注卧室对象中存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象。如此,可以根据在三维房屋空间中的标注数据确定卧室对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象。Wherein, after the three-dimensional house space is established according to the target house in advance, the technician can manually determine whether there is a preset space object for special layout of furniture model objects in the bedroom object, and there is a preset space object for special layout of furniture model objects in the bedroom object. In the case of setting a space object, it can be marked in the three-dimensional house space of the target house that there is a preset space object for special layout of furniture model objects in the bedroom object. In this way, it can be determined whether there is a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects in the bedroom object according to the annotation data in the three-dimensional house space.

当然,在本申请另一实施例中,还可以通过识别算法自动对卧室对象的结构自动识别,以确定卧室对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象,可以免去人工标注的工作,从而可以降低人工成本,申请对具体的识别算法不做限定。Of course, in another embodiment of the present application, the structure of the bedroom object can also be automatically identified by an identification algorithm to determine whether there is a preset space object in the bedroom object for special layout of furniture model objects, which can avoid manual labeling Therefore, the labor cost can be reduced, and the application does not limit the specific recognition algorithm.

预设空间对象可以包括但不限于:储物间对象、衣帽间对象以及开放凸出空间对象中的至少一种。开放凸出空间对象包括上述提到的卧室对象中具有向外凸出的部分。The preset space objects may include, but are not limited to, at least one of storage room objects, cloakroom objects, and open protruding space objects. The open protruding space object includes the part of the bedroom object mentioned above that has an outward bulge.

有时候卧室对象中包括储物间对象或者衣帽间对象,广大用户往往倾向于在储物间对象或者衣帽间对象中布局衣柜和梳妆台,因此,可以将储物间对象和衣帽间对象作为预设空间对象。Sometimes bedroom objects include storage room objects or cloakroom objects. Most users tend to arrange wardrobes and dressers in storage room objects or cloakroom objects. Therefore, storage room objects and cloakroom objects can be used as preset space objects. .

在存在预设空间对象的情况下,在步骤S502中,根据该预设空间对象获取该家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息;In the case that there is a preset space object, in step S502, obtain the position information of the layout of the furniture model object in the bedroom object according to the preset space object;

在本申请中,预设空间对象是用于专门布局该家具模型对象的,因此,在一个可选的方式中,可以获取预设空间对象的位置信息,并作为该家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息。In the present application, the preset space object is used for special layout of the furniture model object. Therefore, in an optional manner, the position information of the preset space object can be obtained and used as the furniture model object in the bedroom object. Location information for the layout.

其中,在本申请另一个实施例中,该家具模型对象属于一个家具种类,例如,衣柜类或者梳妆台类等,可以事先准备该家具种类的多个家具模型对象,该家具种类的多个家具模型对象均具有在卧室对象中布局的资格。Wherein, in another embodiment of the present application, the furniture model object belongs to a furniture type, for example, a wardrobe or a dressing table, etc., and a plurality of furniture model objects of this furniture type can be prepared in advance. Model objects are all eligible to be laid out in the bedroom object.

在事先准备的该家具种类的多个家具模型对象中,不同的家具模型对象的尺寸信息等不相同。Among the plurality of furniture model objects of the furniture type prepared in advance, the size information and the like of different furniture model objects are different.

在需要在预设空间对象中布局该家具模型对象,则需要使得该家具模型对象能够摆放进预设空间对象中,也即,需要使得预设空间对象能够容纳该家具模型对象。When the furniture model object needs to be laid out in the preset space object, the furniture model object needs to be placed in the preset space object, that is, the preset space object needs to be able to accommodate the furniture model object.

因此,如果该家具模型对象的尺寸信息较大,以使得预设空间对象不能够容纳该家具模型对象,则可以该家具种类的多个家具模型对象中,选择尺寸信息小于或等于预设空间对象的尺寸信息的家具模型对象,使用最新选择到的家具模型对象替换之前获取到的该家具模型对象。也即,之后可以在预设空间对象中展示最新选择到的家具模型对象,而不展示之前获取到的该家具模型对象。Therefore, if the size information of the furniture model object is large, so that the preset space object cannot accommodate the furniture model object, it is possible to select the size information smaller than or equal to the preset space object among the furniture model objects of the furniture type. The furniture model object with the size information of , replace the previously acquired furniture model object with the newly selected furniture model object. That is, the newly selected furniture model object may be displayed in the preset space object later, without displaying the previously acquired furniture model object.

在本申请一个实施例中,在��家具种类的多个家具模型对象中,尺寸信息小于或等于预设空间对象的尺寸信息家具模型对象有时候可能为至少两个,在这种情况下,可以在至少两个预设家具模型中,选择尺寸信息最大的家具模型对象。In an embodiment of the present application, among the multiple furniture model objects of the furniture category, the size information of the furniture model objects may be smaller than or equal to the size information of the preset space objects. Sometimes there may be at least two furniture model objects. Among at least two preset furniture models, the furniture model object with the largest size information is selected.

在不存在预设空间对象的情况下,在步骤S503中,获取卧室对象中的已存在对象的位置信息,至少根据卧室对象的空间属性和/或已存在对象的位置信息获取该家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息。In the case where there is no preset space object, in step S503, obtain the position information of the existing object in the bedroom object, at least according to the space attribute of the bedroom object and/or the position information of the existing object to obtain the furniture model object in Location information for the layout in the bedroom object.

在本申请一个实施例中,已存在对象包括:在获取的多个家具模型对象中的优先级大于该家具模型对象的其他家具模型对象,或者,还可以包括卧室对象中的不可以被遮挡的对象,例如,门对象、窗户对象以及位于墙体上的电箱对象等。In an embodiment of the present application, the existing objects include: among the acquired furniture model objects, other furniture model objects whose priority is higher than the furniture model object, or may also include bedroom objects that cannot be blocked Objects such as door objects, window objects, and electrical box objects located on walls, etc.

在本申请另一实施例中,至少根据卧室对象的空间属性和/或已存在对象的位置信息获取该家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息,包括:In another embodiment of the present application, the location information of the layout of the furniture model object in the bedroom object is obtained at least according to the spatial attribute of the bedroom object and/or the location information of the existing object, including:

在步骤S601中,至少根据卧室对象的空间属性和/或已存在对象的位置信息,在卧室对象中获取优先级不同的多个候选区域;In step S601, at least according to the spatial attribute of the bedroom object and/or the position information of the existing object, obtain a plurality of candidate areas with different priorities in the bedroom object;

在本申请中,卧室对象中包括门对象,门对象用于将卧室对象与其他对象连通,以及,还可以包括短边墙体对象以及长边墙体对象。In the present application, the bedroom object includes a door object, which is used to connect the bedroom object with other objects, and may also include a short-side wall object and a long-side wall object.

根据发明人对实际情况的统计,通常情况下,广大用户往往倾向于在卧室对象的长边墙体对象所在的区域优先布局家具,例如,优先靠着卧室对象的长边墙体对象布局家具等。According to the inventor's statistics on the actual situation, under normal circumstances, the majority of users tend to prioritize the layout of furniture in the area where the long-side wall object of the bedroom object is located, for example, prioritize the layout of furniture against the long-side wall object of the bedroom object, etc. .

因此,在本申请中,对于卧室对象而言,获取的候选区域至少可以包括:长边墙体对象所在的区域、短边墙体对象所在的区域中的至少一种,且长边墙体对象所在的区域的优先级大于短边墙体对象所在的区域的优先级。Therefore, in the present application, for the bedroom object, the obtained candidate area may at least include: at least one of the area where the long-side wall object is located, the area where the short-side wall object is located, and the long-side wall object The area where it is located has a higher priority than the area where the short-edge wall object is located.

例如,在一个实现方式中,先将优先级最高的家具模型对象在长边墙体对象所在的区域布局,然后继续将优先级次高的家具模型对象在长边墙体对象所在的区域的空闲区域布局,如果由于空闲区域不够,导致无法将优先级次高的家具模型对象在长边墙体对象所在的区域的空闲区域成功布局,则可以将优先级次高的家具模型对象在短边墙体对象所在的区域的空闲区域布局。For example, in an implementation manner, the furniture model object with the highest priority is firstly laid out in the area where the long-side wall object is located, and then the furniture model object with the next highest priority is placed in the area where the long-side wall object is located. Area layout, if the furniture model object with the next highest priority cannot be successfully laid out in the free area of the area where the long-side wall object is located due to insufficient free area, you can place the next-highest priority furniture model object on the short side wall. The free area layout of the area where the body object is located.

或者,在本申请另一实施例中,在该家具模型对象的优先级是最高的情况下,可以至少根据卧室对象的空间属性在卧室对象中获取优先级不同的多个候选区域。Alternatively, in another embodiment of the present application, in the case where the priority of the furniture model object is the highest, multiple candidate regions with different priorities may be obtained from the bedroom object at least according to the spatial attribute of the bedroom object.

在该家具模型对象的优先级不是最高的情况下,可以至少根据卧室对象的空间属性以及已存在对象的位置信息,在卧室对象中获取优先级不同的多个候选区域;其中,已存在对象为优先级高于该家具模型对象的优先级的其他家具模型对象,此时,该家具模型对象需要在卧室对象中的除其他家具模型对象所在区域以外的区域布局。In the case where the priority of the furniture model object is not the highest, a plurality of candidate areas with different priorities can be obtained from the bedroom object at least according to the spatial attribute of the bedroom object and the position information of the existing object; wherein, the existing object is Other furniture model objects whose priority is higher than that of the furniture model object. In this case, the furniture model object needs to be laid out in an area other than the area where the other furniture model objects are located in the bedroom object.

在步骤S602中,按照候选区域的优先级由高至低的顺序,分别匹配该家具模型对象与各个候选区域;In step S602, the furniture model object and each candidate area are respectively matched according to the priority of the candidate area from high to low;

在本申请中,对于任意一个候选区域,可以根据该家具模型对象的尺寸信息、已存在对象的位置信息以及候选区域的尺寸信息,判断该候选区域是否能够容纳该家具模型对象;在该候选区域能够容纳该家具模型对象的情况下,可以确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配成功。在该候选区域不能够容纳该家具模型对象的情况下,可以确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配不成功。In this application, for any candidate area, it can be determined whether the candidate area can accommodate the furniture model object according to the size information of the furniture model object, the position information of the existing object and the size information of the candidate area; in the candidate area If the furniture model object can be accommodated, it can be determined that the candidate area is successfully matched with the furniture model object. In the case that the candidate area cannot accommodate the furniture model object, it may be determined that the candidate area and the furniture model object are not successfully matched.

然而,有时候虽然能够在卧室对象中布局多个家具模型对象,但是可能家具模型对象之间距离较近,导致卧室对象中的空闲空间较少,进而导致给用户带来卧室对象中很拥挤的感觉,进而影响用户体验。However, sometimes, although multiple furniture model objects can be laid out in the bedroom object, the distance between the furniture model objects may be short, resulting in less free space in the bedroom object, which in turn leads to a crowded bedroom object for the user. feeling, which in turn affects the user experience.

因此,为了避免影响用户体验,需要避免给用户带来卧室对象中很拥挤的感觉,为了避免给用户带来卧室对象中很拥挤的感觉,则需要避免卧室对象中的家具模型对象之间距离较近。Therefore, in order to avoid affecting the user experience, it is necessary to avoid giving the user a feeling of being crowded in the bedroom object. close.

为此,在该候选区域能够容纳该家具模型对象的情况下,判断该家具模型对象的家具种类是否为预设种类。Therefore, in the case that the furniture model object can be accommodated in the candidate area, it is determined whether the furniture type of the furniture model object is a preset type.

在该家具模型对象的家具种��为预设种类的情况下,根据该候选区域的位置信息以及已存在对象的位置信息,可以判断在该候选区域布局该家具模型对象之后,该家具模型对象与该已存在对象之间的空间距离是否大于预设距离。在该空间距离大于预设距离的情况下,可以确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配成功。在该空间距离小于或等于预设距离的情况下,可以确定该候选区域与该家具模型对象匹配成功。When the furniture type of the furniture model object is a preset type, according to the position information of the candidate area and the position information of the existing object, it can be determined that after the furniture model object is laid out in the candidate area, the furniture model object is different from the furniture model object. Whether the spatial distance between existing objects is greater than the preset distance. When the spatial distance is greater than the preset distance, it can be determined that the candidate area is successfully matched with the furniture model object. When the spatial distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, it can be determined that the candidate area is successfully matched with the furniture model object.

其中,电视机柜类以及电视机架类等。Among them, TV cabinets and TV racks, etc.

例如,通常情况下,床对象可以靠着一个长边墙体布局,电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象可以靠着另一个长边墙体布局,且床对象与电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象是位置相对布局的。For example, in general, a bed object can be laid out against one long wall, furniture model objects such as a TV cabinet or TV rack can be laid out against another long wall, and a bed object can be placed against a TV cabinet or TV Furniture model objects such as racks are laid out relative to position.

然而,如果床对象的床尾距离电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象的距离较大,则说明床对象的床尾与电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之间还有较大空间,则可以靠着另一个长边墙体布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象。However, if the foot of the bed object is far away from furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks, it means that there is still a large distance between the foot of the bed object and furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks. space, you can lay out furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks against another long side wall.

如果床对象的床尾距离电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象的距离较小,则说明床对象的床尾与电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之间只有较小空间,则可以不靠着另一个长边墙体布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象,例如,仅仅靠着另一个长边墙体布局电视机对象即可,以避免给用户带来卧室对象拥挤的感觉。If the distance between the bed end of the bed object and the furniture model objects such as TV cabinet or TV rack is small, it means that there is only a small space between the bed end of the bed object and the furniture model objects such as TV cabinet or TV rack, then Furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks can be laid out against another long wall. For example, only TV objects can be laid out against another long wall to avoid bringing bedroom objects to users. Crowded feeling.

进一步地,在该家具模型对象分别与各个候选区域均未匹配成功的情况下,则往往说明无法合适地在卧室对象中布局该家具模型对象,因此,可以舍弃该家具模型对象,也即,之后可以不在卧室对象中显示该家具模型对象模型。Further, in the case that the furniture model object is not successfully matched with each candidate area, it often means that the furniture model object cannot be properly laid out in the bedroom object. Therefore, the furniture model object can be discarded, that is, after The furniture model object model may not be displayed in the bedroom object.

在步骤S603中,根据与该家具模型对象匹配成功的最高级的候选区域获取家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息。In step S603, the position information of the layout of the furniture model object in the bedroom object is obtained according to the highest-level candidate region successfully matched with the furniture model object.

例如,可以获取与该家具模型对象匹配成功的最高级的候选区域的位置信息,并作为该家具模型对象在卧室对象中布局的位置信息。For example, the position information of the highest-level candidate area that is successfully matched with the furniture model object can be obtained, and used as the position information of the layout of the furniture model object in the bedroom object.

以一个例子对本申请进行举例说明,在统计大量的房屋之后发现,卧室对象的尺寸信息有大有小。Taking an example to illustrate the present application, after counting a large number of houses, it is found that the size information of the bedroom object varies.

在卧室对象的尺寸信息较大时,往往说明卧室对象的空间较大,可以在卧室对象中布局数量较多的且尺寸信息较大的家具模型对象,以充实卧室对象,避免给用户带来卧室对象空荡荡的感觉。When the size information of the bedroom object is large, it often means that the bedroom object has a large space, and a large number of furniture model objects with large size information can be arranged in the bedroom object to enrich the bedroom object and avoid bringing the bedroom to the user. Object feels empty.

在卧室对象的尺寸信息较小时,往往说明卧室对象的空间较小,可以在卧室对象中布局数量较少的且尺寸信息较小的家具模型对象,以给卧室对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来卧室对象拥挤的感觉。When the size information of the bedroom object is small, it often means that the space of the bedroom object is small, and a small number of furniture model objects with small size information can be arranged in the bedroom object to reserve enough free space for the bedroom object. Avoid giving the user the feeling of a crowded bedroom with objects.

在本申请中,可以将卧室对象的尺寸信息划分为多个不同的尺寸信息集合,在不同的尺寸信息集合中可以布局的家具模型对象的种类不同等。In the present application, the size information of the bedroom object can be divided into a plurality of different size information sets, and the types of furniture model objects that can be laid out in different size information sets are different.

例如,在一个例子中,可以将卧室对象的尺寸信息划分为n个不同的尺寸信息集合,分别为尺寸信息集合1、尺寸信息集合2、尺寸信息集合3......尺寸信息集合n等,其中,尺寸信息集合1大于尺寸信息集合2,尺寸信息集合2大于尺寸信息集合3......尺寸信息集合n-1大于尺寸信息集合n。For example, in one example, the size information of the bedroom object can be divided into n different size information sets, namely size information set 1, size information set 2, size information set 3... size information set n etc., where size information set 1 is greater than size information set 2, size information set 2 is greater than size information set 3... Size information set n-1 is greater than size information set n.

在卧室对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合1内的情况下,则可以在卧室对象中布局种类较多的家具模型对象。In the case where the size information of the bedroom object is located in the size information set 1, then more types of furniture model objects can be laid out in the bedroom object.

例如,可以至少布局一个床对象、两个床头柜对象、一个梳妆台对象以及一个衣柜对象,以充实卧室对象,避免给用户带来卧室对象空荡荡的感觉。For example, at least one bed object, two bedside table objects, one dresser object, and one wardrobe object can be laid out to flesh out the bedroom object and avoid giving the user the feeling that the bedroom object is empty.

任意一个种类的家具模型对象包括多个不同的尺寸信息的家具模型对象。Any type of furniture model object includes a plurality of furniture model objects with different size information.

因此,为了在充实卧室对象的同时给卧室对象预留出足够的空闲空间,避免给用户带来卧室对象空荡荡的感觉,且避免给用户带来卧室对象拥挤的感觉,可以将尺寸信息集合1划分为多个尺寸信息子集合,例如两个尺寸信息子集合,分别为尺寸信息子集合A以及尺寸信息子集合B,且尺寸信息子集合A大于尺寸信息子集合B。Therefore, in order to reserve enough free space for the bedroom objects while enriching the bedroom objects, to avoid giving the user the feeling of empty bedroom objects, and to avoid giving the user the feeling of crowded bedroom objects, the size information set 1 can be divided into is a plurality of size information subsets, for example, two size information subsets, namely size information subset A and size information subset B, and size information subset A is larger than size information subset B.

在一个例子中,假设卧室对象的尺寸信息包括:长度为4.4米以及宽度为2.5米,卧室对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合A内。In one example, it is assumed that the size information of the bedroom object includes: the length is 4.4 meters and the width is 2.5 meters, and the size information of the bedroom object is located in the size information set A.

床对象的宽度可以为2米,两个床头柜对象的宽度均可以为0.5米,梳妆台对象的宽度可以为0.8米,衣柜对象的宽度可以为0.6米。The width of the bed object may be 2 meters, the width of both bedside table objects may be 0.5 meters, the width of the dresser object may be 0.8 meters, and the width of the wardrobe object may be 0.6 meters.

为了尽可能避免浪费卧室对象中的空间,则可以靠着卧室对象中的长边墙体对象布局多个家具模型对象,且靠着卧室对象中的长边墙体对象布局的多个家具模型对象可以两两挨着。In order to avoid wasting space in the bedroom object as much as possible, you can lay out multiple furniture model objects against the long-side wall object in the bedroom object, and lay out multiple furniture model objects against the long-side wall object in the bedroom object Can be next to each other.

例如,�����图9A,可以靠着卧室对象中的一个长边墙体对象依次布局一个床头柜对象、一个床对象、另一个床头柜对象以及梳妆台对象,然后靠着卧室对象中的一个短边墙体布局衣柜对象,衣柜对象的一个侧面靠着该一个长边墙体。For example, referring to Figure 9A, a bedside table object, a bed object, another bedside table object, and a dresser object can be laid out in sequence against a long-sided wall object in the bedroom object, and then against a short-sided wall in the bedroom object Layout the wardrobe object with one side of the wardrobe object against the one long side wall.

以及,在靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体对象布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之后,如果床对象的床尾距离电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象的距离较小,例如小于0.5米,则说明床对象的床尾与电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之间只有较小空间,则可以不靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象,例如,仅仅靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体布局电视机对象即可,以避免给用户带来卧室对象拥挤的感觉。And, after laying out furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks against another long-sided wall object facing the end of the bed object, if the end of the bed object is far from furniture such as TV cabinets or TV racks, The distance between the model objects is small, for example, less than 0.5 meters, it means that there is only a small space between the bed end of the bed object and the furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks. Furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks are arranged on another long-side wall. For example, the TV object can only be laid out against another long-side wall facing the bed end of the bed object, so as to avoid causing the user to Come to the bedroom object crowded feeling.

另外,参见图9B,在靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体对象布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之后,如果床对象的床尾距离电视机柜对象或电视机架对象的距离较大,例如大于或等于0.5米,则说明床对象的床尾与电视机柜对象或电视机架对象之间还有较大空间,则可以靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象,以充实卧室对象,避免给用户带来卧室对象空荡荡的感觉。In addition, referring to FIG. 9B , after laying out furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks against another long-side wall object facing the end of the bed object, if the end of the bed of the bed object is far from the TV cabinet or TV If the distance of the shelf object is large, for example, it is greater than or equal to 0.5 meters, it means that there is still a large space between the bed end of the bed object and the TV cabinet object or TV rack object. Furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks are arranged on the long-side wall to enrich the bedroom objects and avoid giving the user the feeling of empty bedroom objects.

其中,在上述例子中,床对象和床头柜对象的优先级大于可以大于梳妆台对象的优先级,梳妆台对象的优先级可以大于衣柜对象的优先级,衣柜对象的优先级可以大于电视机对象和电视机柜对象的优先级。Among them, in the above example, the priority of the bed object and the bedside table object can be higher than the priority of the dresser object, the priority of the dresser object can be higher than that of the wardrobe object, the priority of the wardrobe object can be higher than that of the TV object and the priority of the wardrobe object. The priority of the TV cabinet object.

在宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象无法在图9A所示的卧室对象的最右侧布局的情况下,可以尝试在卧室对象中的其他区域局部宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象。In the case where a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters cannot be laid out on the far right side of the bedroom object shown in Figure 9A, you can try a wardrobe object with a local width of 0.6 meters in other areas of the bedroom object.

例如,参见图9C,在卧室对象中可以布局衣柜对象的区域可以包括5个区域,分别为区域1、区域2、区域3、区域4、区域5以及区域6,且区域1的优先级大于区域2的优先级,区域2的优先级大于区域3的优先级,区域3的优先级大于区域4的优先级,区域4的优先级大于区域5的优先级,区域5的优先级大于区域6的优先级。For example, referring to FIG. 9C , the area where the wardrobe object can be arranged in the bedroom object may include 5 areas, namely area 1, area 2, area 3, area 4, area 5 and area 6, and area 1 has a higher priority than area 2, the priority of area 2 is higher than that of area 3, the priority of area 3 is higher than that of area 4, the priority of area 4 is higher than that of area 5, the priority of area 5 is higher than that of area 6 priority.

例如,如果在区域1中能够容纳宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象,则就在区域1中布局宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象,不需要考虑区域2、区域3、区域4以及区域5,如果在区域1中不能够容纳宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象,再考虑区域2,以此类推,直至在区域6中还不能够容纳宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象为止,则丢弃0.6米的衣柜对象,选取尺寸信息更小的衣柜对象并重新布局选取的尺寸信息更小的衣柜对象,或者,在卧室对象中不再布局衣柜对象。For example, if a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters can be accommodated in area 1, then a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters is laid out in area 1, without considering area 2, area 3, area 4 and area 5, if in area Wardrobe objects with a width of 0.6 meters cannot be accommodated in 1, then consider area 2, and so on, until the wardrobe objects with a width of 0.6 meters cannot be accommodated in area 6, discard the wardrobe objects with a width of 0.6 meters, and select the size Wardrobe objects with smaller information and rearrange the selected wardrobe objects with smaller size information, or no longer layout wardrobe objects in the bedroom object.

其中,在区域1中布局宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象时,衣柜对象背靠着卧室对象中的右侧的短边墙体对象,衣柜对象的上侧面靠着卧室对象中的上侧长边墙体对象,也即,衣柜对象的上侧面靠着的长边墙体对象与床对象、床头柜对象背靠的长边墙体对象相同。Among them, when a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters is laid out in area 1, the wardrobe object is backed against the right short side wall object in the bedroom object, and the upper side of the wardrobe object is against the upper long side wall in the bedroom object The body object, that is, the long-side wall object against which the upper side of the wardrobe object is the same as the long-side wall object against which the bed object and the bedside table object are backed.

在区域2中布局宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象时,衣柜对象背靠着卧室对象中的右侧的短边墙体对象,衣柜对象的下侧面靠着卧室对象中的下侧长边墙体对象,也即,衣柜对象的下侧面靠着的长边墙体对象与床对象、床头柜对象背靠的长边墙体对象不同。When a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters is laid out in area 2, the wardrobe object is backed against the right short side wall object in the bedroom object, and the lower side of the wardrobe object is against the lower long side wall object in the bedroom object , that is, the long-side wall object against which the lower side of the wardrobe object is leaning is different from the long-side wall object against which the bed object and the bedside table object are backed.

在区域3中布局宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象时,衣柜对象背靠着卧室对象中的下侧的长边墙体对象,也即,衣柜对象背靠着的长边墙体对象与床对象、床头柜对象背靠的长边墙体对象不同,衣柜对象的右侧面靠着卧室对象的右侧的短边墙体对象。When a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters is laid out in area 3, the wardrobe object is backed against the lower long-side wall object in the bedroom object, that is, the long-side wall object against which the wardrobe object is backed and the bed object, Unlike the long side wall object that the bedside table object is backed against, the right side of the wardrobe object is against the short side wall object to the right of the bedroom object.

在区域4中布局宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象时,衣柜对象背靠着卧室对象中的下侧的长边墙体对象,也即,衣柜对象背靠着的长边墙体对象与床对象、床头柜对象背靠的长边墙体对象不同,衣柜对象的左侧面靠着卧室对象的左侧的短边墙体对象。When a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters is laid out in area 4, the wardrobe object is backed against the lower long-side wall object in the bedroom object, that is, the long-side wall object against which the wardrobe object is backed and the bed object, Unlike the long-sided wall object backed by the bedside table object, the left side of the wardrobe object is against the short-sided wall object on the left side of the bedroom object.

在区域5中布局宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象时,衣柜对象背靠着卧室对象中的左侧的短边墙体对象,衣柜对象的下侧面靠着卧室对象中的下侧长边墙体对象,也即,衣柜对象的下侧面靠着的长边墙体对象与床对象、床头柜对象背靠的长边墙体对象不同。When a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters is laid out in area 5, the wardrobe object is backed against the left short-side wall object in the bedroom object, and the lower side of the wardrobe object is against the lower long-side wall object in the bedroom object , that is, the long-side wall object against which the lower side of the wardrobe object is leaning is different from the long-side wall object against which the bed object and the bedside table object are backed.

在区域6中布局宽度为0.6米的衣柜对象时,衣柜对象背靠着卧室对象中的左侧的短边墙体对象,衣柜对象的上侧面靠着卧室对象中的上侧长边墙体对象,也即,衣柜对象的上侧面靠着的长边墙体对象与床对象、床头柜对象背靠的长边墙体对象相同。When a wardrobe object with a width of 0.6 meters is laid out in area 6, the wardrobe object is backed against the left short-side wall object in the bedroom object, and the upper side of the wardrobe object is against the upper long-side wall object in the bedroom object , that is, the long-side wall object against which the upper side of the wardrobe object is the same as the long-side wall object against which the bed object and the bedside table object are backed.

其中,在布局衣柜对象之后,如果衣柜对象占据了床对象的床尾正对着的墙体对象,而导致无法靠着床对象的床尾正对着的墙体对象布局电视机柜对象和电视机对象,则由于衣柜对象的优先级可以大于电视机对象和电视机柜对象的优先级,因此,可以舍弃电视机柜对象和电视机对象,也即,本次不再布局电视机柜对象和电视机对象。Among them, after the wardrobe object is laid out, if the wardrobe object occupies the wall object directly opposite the bed end of the bed object, so that the TV cabinet object and the TV object cannot be laid out against the wall object directly opposite the bed end of the bed object, Then, since the priority of the wardrobe object may be higher than the priority of the TV object and the TV cabinet object, the TV cabinet object and the TV set object can be discarded, that is, the TV cabinet object and the TV set object are not laid out this time.

在另一个例子中,假设卧室对象的尺寸信息包括:长度为4.2米以及宽度为2.5米,则卧室对象的尺寸信息位于尺寸信息集合B内。In another example, assuming that the size information of the bedroom object includes: a length of 4.2 meters and a width of 2.5 meters, the size information of the bedroom object is located in the size information set B.

床对象的宽度可以为1.8米,两个床头柜对象的宽度均可以为0.5米,梳妆台对象的宽度可以为0.8米,衣柜对象的宽度可以为0.6米,也即,在这个例子中,两个床头柜对象、梳妆台对象以及衣柜的对象的宽度分别与上一个例子相同。The width of the bed object can be 1.8 meters, the width of both bedside table objects can be 0.5 meters, the width of the dresser object can be 0.8 meters, and the width of the wardrobe object can be 0.6 meters, that is, in this example, the two The width of the bedside table object, dresser object, and wardrobe objects are the same as in the previous example.

为了尽可能避免浪费卧室对象中的空间,则可以靠着卧室对象中的长边墙体对象布局多个家具模型对象,且靠着卧室对象中的长边墙体对象布局的多个家具模型对象可以两两挨着。In order to avoid wasting space in the bedroom object as much as possible, you can lay out multiple furniture model objects against the long-side wall object in the bedroom object, and lay out multiple furniture model objects against the long-side wall object in the bedroom object Can be next to each other.

例如,参见图9D,可以靠着卧室对象中的一个长边墙体对象依次布局一个床头柜对象、一个床对象、另一个床头柜对象以及梳妆台对象,然后靠着卧室对象中的一个短边墙体布局衣柜对象,衣柜对象的一个侧面靠着该一个长边墙体。For example, referring to Figure 9D, a bedside table object, a bed object, another bedside table object, and a dresser object can be laid out in sequence against a long-sided wall object in the bedroom object, and then against a short-sided wall in the bedroom object Layout the wardrobe object with one side of the wardrobe object against the one long side wall.

以及,在靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体对象布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之后,如果床对象的床尾距离电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象的距离较小,例如小于0.5米,则说明床对象的床尾与电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之间只有较小空间,则可以不靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象,例如,仅仅靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体布局电视机对象即可,以避免给用户带来卧室对象拥挤的感觉。And, after laying out furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks against another long-sided wall object facing the end of the bed object, if the end of the bed object is far from furniture such as TV cabinets or TV racks, The distance between the model objects is small, for example, less than 0.5 meters, it means that there is only a small space between the bed end of the bed object and the furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks. Furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks are arranged on another long-side wall. For example, the TV object can only be laid out against another long-side wall facing the bed end of the bed object, so as to avoid causing the user to Come to the bedroom object crowded feeling.

另外,参见图9E,在靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体对象布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象之后,如果床对象���床尾距离电视机柜对象或电视机架对象的距离较大,例如大于或等于0.5米,则说明床对象的床尾与电视机柜对象或电视机架对象之间还有较大空间,则可以靠着床对象的床尾对着的另一个长边墙体布局电视机柜类或电视机架类等家具模型对象,以充实卧室对象,避免给用户带来卧室对象空荡荡的感觉。In addition, referring to FIG. 9E , after laying out furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks against another long-side wall object facing the end of the bed object, if the end of the bed of the bed object is far from the TV cabinet or TV If the distance of the shelf object is large, for example, it is greater than or equal to 0.5 meters, it means that there is still a large space between the bed end of the bed object and the TV cabinet object or TV rack object. Furniture model objects such as TV cabinets or TV racks are arranged on the long-side wall to enrich the bedroom objects and avoid giving the user the feeling of empty bedroom objects.

进一步地,对于n个尺寸信息集合中的其他尺寸信息集合等,可以参见尺寸信息集合1,在此不做详述。Further, for other size information sets in the n size information sets, reference may be made to size information set 1, which will not be described in detail here.

参照图2,在本发明实施例中,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述至少一个空间对象包含的窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的窗户信息中的至少一种,所述方法还可以包括:Referring to FIG. 2 , in this embodiment of the present invention, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the window object included in the at least one space object is in the three-dimensional house space. At least one of the window information of the area under the house space, the method may further include:

步骤140,根据所述尺寸信息,设置所述至少一个空间对象的室内光对象,所述室内光对象用于模拟室内光源产生的光线;和/或,Step 140: According to the size information, set an indoor light object of the at least one space object, where the indoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an indoor light source; and/or,

步骤150,根据所述窗户信息,设置所述窗户对象的室外光对象,所述室外光对象用于模拟室外光源产生的光线。Step 150: Set an outdoor light object of the window object according to the window information, where the outdoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an outdoor light source.

在本发明实施例中,还可以基于VR(Virtual Reality,虚拟现实)、AR(AugmentedReality,增强现实)、全景等3D(3-Dimension,三维)空间的图像用户界面,其发明目的是在虚拟的三维房屋空间中模拟环境光、灯光等光线的视觉效果,以实现接近真实场景的明暗及光线效果。In this embodiment of the present invention, an image user interface based on a 3D (3-Dimension, three-dimensional) space such as VR (Virtual Reality), AR (Augmented Reality), and panorama may also be used. Simulate the visual effects of ambient light, lighting and other light in the three-dimensional house space to achieve light and shade and light effects close to the real scene.

而且,在实际应用中,空间的光线可以包括灯等室内光源产生的室内光线、太阳、天空等室外光源产生的室外光线。如上述,为了在图像用户界面中展示房屋对象的同时,实现接近真实场景的明暗及光线效果。则可以分别对上述的室内光线、室外光线进行模拟展示。Moreover, in practical applications, the light in the space may include indoor light generated by indoor light sources such as lamps, and outdoor light generated by outdoor light sources such as the sun and the sky. As mentioned above, in order to display the house object in the image user interface, the light and shade and lighting effects close to the real scene can be realized. The indoor light and outdoor light can be simulated and displayed separately.

具体地,可以针对所述房屋对象中的至少一个空间对象,获取所述至少一个空间对象的空间属性,所述空间属性包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述至少一个空间对象包含的窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的窗户信息中的至少一种。Specifically, for at least one space object in the house objects, the space attribute of the at least one space object may be acquired, where the space attribute includes size information of the area of the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space , at least one of the window information of the area of the window object contained in the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space.

在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用方法获取空间属性,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以获取用以构建三维房屋空间中相应至少一个空间对象的数据作为其空间属性,也可以获取在构建完成后的三维房屋空间中相应至少一个空间对象的数据作为其空间属性,等等。而且,在本发明实施例中也可以通过任何可用方式构建上述的三维房屋空间,对此本发明实施例也不加以限定。例如,可以基于目标房屋的2D户型图、3D户型图、全景图等数据中的至少一种构建目标房屋的三维房屋空间,等等。In this embodiment of the present invention, the spatial attribute may be acquired by any available method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. For example, the data used to construct the corresponding at least one spatial object in the three-dimensional house space can be obtained as its spatial attribute, and the data of the corresponding at least one spatial object in the three-dimensional house space after the construction can be obtained as its spatial attribute, and so on. Moreover, in this embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned three-dimensional house space may also be constructed in any available manner, which is not limited to this embodiment of the present invention. For example, a three-dimensional house space of the target house may be constructed based on at least one of data such as a 2D floor plan, a 3D floor plan, and a panoramic image of the target house, and so on.

其中的至少一个空间对象可以根据需求进行自定义设置,而且针对不同的空间对象,其真实场景的明暗及光线效果可以有所不同,因此不同空间对象,用以模拟真实场景的明暗及光线效果的方式也可以有所不同,具体的可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。而且,其中的尺寸信息可以包括空间对象在三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,也可以包括空间对象对应在目标房屋内实际的尺寸信息,等等。另外,尺寸信息可以包括空间对象中任一墙体对象、门框对象等任何结构体对象的尺寸信息,窗户信息则可以包括与窗户对象相关的任何信息,例如窗户对象所在位置、窗户对象的方位、窗户对象的尺寸信息、窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型、窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联,等等。具体地,在不同的应用场景中,空间对象的尺寸信息、窗户对象的窗户信息都可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。At least one of the space objects can be customized according to the needs, and for different space objects, the light and shade and light effects of the real scene can be different. Therefore, different space objects are used to simulate the light, shade and light effects of the real scene. The manners may also be different, and specific settings may be customized according to requirements, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Moreover, the size information therein may include size information of the area of the space object under the three-dimensional house space, and may also include actual size information corresponding to the space object in the target house, and so on. In addition, the size information may include the size information of any structural object such as any wall object, door frame object, etc. in the space object, and the window information may include any information related to the window object, such as the location of the window object, the orientation of the window object, The size information of the window object, the space type of the space object to which the window object belongs, whether the window object is associated with the balcony object, and so on. Specifically, in different application scenarios, the size information of the space object and the window information of the window object can be customized according to requirements, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.

在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用方法获取空间属性,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以获取用以构建三维房屋空间中相应至少一个空间对象的数据作为其空间属性,也可以获取在构建完成后的三维房屋空间中相应至少一个空间对象的数据作为其空间属性,等等。而且,在本发明实施例中也可以通过任何可用方式构建上述的三维房屋空间,对此本发明实施例也不加以限定。例如,可以基于目标房屋的2D户型图、3D户型图、全景图等数据中的至少一种构建目标房屋的三维房屋空间,等等。In this embodiment of the present invention, the spatial attribute may be acquired by any available method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. For example, the data used to construct the corresponding at least one spatial object in the three-dimensional house space can be obtained as its spatial attribute, and the data of the corresponding at least one spatial object in the three-dimensional house space after the construction can be obtained as its spatial attribute, and so on. Moreover, in this embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned three-dimensional house space may also be constructed in any available manner, which is not limited to this embodiment of the present invention. For example, a three-dimensional house space of the target house may be constructed based on at least one of data such as a 2D floor plan, a 3D floor plan, and a panoramic image of the target house, and so on.

而且,如上述真实环境下的明暗情况可以受到室内光源(例如吊灯)、室外光源(例如太阳光、天空光)的影响。那么在获取得到房屋对象中至少一个空间对象的空间属性之后,则可以根据其中包含的至少一个空间对象的尺寸信息,设置相应至少一个空间对象的室内光对象,和/或,根据其中包含的窗户信息,设置相应窗户对象的室外光对象。其中,室内光对象(例如上述的吊灯模型对象)用于模拟室内光源产生的光线,所述室外光对象用于模拟室外光源产生的光线。Moreover, the light and dark conditions in the real environment as described above may be affected by indoor light sources (eg, chandeliers) and outdoor light sources (eg, sunlight, sky light). Then, after obtaining the spatial attribute of at least one spatial object in the house object, the indoor light object of the corresponding at least one spatial object can be set according to the size information of the at least one spatial object contained therein, and/or, according to the window contained therein information to set the outdoor light object for the corresponding window object. Wherein, the indoor light object (for example, the above-mentioned chandelier model object) is used to simulate the light generated by the indoor light source, and the outdoor light object is used to simulate the light generated by the outdoor light source.

其中,在本发明实施例中,上述的室内光对象和室外光对象可以由任意一种可以模拟光源的算法生成,而且室内光对象的模拟算法、室外光对象的模拟算法可以有所不同,室内光对象的设置方式和室外光对象的设置方式也可以有所不同,具体的可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。而且,空间对象的室内光对象与相应空间对象的尺寸信息之间的关系,窗户对象的室外光对象与相应窗户对象的窗户信息之间的关系,均可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。In this embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned indoor light objects and outdoor light objects may be generated by any algorithm that can simulate light sources, and the simulation algorithms for indoor light objects and outdoor light objects may be different. The setting manner of the light object and the setting manner of the outdoor light object may also be different, and the specific setting may be customized according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Moreover, the relationship between the indoor light object of the space object and the size information of the corresponding space object, and the relationship between the outdoor light object of the window object and the window information of the corresponding window object can be customized according to the needs. The embodiments of the invention are not limited.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述室外光对象包括太阳光对象和天空光对象中的至少一种,所述窗户信息包括所述窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型、所述窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息、所述窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联中的至少一种,所述步骤150进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the outdoor light object includes at least one of a sun light object and a sky light object, and the window information includes the space type of the space object to which the window object belongs, the window object At least one of the size information of the area under the three-dimensional house space and whether the window object is associated with the balcony object, the step 150 may further include:

步骤151,针对每个所述窗户对象,根据所述窗户对象的尺寸信息,以及预设的天空光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,设置所述窗户对象的天空光对象;和/或,Step 151: For each of the window objects, set the sky light object of the window object according to the size information of the window object and the preset relative position parameters between the sky light object and the window object; and/or ,

步骤152,针对每个所述窗户对象,根据所述窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型、所述窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息、所述窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联,以及预设的太阳光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,设置所述窗户对象的太阳光对象。Step 152, for each of the window objects, according to the space type of the space object to which the window object belongs, the size information of the area of the window object under the three-dimensional house space, and whether the window object is associated with the balcony object, and a preset relative position parameter between the sun light object and the window object, to set the sun light object of the window object.

在真实场景中,房屋的室外光源产生光线可以包括太阳光、天空光等,因此在本发明实施例中,为了提高图像用户界面展示的三维房屋空间中的室外光源产生的光线效果与真实环境的贴近程度,可以分别针对每个窗户对象设置其天空光对象、太阳光对象中的至少一种。其中,天空光对象用于模拟天空漫反射产生的光线,太阳光对象用于模拟太阳产生的光线。In a real scene, the light generated by the outdoor light source of the house may include sunlight, sky light, etc. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present invention, in order to improve the light effect generated by the outdoor light source in the three-dimensional house space displayed by the image user interface and the real environment For the closeness, at least one of the sky light object and the sun light object can be set for each window object. Among them, the sky light object is used to simulate the light produced by the diffuse reflection of the sky, and the sun light object is used to simulate the light produced by the sun.

具体地,针对每个所述窗户对象,可以根据所述窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,以及预设的天空光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,设置所述窗户对象的天空光对象;和/或,根据所述窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型、所述窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息、所述窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联,以及预设的太阳光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,设置所述窗户对象的太阳光对象。Specifically, for each of the window objects, the setting of the The sky light object of the window object; and/or, according to the space type of the space object to which the window object belongs, the size information of the area of the window object under the three-dimensional house space, and whether the window object is associated with the balcony object, and a preset relative position parameter between the sun light object and the window object, to set the sun light object of the window object.

其中,窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,可以包括窗户对象在三维房屋空间下的区域的实时尺寸信息,以及窗户对象对应在目标房屋中的真实尺寸信息等任何与空间尺寸相关的信息;空间类型可以理解为空间对象的房间类型,例如包括上述的餐厅、卧室、客厅、玄关、厨房、洗手间等等,当然在本发明实施例中,也可以根据具体的���用场景设置空间类型,���此本发明实施例���加以限定。Wherein, the size information of the area of the window object under the three-dimensional house space may include real-time size information of the area of the window object under the three-dimensional house space, and the real size information of the window object corresponding to the target house, etc. Relevant information; the space type can be understood as the room type of the space object, for example, including the above-mentioned dining room, bedroom, living room, entrance, kitchen, toilet, etc. Of course, in the embodiment of the present invention, the space can also be set according to specific application scenarios. type, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

天空光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,以及太阳光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,也均可以根据需求以及具体的应用场景等进行预先设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。The relative position parameters between the sky light object and the window object, as well as the relative position parameters between the sun light object and the window object, can also be preset according to requirements and specific application scenarios, which are not included in this embodiment of the present invention. limited.

而且,在实际应用中,同一房屋对象中可以包含多个窗户对象,而且各个窗户对象的朝向并不完全一致,也即其中可能存在部分窗户对象朝向太阳,而另一部分窗户对象背向太阳,因此为了实现接近真实场景的明暗及光线效果,在设置窗户对象的太阳光对象时,可以存在部分窗户对象无需设置太阳光对象,而仅对其中部分窗户对象设置太阳光对象,等等。而且,在选定需要设置太阳光对象的窗户对象时,可以参照每个窗户对象对应在目标房屋中的实际方位,也可以根据各个窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联,以及不同空间类型的优先级,确定需要设置太阳光对象的窗户对象。Moreover, in practical applications, the same house object may contain multiple window objects, and the orientation of each window object is not exactly the same, that is, some window objects may face the sun, and some window objects may face away from the sun, so In order to achieve light and shade and light effects close to the real scene, when setting the sun light object of the window object, there may be some window objects that do not need to set the sun light object, but only set the sun light object for some of the window objects, and so on. Moreover, when selecting the window objects that need to set the sun light object, you can refer to the actual orientation of each window object in the target house, or whether each window object is associated with the balcony object, and the priority of different space types, Determines the window object for which the sun object needs to be set.

例如,可以设置选定需要设置太阳光对象的窗户对象的原则包括以下内容:1、优先选定关联有阳台对象的窗户对象作为朝向太阳光的窗户对象,其次选定空间类型为卧室的空间对象中的窗户对象作为朝向太阳光的窗户对象,2、与步骤1中朝向太阳光的的窗户对象同一侧的窗户对象或存在30°之内的容差值的窗户对象,设置太阳光对象,3、当空间对象有多个窗户对象的时候,只选在和朝向太阳光方向一致或接近一致的其中一个窗户对象设置太阳光对象;等等。而且,在选定需要设置太阳光对象的窗户对象之后,设置相应窗户对象的太阳光对象时,则根据窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,以及太阳光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,确定相应窗户对象对应的太阳光对象在三维房屋空间下的位置。For example, you can set the principles for selecting the window object that needs to be set as the sun light object, including the following: 1. First select the window object associated with the balcony object as the window object facing the sun, and secondly select the space object whose space type is bedroom The window object in step 1 is used as the window object facing the sun light, 2. The window object on the same side as the window object facing the sun light in step 1 or the window object with the tolerance value within 30°, set the sun light object, 3 , When the space object has multiple window objects, select only one of the window objects that is in the same or close to the same direction as the sun and set the sun object; and so on. Moreover, after selecting the window object for which the sun light object needs to be set, when setting the sun light object of the corresponding window object, according to the size information of the area of the window object under the three-dimensional house space and the relationship between the sun light object and the window object The relative position parameters between the two objects determine the position of the sunlight object corresponding to the corresponding window object in the three-dimensional house space.

相应地,在设置窗户对象的天空光对象时,也可以根据窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,以及天空光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,确定相应窗户对象对应的天空光对象在三维房屋空间下的位置。Correspondingly, when setting the sky light object of the window object, the corresponding window object can also be determined according to the size information of the area of the window object under the three-dimensional house space and the relative position parameters between the sky light object and the window object. The position of the skylight object under the 3D house space.

而且,在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用方法模拟产生上述的太阳光对象和天空光对象,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以通过平行灯模拟对象、聚光灯模拟对象、泛光灯模拟对象等任何灯具模拟算法模拟太阳光对象,可以通过面光源模拟天空光对象,等等。Moreover, in this embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned sun light object and sky light object may be simulated and generated by any available method, which is not limited to this embodiment of the present invention. For example, a sun light object can be simulated by any lighting simulation algorithm such as a parallel light simulation object, a spot light simulation object, a flood light simulation object, etc., a sky light object can be simulated by an area light source, and so on.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述步骤152进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the step 152 may further include:

步骤1521,根据所述窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型、所述窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联,获取需要设置太阳光对象的目标窗户对象;Step 1521, according to the space type of the space object to which the window object belongs, and whether the window object is associated with the balcony object, obtain the target window object that needs to set the sun light object;

步骤1522,针对每个所述目标窗户对象,根据所述目标窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,以及预设的太阳光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,设置所述目标窗户对象的太阳光对象。Step 1522, for each of the target window objects, according to the size information of the area of the target window object under the three-dimensional house space, and the preset relative position parameters between the sun light object and the window object, set all the target window objects. The sun object that describes the target window object.

如上述,在实际应用中,同一房屋对象中可以包含多个窗户对象,而且各个窗户对象的朝向并不完全一致,也即其中可能存在部分窗户对象朝向太阳,而另一部分窗户对象背向太阳,因此为了实现接近真实场景的明暗及光线效果,在设置窗户对象的太阳光对象时,可以存在部分窗户对象无需设置太阳光对象,而仅对其中部分窗户对象设置太阳光对象,等等。As mentioned above, in practical applications, the same house object may contain multiple window objects, and the orientation of each window object is not exactly the same, that is, some window objects may face the sun, and some window objects may face away from the sun. Therefore, in order to achieve light and shade and light effects close to the real scene, when setting the sun light object of the window object, there may be some window objects that do not need to set the sun light object, but only set the sun light object for some of the window objects, and so on.

那么此时优选地可以根据每个所述窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型、所述窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联,获取需要设置太阳光对象的目标窗户对象;进而可以针对每个所述目标窗户对象,根据所述目标窗户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,以及预设的太阳光对象与窗户对象之间的相对位置参数,设置所述目标窗户对象的太阳光对象。At this time, it is preferable to obtain the target window object for which the sun light object needs to be set according to the space type of the space object to which each of the window objects belongs and whether the window object is associated with the balcony object; and then for each of the target windows object, according to the size information of the area of the target window object under the three-dimensional house space and the preset relative position parameters between the sun light object and the window object, set the sun light object of the target window object.

其中,在选定目标窗户对象时,设置的选定原则与窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型、所述窗户对象是否与阳台对象关联之间的关系可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此��发明实施例不加以限定。Wherein, when the target window object is selected, the relationship between the set selection principle, the space type of the space object to which the window object belongs, and whether the window object is associated with the balcony object can be customized according to requirements. Examples are not limited.

例如,可以设置选定原则包括以下内容:1、优先选定关联有阳台对象的窗户对象作为朝向太阳光的窗户对象,其次选定空间类型为卧室的空间对象中的窗户对象作为朝向太阳光的窗户对象,2、与步骤1中朝向太阳光的的窗户对象同一侧的窗户对象或存在30°之内的容差值的窗户对象,设置太阳光对象,3、当空间对象有多个窗户对象的时候,只选在和朝向太阳光方向一致或接近一致的其中一个窗户对象设置太阳光对象;等等。For example, the selection principle can be set to include the following: 1. First select the window object associated with the balcony object as the window object facing the sun, and secondly select the window object in the space object whose space type is bedroom as the window object facing the sun. Window object, 2. A window object on the same side as the window object facing the sun in step 1 or a window object with a tolerance value within 30°, set the sun object, 3. When the space object has multiple window objects , only select one of the window objects that is in the same or nearly the same direction as the sun, and set the sun object; and so on.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述步骤1521进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the step 1521 may further include:

步骤T1,提取所述至少一个空间对象中关联有阳台对象的窗户对象,得到第一窗户对象;Step T1, extracting the window object associated with the balcony object in the at least one space object to obtain the first window object;

步骤T2,如果所述第一窗户对象的数量为1,以所述第一窗户对象为参照窗户对象;Step T2, if the number of the first window object is 1, take the first window object as a reference window object;

步骤T3,如果所述第一窗户对象的数量大于1,根据所述第一窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型,以及预设的空间类型的优先级,获取优先级最高的第一窗户对象为参照窗户对象;Step T3, if the number of the first window objects is greater than 1, according to the space type of the space object to which the first window object belongs, and the priority of the preset space type, obtain the first window object with the highest priority as a reference. window object;

步骤T4,如果所述第一窗户对象的数量为0,根据每个所述窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型,以及预设的空间类型的优先级,获取优先级最高的窗户对象为参照窗户对象;Step T4, if the number of the first window objects is 0, according to the space type of the space object to which each of the window objects belongs, and the priority of the preset space type, obtain the window object with the highest priority as the reference window object. ;

步骤T5,以所述参照窗户对象作为目标窗户对象,同时获取与所述参照窗户对象的朝向偏差在预设容差值之内的窗户对象,作为目标窗户对象。Step T5, taking the reference window object as the target window object, and simultaneously acquiring window objects whose orientation deviation from the reference window object is within a preset tolerance value as the target window object.

在本发明实施例中,在选定目标窗户对象时,可以先确定其中一个窗户对象作为参照对象,进而选定与参照对象的朝向偏差在预设容差值之内的窗户对象,作为目标窗户对象,同时也可以将参照窗户对象作为一个目标窗户对象。也即,目标窗户对象可以包括参照窗户对象,以及与参照窗户对象的朝向偏差在预设容差值之内的窗户对象。In this embodiment of the present invention, when a target window object is selected, one of the window objects may be first determined as a reference object, and then a window object whose orientation deviation from the reference object is within a preset tolerance value may be selected as the target window object, and the reference window object can also be used as a target window object. That is, the target window object may include a reference window object, and a window object whose orientation deviation from the reference window object is within a preset tolerance value.

其中,预设容差值可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以设置预设容差值为30°,等等。Wherein, the preset tolerance value can be customized according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. For example, a preset tolerance value of 30° can be set, and so on.

而且,在选定参照窗户对象时,可以优先考虑关联有阳台对象的窗户对象。具体地,可以提取所述至少一个空间对象中关联有阳台对象的窗户对象,得到第一窗户对象,进而统计第一窗户对象的数量,如果所述第一窗户对象的数量为1,则可以直接以所述第一窗户对象为参照窗户对象;而如果所述第一窗户对象的数量大于1,则需要进一步根据每个所述第一窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型,以及预设的空间类型的优先级,获取优先级最高的第一窗户对象为参照窗户对象;而如果所述第一窗户对象的数量为0,则需要进一步根据每个所述窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型,以及预设的空间类型的优先级,获取优先级最高的窗户对象为参照窗户对象。Also, when a reference window object is selected, preference can be given to window objects with associated balcony objects. Specifically, the window object associated with the balcony object in the at least one space object can be extracted to obtain the first window object, and then the number of the first window object can be counted. If the number of the first window object is 1, it can be directly Taking the first window object as a reference window object; and if the number of the first window objects is greater than 1, it is necessary to further base on the space type of the space object to which each of the first window objects belongs, and the preset space type The priority of obtaining the first window object with the highest priority is the reference window object; and if the number of the first window objects is 0, it needs to be further based on the space type of the space object to which each of the window objects belongs, and the preset Set the priority of the space type, and get the window object with the highest priority as the reference window object.

其中,空间类型的优先级可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以设置空间类型的优先级依次为客厅、主卧、次卧、餐厅、洗手间,等等。Wherein, the priority of the space type can be customized and set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. For example, the priority of space types can be set as living room, master bedroom, secondary bedroom, dining room, bathroom, and so on.

例如,假设第一窗户对象的数量为3,且各个第一窗户对象所属空间对象的空间类型依次为客厅、主卧、洗手间,那么此时则可以从中选择优先级最高的窗户对象,也即空间类型为客厅的空间对象中的第一窗户对象为参照窗户对象。For example, assuming that the number of first window objects is 3, and the space types of the space objects to which each first window object belongs are the living room, master bedroom, and bathroom, then the window object with the highest priority can be selected, that is, the space. The first window object in the space object whose type is living room is the reference window object.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述窗户信息���包括所述窗户对象的实际方位,所述步骤1521,进一步可以包括:根据所述窗户对象的实际方位,获取实际方位在预设方位范围内的窗户对象,作为所述目标窗户对象。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the window information further includes the actual orientation of the window object, and the step 1521 may further include: obtaining the actual orientation at a preset orientation according to the actual orientation of the window object The window object within the scope, as the target window object.

如果窗户信息还包括所述窗户对象在真实环境下的实际方位,此时为了能够在模拟房屋真实环境下的明暗程度的同时方便用户感知房屋对象中各个窗户对象的真实方位,则可以参照各个窗户对象的实际方位,选定需要设置太阳光对象的目标窗户对象。具体地,可以根据所述窗户对象的实际方位,获取实际方位在预设方位范围内的窗户对象,作为所述目标窗户对象。其中的预设方位范围可以根据需求进行预先设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。If the window information also includes the actual position of the window object in the real environment, at this time, in order to facilitate the user to perceive the real position of each window object in the house object while simulating the brightness in the real environment of the house, you can refer to each window The actual orientation of the object, select the target window object that needs to set the sun light object. Specifically, according to the actual orientation of the window object, a window object whose actual orientation is within a preset orientation range may be acquired as the target window object. The preset azimuth range may be preset according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

例如,可以设置预设方位范围为正南方向、正东方向、与正南方向的方位偏差在第一角度范围内的方位、与正东方向的方位偏差在第二角度范围内的方位,等等。For example, the preset azimuth range can be set to be due south, due east, azimuths whose azimuth deviation from due south is within a first angular range, and azimuths whose azimuth deviation from due east is within a second angular range, etc. Wait.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,每个窗户对象对应于一个天空光对象,且所述天空光对象与其对应的窗户对象的水平距离为第一预设距离,所述天空光对象与所述窗户对象的夹角为0°,所述天空光对象的中心点与所述窗户对象的中心点的连线与所述房屋对象的底部平行;所述天空光对象为朝向室内的面光源模拟对象,所述面光源模拟对象的面积为其对应的窗户对象的面积的预设比例,所述面光源模拟对象的颜色值为E8F4FF,强度为70W(瓦特),高光值为0;所述预设比例为90%,所述第一预设距离为150毫米,或者也可以设置第一预设距离为100mm。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, each window object corresponds to a sky light object, and the horizontal distance between the sky light object and its corresponding window object is a first preset distance, and the sky light object is The included angle of the window object is 0°, and the line connecting the center point of the sky light object and the center point of the window object is parallel to the bottom of the house object; the sky light object is a simulation of a surface light source facing indoors object, the area of the surface light source simulation object is the preset ratio of the area of the corresponding window object, the color value of the surface light source simulation object is E8F4FF, the intensity is 70W (Watt), and the highlight value is 0; The ratio is set to 90%, and the first preset distance is 150 mm, or the first preset distance can also be set to 100 mm.

所述太阳光对象与其对应的窗户对象的水平距离为第二预设距离,所述太阳光对象距离所述房屋对象底部的垂直距离为第三预设距离;所述太阳光对象的照射方向为水平向下旋转预设角度;所述太阳光对象为朝向室内的聚光灯模拟对象,所述聚光灯模拟对象的光斑辐射角度为所述窗户对象中间距最长的两个点(例如窗户对象的边框中最长对角线的两个端点)和所述聚光灯模拟对象形成的夹角度数(该夹角的顶点为聚光灯模拟对象所在位置),所述聚光灯模拟对象的颜色值为FFEBCC,强度为15000W,高光值为0,阴影模糊半径为0.25米,光线边缘的模糊值为0.15;所述第二预设距离为4200毫米,所述第三预设距离为6600毫米,所述预设角度为55°。The horizontal distance between the sun light object and its corresponding window object is a second preset distance, and the vertical distance between the sun light object and the bottom of the house object is a third preset distance; the irradiation direction of the sun light object is Rotate down a preset angle horizontally; the sun light object is a spotlight simulation object facing indoors, and the spot radiation angle of the spotlight simulation object is the two points with the longest distance in the window object (for example, in the frame of the window object The two endpoints of the longest diagonal line) and the angle formed by the spotlight simulation object (the vertex of the included angle is the location of the spotlight simulation object), the color value of the spotlight simulation object is FFEBCC, and the intensity is 15000W, The highlight value is 0, the shadow blur radius is 0.25 meters, and the blur value of the light edge is 0.15; the second preset distance is 4200 mm, the third preset distance is 6600 mm, and the preset angle is 55° .

其中,阴影模糊半径可以表征阴影的模糊程度,如果其值为0时,表示阴影不具有模糊效果,其值越大阴影的边缘就越模糊;高光指光源照射到物体然后反射到人的眼睛里时,物体上最亮的那个点就是高光,高光不是光,而是物体上最亮的部分。光线边缘的模糊值表征光线边缘的模糊程度。光斑辐射角度可以表征聚光灯模拟对象产生的光斑的最大辐射角度。而且,上述的第一预设距离为在目标房屋的真实场景下,天空光对象与其对应的窗户对象的水平距离,在构建目标房屋的房屋对象时,则可以参照第一预设距离,在房屋对象的相应位置处构建相应的天空光对象;当然在本发明实施例中,也可以根据三维房屋空间设置第一预设距离为三维房屋空间中的距离,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。而且,第二预设距离、第三预设距离也与上述第一预设距离类似,在此不加以赘述。Among them, the shadow blur radius can represent the blurring degree of the shadow. If its value is 0, it means that the shadow does not have a blurring effect. The larger the value, the more blurred the edge of the shadow; the highlight refers to the light source shining on the object and then reflecting into the human eye. When , the brightest point on the object is the highlight, and the highlight is not the light, but the brightest part of the object. The blurring value of the ray edge represents the blurring degree of the ray edge. The spot radiation angle can characterize the maximum radiation angle of the spot generated by the spotlight simulation object. Moreover, the above-mentioned first preset distance is the horizontal distance between the sky light object and its corresponding window object in the real scene of the target house. When constructing the house object of the target house, the first preset distance can be referred to. A corresponding sky light object is constructed at the corresponding position of the object; of course, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first preset distance may also be set as the distance in the three-dimensional house space according to the three-dimensional house space, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. Moreover, the second preset distance and the third preset distance are also similar to the above-mentioned first preset distance, and will not be repeated here.

其外,在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用模拟算法实现上述的面光源模拟对象、聚光灯模拟对象,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。而且,在设置面光源模拟对象、聚光灯模拟对象时,还可以针对性地设置其是否产生阴影,并且通过设置上述的阴影模糊半径,以设置所产生阴影的模糊程度。In addition, in this embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned surface light source simulation object and spotlight simulation object may be implemented by any available simulation algorithm, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Moreover, when setting the surface light source simulation object and the spotlight simulation object, it is also possible to specifically set whether it produces shadows, and by setting the above-mentioned shadow blur radius, to set the blur degree of the generated shadows.

如图10A所示为一种针对窗户对象设置太阳光对象的示意图,如图10B为一种针对窗户对象设置天空光对象的示意图。FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of setting a sun light object for a window object, and FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of setting a sky light object for a window object.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述步骤140进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the step 140 may further include:

步骤141,根据所述尺寸信息,识别所述至少一个空间对象顶部的矩形区域,并获取每个所述矩形区域的尺寸信息;Step 141, according to the size information, identify the rectangular area on top of the at least one spatial object, and obtain the size information of each of the rectangular areas;

步骤142,针对每个所述矩形区域,根据所述矩形区域的尺寸信息,通过预设的透明矩形标尺填充所述矩形区域,并在每个所述透明矩形标尺的中心位置设置一个室内光对象。Step 142, for each rectangular area, fill the rectangular area with a preset transparent rectangular ruler according to the size information of the rectangular area, and set an indoor light object at the center of each transparent rectangular ruler .

为了模拟空间对象中室内光源产生灯光的漫反射,均衡室内各处的明暗平衡度,则可以根据所述尺寸信息,识别所述至少一个空间对象顶部的矩形区域,并获取每个所述矩形区域的尺寸信息,进而则可以针对识别得到的每个矩形区域,根据矩形区域的尺寸信息,通过预设的透明矩形标尺填充相应的矩形区域,并在每个所述透明矩形标尺的中心位置设置一个室内光对象。In order to simulate the diffuse reflection of the light generated by the indoor light source in the space object and balance the light and dark balance in all parts of the room, the rectangular area at the top of the at least one space object can be identified according to the size information, and each rectangular area can be obtained. Then, according to the size information of the rectangular area, the corresponding rectangular area can be filled with a preset transparent rectangular ruler for each identified rectangular area, and a transparent rectangular ruler can be set at the center of each transparent rectangular ruler. Indoor light objects.

而且,在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用方式识别空间对象顶部的矩形区域,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。而且在通过透明矩形标尺填充矩形区域时,可以从矩形区域中的一个角开始,依次填充透明矩形标尺,直至填满相应矩形区域且未溢出,而且各个透明矩形标尺之间互不重合,相邻透明矩形标尺之间无间隙。其中,透明矩形标尺的具体尺寸可以根据需求进行自定义设置,而且不同空间对象的透明矩形标尺的具体尺寸可以有所不同,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以设置透明矩形标尺��长���为3000mm(毫米)的���方形,此时该透明矩形标尺的尺寸为真实场景下的尺寸,在填充矩形区域时,则可以根据矩形区域的尺寸信息,对透明矩形标尺进行相应缩放,以填充矩形区域。而且,填充透明矩形标尺的起始位置也可以根据需求进行自定义设置,或者是随机设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。Moreover, in this embodiment of the present invention, the rectangular area at the top of the spatial object may be identified in any available manner, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Moreover, when filling a rectangular area with a transparent rectangular ruler, you can start from one corner of the rectangular area and fill the transparent rectangular ruler in turn until the corresponding rectangular area is filled without overflowing, and the transparent rectangular rulers do not overlap each other and are adjacent to each other. There are no gaps between transparent rectangular rulers. The specific size of the transparent rectangular ruler can be customized according to requirements, and the specific size of the transparent rectangular ruler of different spatial objects may be different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. For example, you can set the transparent rectangle ruler to be a square with a length of 3000mm (millimeters). At this time, the size of the transparent rectangle ruler is the size of the real scene. When filling the rectangle area, you can use the size information of the rectangle area. The ruler scales accordingly to fill the rectangular area. Moreover, the starting position of the filled transparent rectangular ruler can also be customized according to requirements, or set randomly, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.

例如,假设透明矩形标尺为长度为3000mm的正方形,且矩形区域的尺寸信息中包括矩形区域在真实场景下的尺寸为5000mm*4000mm,那么此时该矩形区域内仅能填充一个透明矩形标尺,并在相应透明矩形标尺的中心位置设置一个室内光对象。For example, assuming that the transparent rectangular ruler is a square with a length of 3000mm, and the size information of the rectangular area includes that the size of the rectangular area in the real scene is 5000mm*4000mm, then only one transparent rectangular ruler can be filled in the rectangular area at this time, and Sets an indoor light object at the center of the corresponding transparent rectangle ruler.

或者,在本发明实施例中,也可以设置如果矩形区域中仅能填充一个透明矩形标尺,则可以直接在矩形区域的中心位置设置一个室内光对象。Alternatively, in this embodiment of the present invention, if only one transparent rectangular ruler can be filled in the rectangular area, an indoor light object may be directly set at the center of the rectangular area.

另外,在本发明实施例中,也可以不通过透明矩形标尺填充矩形区域,而是直接根据透明矩形标尺对矩形区域进行划分,并对划分得到的每个子区域的中心位置设置一个室内光对象。相应地,如果对矩形区域进行划分后得到的子区域的数量为1,也可以直接在矩形区域的中心位置设置一个室内光对象。In addition, in this embodiment of the present invention, instead of filling the rectangular area with a transparent rectangular ruler, the rectangular area may be directly divided according to the transparent rectangular ruler, and an indoor light object is set at the center of each sub-area obtained by division. Correspondingly, if the number of sub-areas obtained by dividing the rectangular area is 1, an indoor light object may also be directly set at the center of the rectangular area.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述室内光对象距离所述空间对象顶部的距离为第四预设距离;所述第四预设距离为10毫米,或者也可以设置第一预设距离为1毫米等等,所述透明矩形标尺为���长为3000毫米的正方形;所述室内光对象为朝向地面的聚光灯模拟对象,所述聚光灯模拟对象的颜色值为FFF0DF,强度为15W,高光值为0.1,阴影模糊半径为0.34米,光斑辐射角度为180°,光线边缘的模糊值为0.3。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the distance between the indoor light object and the top of the space object is a fourth preset distance; the fourth preset distance is 10 mm, or a first preset distance may also be set The distance is 1 mm, etc., the transparent rectangular ruler is a square with a side length of 3000 mm; the indoor light object is a spotlight simulation object facing the ground, the color value of the spotlight simulation object is FFF0DF, the intensity is 15W, and the highlight The value is 0.1, the shadow blur radius is 0.34 meters, the flare angle is 180°, and the blur value for the ray edge is 0.3.

相应地,上述的第四预设距离可以参照上述的第一预设距离,在此不加以赘述。如图10C为一种在空间对象设置室内光对象的示意图。Correspondingly, the above-mentioned fourth preset distance may refer to the above-mentioned first preset distance, which will not be repeated here. FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of setting an indoor light object in a space object.

参照图2,在本发明实施例中,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象中包含的吊顶对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述方法还可以包括:Referring to FIG. 2 , in this embodiment of the present invention, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the suspended ceiling object included in the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the method may further include:

步骤160,根据所述空间属性,确定所述至少一个空间对象的筒灯位置数据;Step 160: Determine the downlight position data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute;

步骤170,在所述至少一个空间对象中,按照所述筒灯位置数据设置筒灯对象,所述筒灯对象用于模拟产生补充光线。Step 170: In the at least one space object, set a downlight object according to the downlight position data, and the downlight object is used to simulate and generate supplementary light.

在本发明实施例中,还可以在虚拟的三维房屋空间中设置筒灯对象以进行适当补光,以提升虚拟装修的灯光效果及视觉效果。In the embodiment of the present invention, a downlight object can also be set in the virtual three-dimensional house space to perform appropriate fill light, so as to improve the lighting effect and visual effect of the virtual decoration.

其中的针对不同的空间对象,其真实场景的明暗及光线效果可以有所不同,因此针对不同的空间对象,用以补光的筒灯对象的放置方式也可以有所不同,具体的可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。因此,在本发明实施例中,在获取得到房屋对象中至少一个空间对象的空间属性之后,则可以进一步根据所述空间属性,确定相应地至少一个空间对象的筒灯位置数据。具体地,可以根据每个空间对象的空间属性,确定相应空间对象的筒灯位置数据。其中,空间对象的筒灯位置的确定规则可以根据需求进行自定义设置,而且不同���间对象的确定规则可以有所不同,当然也可以相同,对此本发明实施例均不加以限定。而且,筒灯对象可以位于墙体对象表面,也可以位于吊顶对象表面等等任何位置,对此本发明实施例也不加以限定。Among them, for different space objects, the light and shade and light effects of the real scene can be different. Therefore, for different space objects, the placement of the downlight objects used for fill light can also be different. Perform custom settings, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present invention, after obtaining the spatial attribute of at least one spatial object in the house object, the downlight position data of the corresponding at least one spatial object can be further determined according to the spatial attribute. Specifically, the downlight position data of the corresponding spatial object can be determined according to the spatial attribute of each spatial object. Wherein, the determination rule of the downlight position of the space object can be customized according to requirements, and the determination rule of different space objects may be different, and of course they may be the same, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present invention. Moreover, the downlight object may be located on the surface of the wall object, or may be located at any position such as the surface of the ceiling object, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

在确定筒灯位置数据之后,则可以在相应的至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间的所在区域中,按照筒灯位置数据设置筒灯对象,所述筒灯对象用于模拟产生补充光线。After the downlight position data is determined, a downlight object can be set according to the downlight position data in the area where the corresponding at least one spatial object is located in the three-dimensional house space, and the downlight object is used to simulate and generate supplementary light.

其中,在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用方式模拟产生筒灯对象,而且筒灯对象的参数也可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以通过平行灯模拟对象、泛光灯模拟对象、聚光灯模拟对象等灯具的模拟算法模拟产生筒灯对象,等等。Wherein, in the embodiment of the present invention, the downlight object can be simulated and generated in any available manner, and the parameters of the downlight object can also be customized according to requirements, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. For example, downlight objects can be generated by simulating the simulation algorithm of lamps such as parallel light simulation objects, flood light simulation objects, spotlight simulation objects, etc., and so on.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述空间属性包括所述至少一个空间对象中包含的吊顶对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述步骤160进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the space attribute includes size information of the area of the suspended ceiling object included in the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the step 160 may further include:

步骤161,针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,根据所述空间对象中包含的吊顶对象的尺寸信息,获取所述空间对象的筒灯位置数据,所述吊顶对象中包括至少一条吊顶边对象。Step 161: For each space object in the at least one space object, acquire downlight position data of the space object according to the size information of the ceiling object included in the space object, where the ceiling object includes at least one Ceiling edge object.

在实际应用中,为了实现均衡补光且避免筒灯对象占用过多空间,可以在空间对象顶部的吊顶对象中设置筒灯对象,那么此时则可以针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,根据所述空间对象中包含的吊顶对象的尺寸信息,确定相应空间对象的筒灯位置数据,所述吊顶对象中包括至少一条吊顶边对象。In practical applications, in order to achieve balanced fill light and prevent the downlight object from occupying too much space, a downlight object can be set in the ceiling object on top of the space object, then at this time, each of the at least one space object can be The space object determines downlight position data of the corresponding space object according to the size information of the ceiling object included in the space object, and the ceiling object includes at least one ceiling edge object.

而且在实际应用中,吊顶对象中一般包括多条吊顶边对象,例如吊顶对象一般为矩形框,该矩形框中每条边即为一个吊顶边对象。而且在获取筒灯位置数据时,可以吊顶对象为单位,获取每个吊顶对象的筒灯位置数据,也可以进一步以吊顶边对象为单位,获取每个吊顶边对象的筒灯位置数据,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。Moreover, in practical applications, the ceiling object generally includes a plurality of ceiling edge objects. For example, the ceiling object is generally a rectangular frame, and each side of the rectangular frame is a ceiling edge object. Moreover, when acquiring the downlight position data, the downlight position data of each ceiling object can be obtained in units of ceiling objects, and the downlight position data of each ceiling side object can also be obtained in units of ceiling edge objects. The embodiments of the present invention are not limited.

例如,针对每个吊顶对象,可以先确定其中每个拐角对应的筒灯位置,进而根据相邻筒灯对象之间的相对位置条件,以及吊顶对象的尺寸信息,确定其他的筒灯位置,从而得到吊顶对象的筒灯位置数据;或者,也可以针对每个吊顶边对象,确定其每端对应的筒灯位置,进而根据相邻筒灯对象之间的相对位置条件,以及吊顶对象的尺寸信息,确定其他的筒灯位置,从而得到吊顶边对象的筒灯位置数据;等等。其中的相对位置条件可以根据需求进行自定义设置,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如可以设置相对位置条件为同一吊顶边对象中相邻两个筒灯对象的间距在1000mm(毫米)至1500mm之间,等等。For example, for each ceiling object, the downlight position corresponding to each corner can be determined first, and then other downlight positions can be determined according to the relative position conditions between adjacent downlight objects and the size information of the ceiling object, thereby Obtain the downlight position data of the ceiling object; or, for each ceiling edge object, determine the downlight position corresponding to each end, and then according to the relative position conditions between adjacent downlight objects and the size information of the ceiling object , determine other downlight positions, so as to obtain the downlight position data of the ceiling edge object; and so on. The relative position condition can be customized according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. For example, the relative position condition can be set such that the distance between two adjacent downlight objects in the same ceiling edge object is between 1000mm (millimeters) and 1500mm, and so on.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述空间属性中还包括所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,所述家具布局数据包括至少一个家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息,所述步骤161进一步可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the space attribute further includes furniture layout data of the at least one space object, and the furniture layout data includes at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object. , the step 161 may further include:

步骤1611,针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,根据所述空间对象的家具布局数据,获取目标背景墙对象顶部的吊顶边对象;其中,所述目标背景墙对象为目标家具模型对象对应的背景墙对象,所述目标家具模型对象包括沙发模型对象、电视模型对象、床模型对象中的至少一种。Step 1611, for each space object in the at least one space object, according to the furniture layout data of the space object, obtain the ceiling edge object on top of the target background wall object; wherein, the target background wall object is the target furniture model The background wall object corresponding to the object, the target furniture model object includes at least one of a sofa model object, a TV model object, and a bed model object.

步骤1612,针对所述目标背景墙对象顶部的吊顶边对象,根据所述吊顶边对象的尺寸信息,获取所述空间对象的筒灯位置数据。Step 1612, for the ceiling edge object on top of the target background wall object, obtain the downlight position data of the space object according to the size information of the ceiling edge object.

在实际应用中,为了使得补光效果能够更加贴近用户的视觉需求,可以仅对其中沙发墙、电视墙、床头墙等部分位置或者部分区域进行补光。此时获取得到的空间属性中还可以包括相应至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,所述家具布局数据包括至少一个家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息。从而可以根据家具布局数据,获取目标家具模型对象对应的目标背景墙对象,进而仅针对目标背景墙顶部的吊顶边对象设置筒灯对象,也即可以针对目标背景墙顶部的吊顶边对象,获取筒灯位置数据。In practical applications, in order to make the fill light effect closer to the user's visual needs, fill light can be performed only on some positions or areas of the sofa wall, TV wall, bedside wall, etc. The space attribute obtained at this time may further include furniture layout data corresponding to at least one space object, and the furniture layout data includes at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object. Therefore, according to the furniture layout data, the target background wall object corresponding to the target furniture model object can be obtained, and then the downlight object can be set only for the ceiling edge object at the top of the target background wall, that is, the tube can be obtained for the ceiling edge object at the top of the target background wall. Lamp position data.

其中,空间对象的家具布局数据可以根据需求进行自定义设置,例如可以预先针对每个空间对象设置至少一个家具布局模板,以及每个家具布局模板的适配条件,进而则可以根据每个空间对象的尺寸信息,确定其适配的家具布局模板,获取与相应的家具布局模板对应的家具布局数据;或者,也可以由相关用户自定义设置每个空间对象的家具布局数据;等等。Among them, the furniture layout data of the space object can be customized according to requirements. For example, at least one furniture layout template can be set for each space object in advance, and the adaptation conditions of each furniture layout template can be set according to each space object. The size information of the corresponding furniture layout template is determined, and the furniture layout data corresponding to the corresponding furniture layout template is obtained; alternatively, the furniture layout data of each spatial object can also be customized by the relevant user; and so on.

相应地,则可以针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,根据所述空间对象的家具布局数据,获取目标背景墙对象顶部的吊顶边对象。进而针对所述目标背景墙对象顶部的吊顶边对象,根据所述吊顶边对象的尺寸信息,获取所述空间对象的筒灯位置数据。Correspondingly, for each space object in the at least one space object, the ceiling edge object on top of the target background wall object may be acquired according to the furniture layout data of the space object. Further, for the ceiling edge object on the top of the target background wall object, the downlight position data of the space object is acquired according to the size information of the ceiling edge object.

其中,所述目标背景墙对象为目标家具模型对象对应的背景墙对象,所述目标家具模型对象包括沙发模型对象、电视模型对象、床模型对象中的至少一种。The target background wall object is a background wall object corresponding to the target furniture model object, and the target furniture model object includes at least one of a sofa model object, a TV model object, and a bed model object.

另外,在本发明实施例中,在选定目标背景墙对象时,可以通过排除法,排除其中包含门对象、窗户对象、开放空间对象等墙体对象,而将其他未被排除的墙体对象作为目标背景墙对象,等等。In addition, in this embodiment of the present invention, when the target background wall object is selected, the exclusion method can be used to exclude wall objects including door objects, window objects, and open space objects, and other wall objects that are not excluded can be excluded. as a target background wall object, etc.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,在根据吊顶对象的尺寸信息,获取所述空间对象的筒灯位置数据,和/或根据所述吊顶边对象的尺寸信息,获取所述空间对象的筒灯位置数据时,具体可以通过以下方式:根据所述吊顶边对象的尺寸信息,以及预设的筒灯间距条件,确定所述吊顶边对象的筒灯位置数据;其中,任意相邻两个筒灯对象之��的间距相同,每个筒灯对象距离其所在吊顶边对象两侧的距离相同,筒灯对象按照整个吊顶边对象的长度居中摆放,且所述筒灯对象的顶部与所述吊顶边对象的底部对齐。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, the downlight position data of the space object is obtained according to the size information of the ceiling object, and/or the tube of the space object is obtained according to the size information of the ceiling side object. In the case of lamp position data, the following methods may be used: according to the size information of the ceiling-side object and the preset downlight spacing condition, determine the downlight position data of the ceiling-side object; wherein, any two adjacent tubes are The distance between the lamp objects is the same, each downlight object is at the same distance from both sides of the ceiling edge object where it is located, the downlight objects are placed in the center according to the length of the entire ceiling edge object, and the top of the downlight object is the same as the The bottom of the ceiling edge object is aligned.

在本发明实施例中,为了通过各个筒灯对象的打光效果的均衡性,可以根据需求设置同一吊顶边对象中相邻两个筒灯对象之间的筒灯间距条件,进而根据选定的吊顶对象中的每个吊顶边对象的尺寸信息,和/或选定的每个吊顶边对象的尺寸信息,以及预设的筒灯间距条件,确定所述吊顶边对象的筒灯位置数据。而且需要保证任意相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距相同,每个筒灯对象距离其所在吊顶边对象两侧的距离相同(也即筒灯对象的中心连线位于吊顶边对象的中线上),筒灯对象按照整个吊顶边对象的长度居中摆放(也即各个筒灯对象的中心连线的中心点即为吊顶边对象的中心点),且所述筒灯对象的顶部与所述吊顶边对象的底部对齐。In the embodiment of the present invention, in order to pass the balance of lighting effects of each downlight object, the downlight spacing conditions between two adjacent downlight objects in the same ceiling edge object can be set according to requirements, and then according to the selected The size information of each ceiling side object in the ceiling object, and/or the size information of each selected ceiling side object, and the preset downlight spacing condition determine the downlight position data of the ceiling side object. And it is necessary to ensure that the distance between any two adjacent downlight objects is the same, and the distance between each downlight object is the same from the two sides of the ceiling edge object where it is located (that is, the center line of the downlight object is located on the center line of the ceiling edge object. ), the downlight objects are placed in the center according to the length of the entire ceiling edge object (that is, the center point of the center line of each downlight object is the center point of the ceiling edge object), and the top of the downlight object is aligned with the The bottom of the ceiling edge object is aligned.

例如,针对每个吊顶边对象,可以先设置其两端的筒灯位置,进而设置其中其他筒灯位置,而且在设置筒灯位置时,需要保证任意相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距相同且满足预设的筒灯间距条件,每个筒灯对象距离其所在吊顶边对象两侧的距离相同,而且如果在设置其他筒灯位置时,无法保证任意相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距相同且满足预设的筒灯间距条件,则可以进一步调整初始设置的吊顶边对象两端的筒灯位置,直至设置完成后任意相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距相同且满足预设的筒灯间距条件;而且如果同一吊顶边对象存在多种筒灯放置方案,且各个筒灯放置方案均可以满足上述的条件,那么此时还可以预先设置挑选筒灯放置方案的优先策略,例如优先选择筒灯数量最多的筒灯放置方案的筒灯位置数据,作为当前适用的筒灯位置数据,等等。For example, for each ceiling edge object, you can first set the downlight positions at both ends, and then set the other downlight positions. When setting the downlight positions, you need to ensure that the distance between any two adjacent downlight objects is the same. And if the preset downlight spacing conditions are met, each downlight object is at the same distance from both sides of the ceiling edge object where it is located, and if other downlight positions are set, the distance between any two adjacent downlight objects cannot be guaranteed. If the distance is the same and meets the preset downlight spacing conditions, you can further adjust the downlight positions at both ends of the initially set ceiling edge object until the distance between any two adjacent downlight objects is the same and meets the preset The downlight spacing conditions; and if there are multiple downlight placement schemes for the same ceiling edge object, and each downlight placement scheme can meet the above conditions, then the priority strategy for selecting downlight placement schemes can also be preset at this time, such as priority The downlight position data of the downlight placement scheme with the largest number of downlights is selected as the currently applicable downlight position data, and so on.

例如,假设预设的筒灯间距条件为两个筒灯的间距为1000~1500mm,吊顶边对象两端初始的筒灯位置与其距离最近的吊顶边对象段的第一距离为300mm,对于长度为4000mm的吊顶边对象而言,此时为了保证任意相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距相同,那么如果在该吊顶边对象中设置三个筒灯对象,此时相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距为(4000-300*2)/2,即为1700mm,超出上述的筒灯间距条件,而如果在该吊顶边对象中设置四个筒灯对象,此时相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距为(4000-300*2)/3,即为1133.3mm,满足预设的筒灯间距条件,因此可以设置长度为4000mm的吊顶边对象中包含四个筒灯对象,从而获取各个筒灯对象的筒灯位置数据,即为该吊顶边对象的筒灯位置数据。For example, assuming the preset downlight spacing condition is that the distance between two downlights is 1000-1500mm, the initial downlight position at both ends of the ceiling edge object and the first distance between the closest ceiling edge object segment is 300mm, and for the length of For the ceiling edge object of 4000mm, in order to ensure the same distance between any two adjacent downlight objects, if three downlight objects are set in the ceiling edge object, then two adjacent downlight objects will be The distance between them is (4000-300*2)/2, which is 1700mm, which exceeds the above-mentioned downlight spacing conditions. If four downlight objects are set in the ceiling edge object, then two adjacent downlights will be The distance between objects is (4000-300*2)/3, which is 1133.3mm, which satisfies the preset downlight spacing conditions. Therefore, you can set the ceiling edge object with a length of 4000mm to include four downlight objects, so as to obtain The downlight position data of each downlight object is the downlight position data of the ceiling edge object.

而对于长度为2200mm的吊顶边对象而言,那么如果在该吊顶边对象中设置两个筒灯对象,此时相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距为2200-300*2,即为1600mm,超出上述的筒灯间距条件,而如果在该吊顶边对象中设置三个筒灯对象,此时相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距为(2200-300*2)/2,即为800mm,仍然不满足预设的筒灯间距条件,而且此时继续增加筒灯对象的数量反而会进一步降低相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距,始终不满足预设的筒灯间距条件。那么此时,为了使得相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距满足预设的筒灯间距条件,则可以通过调整上述的吊顶边对象两端初始的筒灯位置与其距离最近的吊顶边对象段的第一距离,例如将第一距离调整为500mm,此时如果在该吊顶边对象中设置两个筒灯对象,此时相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距为2200-500*2,即为1200mm,满足预设的筒灯间距条件。For a ceiling edge object with a length of 2200mm, if two downlight objects are set in the ceiling edge object, the distance between two adjacent downlight objects is 2200-300*2, which is 1600mm , beyond the above-mentioned downlight spacing conditions, and if three downlight objects are set in the ceiling edge object, the distance between two adjacent downlight objects is (2200-300*2)/2, which is 800mm, still does not meet the preset downlight spacing conditions, and continuing to increase the number of downlight objects at this time will further reduce the distance between two adjacent downlight objects, and still does not meet the preset downlight spacing conditions. Then, at this time, in order to make the distance between two adjacent downlight objects meet the preset downlight distance condition, you can adjust the initial downlight positions at both ends of the above-mentioned ceiling edge objects and the segment of the ceiling edge object that is closest to the distance. For example, adjust the first distance to 500mm. If two downlight objects are set in the ceiling edge object, the distance between two adjacent downlight objects is 2200-500*2. That is 1200mm, which meets the preset downlight spacing conditions.

在本发明实施例中,可以根据需求设置第一距离的调整原则,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。例如,可以设置第一距离的调整原则为第一距离的取值范围为[200mm,600mm],且每次调整的变化幅度为100mm,优先在初始第一距离的基础上依次调高第一距离,其次在初始第一距离的基础上依次调低第一距离,等等。In this embodiment of the present invention, an adjustment principle of the first distance may be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. For example, the adjustment principle of the first distance can be set as follows: the value range of the first distance is [200mm, 600mm], and the variation range of each adjustment is 100mm, and the first distance is preferably increased sequentially on the basis of the initial first distance. , and then adjust the first distance in turn based on the initial first distance, and so on.

而如果针对某一吊顶边对象,不管如何调整第一距离,在第一距离的取值范围内均无法使得其中任意相邻两个筒灯对象满足上述的筒灯间距条件,那么此时则可以不在该吊顶边对象设置筒灯对象,也即可以不获取该吊顶边对象的筒灯位置数据。However, if for a certain ceiling edge object, no matter how the first distance is adjusted, within the value range of the first distance, any two adjacent downlight objects cannot meet the above-mentioned downlight spacing conditions, then you can The downlight object is not set for the ceiling edge object, that is, the downlight position data of the ceiling edge object may not be acquired.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,所述筒灯间距条件包括任意相邻两个筒灯对象之间的间距大于等于1000毫米且小于等于1500毫米。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the downlight distance condition includes that the distance between any two adjacent downlight objects is greater than or equal to 1000 millimeters and less than or equal to 1500 millimeters.

而且,上述的筒灯间距条件为在目标房屋的真实场景下,针对真实距离所设置的筒灯间距条件,相应的获取的筒灯位置数据也可以理解为在目标房屋的真实场景下,筒灯对象相对于吊顶对象的位置数据,那么在展示目标房屋的房屋对象时,则可以参照筒灯位置数据,在相应位置处设置相应的筒灯对象,以模拟真实场景下的打光效果。Moreover, the above-mentioned downlight spacing conditions are the downlight spacing conditions set for the real distance in the real scene of the target house, and the corresponding obtained downlight position data can also be understood as the downlights in the real scene of the target house. The position data of the object relative to the ceiling object, then when displaying the house object of the target house, you can refer to the downlight position data and set the corresponding downlight object at the corresponding position to simulate the lighting effect in the real scene.

可选地,在本发明实施例中,每个所述筒灯对象由两个位置重叠且方向垂直于所述三维房屋空间中地面的聚光灯模拟对象组合得到,两个聚光灯模拟对象的高光值均为0、颜色值均为FFD5A6、阴影模糊半径均为0.085米,其中一个聚光灯模拟对象的光斑辐射角度为70°、光线边缘的模糊值为0.5、强度为10w(瓦特),另一个聚光灯模拟对象的光斑辐射角度为90°、光线边缘的模糊值为0.2、强度为2w。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present invention, each of the downlight objects is obtained by combining two spotlight simulation objects whose positions overlap and whose directions are perpendicular to the ground in the three-dimensional house space, and the highlight values of the two spotlight simulation objects are both. It is 0, the color value is FFD5A6, the shadow blur radius is 0.085 meters, and the spot radiation angle of one spotlight simulation object is 70°, the blur value of the light edge is 0.5, and the intensity is 10w (Watt), and the other spotlight simulation object is The radiation angle of the light spot is 90°, the blur value of the ray edge is 0.2, and the intensity is 2w.

其中,阴影模糊半径可以表征阴影的模糊程度,如果其值为0时,表示阴影不具有模糊效果,其值越大阴影的边缘就越模糊;高光指光源照射到物体然后反射到人的眼睛里时,物体上最亮的那个点就是高光,高光不是光,而是物体上最亮的部分。光线边缘的模糊值表征光线边缘的模糊程度。光斑辐射角度可以表征聚光灯模拟对象产生的光斑的最大辐射角度。Among them, the shadow blur radius can represent the blurring degree of the shadow. If its value is 0, it means that the shadow does not have a blurring effect. The larger the value, the more blurred the edge of the shadow; the highlight refers to the light source shining on the object and then reflecting into the human eye. When , the brightest point on the object is the highlight, and the highlight is not the light, but the brightest part of the object. The blurring value of the ray edge represents the blurring degree of the ray edge. The spot radiation angle can characterize the maximum radiation angle of the spot generated by the spotlight simulation object.

其外,在本发明实施例中,可以通过任何可用模拟算法实现上述的聚光灯模拟对象,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。而且,在设置聚光灯模拟对象时,还可以针对性地设置其是否产生阴影,并且通过设置上述的阴影模糊半径,以设置阴影的模糊程度。In addition, in this embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned spotlight simulation object may be implemented by any available simulation algorithm, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Moreover, when setting the spotlight simulation object, you can also specifically set whether it produces shadows, and set the blurring degree of the shadows by setting the above-mentioned shadow blur radius.

如图11所示为一种在餐厅的吊顶对象中设置筒灯对象的示意图。此时可以在该吊顶对象的两��相对的吊顶边对象中设置筒灯对象,且第一距离为300mm,且各个吊顶边对象中均设置两个筒灯对象。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of setting a downlight object in a ceiling object of a restaurant. In this case, a downlight object can be set in two opposite ceiling edge objects of the ceiling object, and the first distance is 300mm, and two downlight objects are set in each ceiling edge object.

在本发明实施例中,通过全自动的确定三维房屋空间中至少一个空间对象的筒灯位置数据,并安装筒灯对象,以补充室内光线,使得用户可使用自有户型图、全景图并构建得到三维房屋空间的情况下快速模拟并补充室内光线,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of the present invention, by automatically determining the position data of the downlight of at least one spatial object in the three-dimensional house space, and installing the downlight object to supplement the indoor light, the user can use his own floor plan, panorama and construct Quickly simulate and supplement the indoor light when the 3D house space is obtained to improve the user experience.

在本发明的一种可选实施例中,针对任一空间对象,若其家具布局数据为至少两个的情况下,则终端可以从至少两个家具布局数据中,选择布局优先级最高的家具布局数据作为第一家具布局数据,第一家具布局数据包括第一组家具模型对象以及第一组家具模型对象对应的第一位置信息,然后在相应空间对象中,按照第一位置信息展示第一组家具模型对象。需要说明的是,此时的至少两个家具布局数据中的任意一个家具布局数据可以对应一个家具布局模板,通过其中任意一个家具布局数据可以完成相应空间对象的家具布局。而且一个家具布局数据中可以包括至少一个家具模型对象,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, for any spatial object, if there are at least two pieces of furniture layout data, the terminal may select the furniture with the highest layout priority from the at least two pieces of furniture layout data The layout data is used as the first furniture layout data, and the first furniture layout data includes the first group of furniture model objects and the first position information corresponding to the first group of furniture model objects, and then in the corresponding space object, the first position information is displayed according to the first Set of furniture model objects. It should be noted that any one of the furniture layout data in the at least two furniture layout data at this time may correspond to a furniture layout template, and the furniture layout of the corresponding spatial object can be completed by any one of the furniture layout data. Furthermore, a piece of furniture layout data may include at least one furniture model object, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.

当用户想对当前所展示的家具模型对象进行切换时,终端可以响应于作用于预设终端的切换操作,从至少两个家具布局数据中,提取与切换操作对应的第二家具布局数据,第二家具布局数据包括第二组家具模型对象以及,第二家具模型对应的第二位置信息;取消展示第一组家具模型对象,并在餐厅对象中,按照第二位置信息展示第二组家具模型对象,从而终端可以根据空间对象的空间属性为用户提供至少一种家具布局方式,在实现全自动装修的同时,可以使得用户可以提前感知多种不同风格的装修设计,丰�����用户������的多样性,大大提高了用户体验。When the user wants to switch the currently displayed furniture model objects, the terminal may, in response to the switching operation acting on the preset terminal, extract the second furniture layout data corresponding to the switching operation from the at least two furniture layout data, and the first The second furniture layout data includes the second group of furniture model objects and the second position information corresponding to the second furniture model; cancel the display of the first group of furniture model objects, and display the second group of furniture models in the restaurant object according to the second position information Therefore, the terminal can provide users with at least one furniture layout method according to the spatial attributes of the spatial objects. While realizing automatic decoration, users can perceive a variety of different styles of decoration designs in advance, which enriches the diversity of users’ browsing. , which greatly improves the user experience.

需要说明的是,对于一组家具模型对象中,其可以包括至少一种家具类型,以及至少一个家具模型对象,例如,一组家具模型对象可以包括餐桌、餐椅以及餐边柜等家具,以及对应数量的家具模型对象。不同组的家具模型对象之间,可以是不同设计风格的家具布局方式,也可以是不同尺寸的家具布局方式,还可以是不同数量的家具布局方式,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that a group of furniture model objects may include at least one furniture type and at least one furniture model object. For example, a group of furniture model objects may include furniture such as dining tables, dining chairs, and sideboards, and The corresponding number of furniture model objects. Between different groups of furniture model objects, there may be furniture layouts of different design styles, furniture layouts of different sizes, and furniture layouts of different quantities, which are not limited in the present invention.

其中,不同的本地终端可以对应不同的切换操作,例如,当本地终端为移动终端时,用户可以在移动终端中输入切换操作指令,或点击相关切换控件,或通过语音指令进行切换等等;当本地终端为VR终端时,用户可以通过VR手持设备进行切换,或通过语音指令进行切换等等,本发明对此不作限制。Among them, different local terminals can correspond to different switching operations. For example, when the local terminal is a mobile terminal, the user can input switching operation instructions in the mobile terminal, or click the relevant switching controls, or switch through voice commands, etc.; When the local terminal is a VR terminal, the user can switch through the VR handheld device, or switch through a voice command, etc., which is not limited in the present invention.

在具体实现中,终端根据空间对象的空间属性,可以得到至少一个家具布局数据,可以理解的是,随着空间对象尺寸的增大,其对应的家具布局数据的数量可以随之增加,即尺寸越大,家具布局可选的方式越多,因此,对于尺寸较大的餐厅,其可以对应至少两个家具布局数据。In a specific implementation, the terminal can obtain at least one piece of furniture layout data according to the spatial attribute of the space object. It can be understood that as the size of the space object increases, the number of corresponding furniture layout data can also increase, that is, the size The larger the size, the more options for the furniture layout. Therefore, for a restaurant with a larger size, it can correspond to at least two furniture layout data.

在一种示例中,为了更加合理与最大化利用空间对象的空间,布局优先级可以为根据家具尺寸进行设置的优先级,例如,对于餐厅对象而言,四人餐桌的优先级大于二人餐桌的优先级,六人餐桌的优先级大于四人餐桌的优先级、大于二人餐桌的优先级等等,则终端在获取与尺寸信息匹配的至少一种家具模型后,可以按照布局优先级,选择与餐厅的尺寸最为接近的家具,并进行展示。同时,可以响应用户输入的切换操作,获取用户选择的家具布局数据,并对其进行展示,从而终端可以根据空间对象的空间属性,选择与之匹配的家具,然后进行展示,不仅能够实现全自动化的装修,使得用户可以使用户型图获取不同的装修方案,提高用户体验,还可以根据用户的需求,展示不同的装修方案,丰富了用户浏览的多样性。In an example, in order to utilize the space of the space object more rationally and maximally, the layout priority can be the priority set according to the size of the furniture, for example, for the restaurant object, the priority of a four-person table is higher than that of a two-person table , the priority of the table for six is higher than the priority of the table for four, the priority is higher than the priority of the table for two, etc., after obtaining at least one furniture model that matches the size information, the terminal can follow the layout priority. Choose furniture that is closest in size to the dining room and display it. At the same time, it can respond to the switching operation input by the user, obtain the furniture layout data selected by the user, and display it, so that the terminal can select the matching furniture according to the spatial attributes of the space object, and then display it, which not only realizes full automation The decoration allows users to obtain different decoration schemes from the user type map to improve the user experience, and can also display different decoration schemes according to the needs of users, which enriches the diversity of users' browsing.

此外,终端还可以同时输出提示信息,以告知用户此时存在至少两个家具布局数据,用户可以对其切换展示,例如,用户在感知到该提示信息之后,就可以获知还存在其他家具布局数据,如果用户还需要查看根据其他家具布局数据展示的家具模型对象,则用户通过输入切换操作以使终端展示其他布局方式的家具模型对象。In addition, the terminal can also output prompt information at the same time to inform the user that there are at least two furniture layout data at this time, and the user can switch and display them. For example, after sensing the prompt information, the user can know that there are other furniture layout data. , if the user also needs to view the furniture model objects displayed according to other furniture layout data, the user can input the switching operation to make the terminal display the furniture model objects in other layout manners.

需要说明的是,本发明实施例包括但不限于上述示例,可选地,对于布局优先级还可以根据装修风格、家具价格等进行设置,本发明对此不作限制。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present invention include but are not limited to the above examples. Optionally, the layout priority may also be set according to decoration style, furniture price, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.

其次,在实��应用中,自动适配的家具布局数据可能无法完全适配用户的需求,或者是用户想要替换或者编辑空间对象中任意家具模型对象,以直观预览编辑前后的装修效果,那么此时为了方便用户对当前展示的三维房屋空间中任一空间对象中的家具模型进行编辑,在本发明实施例中,还可以在接收到作用于所述预设终端的家具编辑操作之后,进一步响应于相应的家具编辑操作,针对所述空间对象内的家具模型对象执行所述家具编辑操作,所述家具编辑操作包括家具删除操作、家具增加操作、家具移动操作、家具替换操作中的至少一种。Secondly, in practical applications, the automatically adapted furniture layout data may not fully meet the needs of users, or if the user wants to replace or edit any furniture model object in the space object to visually preview the decoration effect before and after editing, then this In order to facilitate the user to edit the furniture model in any space object in the currently displayed three-dimensional house space, in this embodiment of the present invention, after receiving the furniture editing operation acting on the preset terminal, further respond In the corresponding furniture editing operation, the furniture editing operation is performed on the furniture model object in the space object, and the furniture editing operation includes at least one of a furniture deletion operation, a furniture addition operation, a furniture movement operation, and a furniture replacement operation .

其中,不同的本地终端可以对应不同的家具编辑操作,例如,当本地终端为移动终端时,用户可以在移动终端中输入家具编辑操作指令,或点击相关家具编辑操作控件,或通过语音指令进行家具编辑操作等等;当本地终端为VR终端时,用户可以通过VR手持设备进行家具编辑操作,或通过语音指令进行家具编辑操作等等,本发明对此不作限制。Wherein, different local terminals may correspond to different furniture editing operations. For example, when the local terminal is a mobile terminal, the user may input furniture editing operation instructions in the mobile terminal, or click on relevant furniture editing operation controls, or perform furniture editing through voice commands. Editing operations, etc.; when the local terminal is a VR terminal, the user can perform furniture editing operations through a VR handheld device, or perform furniture editing operations through voice commands, etc., which is not limited in the present invention.

例如,对于家具删除操作、家具移动操作、家具替换操作,可以通过点击或者长按其中的家具模型对象选中相应的家具模型对象,进而触发展示相应家具模型对象的家具编辑操作面板,从而可以在相应家具编辑操作面板中选择家具编辑操作的具体类型;而对于家具增加操作,相应地可以通过点击或者长按当前展示的空间对象中的任意区域或者是指定区域,从而触发展示相应空间对象的家具编辑操作面板,从而可以在相应家具编辑操作面板中选择家具编辑操作的具体类型;而且对于家具替换操作、家具增加操作而言,为了方便用户选择自身所需的家具模型对象,响应于家具编辑操作,还可以调用预设的家具模型对象库,以方便用户从家具模型对象库中挑选合适的家具模型对象。For example, for the furniture deletion operation, furniture move operation, and furniture replacement operation, the corresponding furniture model object can be selected by clicking or long-pressing the furniture model object, and then the furniture editing operation panel displaying the corresponding furniture model object can be triggered. Select the specific type of furniture editing operation in the furniture editing operation panel; and for the furniture adding operation, correspondingly, by clicking or long-pressing any area or designated area in the currently displayed space object, the furniture editing of the corresponding space object can be triggered to display the corresponding space object. operation panel, so that the specific type of furniture editing operation can be selected in the corresponding furniture editing operation panel; and for the furniture replacement operation and furniture addition operation, in order to facilitate the user to select the furniture model object required by himself, in response to the furniture editing operation, The preset furniture model object library can also be called, so as to facilitate the user to select suitable furniture model objects from the furniture model object library.

在一种示例中,为了方便用户��解不同装修风格下的视觉效果,还可以预设设置多种家具风格(例如现代风格、简美风格、新中式风格、北欧风格、日式风格等),那么在获取得到的家具布局数据中可以包括多种家具风格下的家具布局数据,���家具展示过程中,则可以在所述空间对象中,根据所述家具布局数据中当前选定的家具风格,按照所述家具风格下的位置信息展示所述家具风格下的家具模型对象。一般而言,可以设置默认的家具风格,家具风格的默认值可以根据需求进行自定义设置,而且用户还可以随时切换空间对象的家具风格,对此本发明实施例不加以限定。In one example, in order to facilitate users to understand the visual effects of different decoration styles, multiple furniture styles (such as modern style, simple and beautiful style, new Chinese style, Nordic style, Japanese style, etc.) can be preset, then The obtained furniture layout data may include furniture layout data under various furniture styles. During the furniture display process, in the space object, according to the currently selected furniture style in the furniture layout data, according to The location information under the furniture style displays the furniture model objects under the furniture style. Generally speaking, a default furniture style can be set, the default value of the furniture style can be customized according to requirements, and the user can switch the furniture style of the space object at any time, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.

在一种示例中,可以针对不同空间类型设置一个或者多个家具布局数据,进而则可以针对房屋对象中的任一空间对象,根据该空间对象的空间属性,参照上述的任意一种方法获取其适用的家具布局数据,进一步还可以根据预设的碰撞规则,对其适用的家具布局数据进行进一步过滤,获取其最终的家具布局数据,而且如果此时的空间对象最终的家具布局数据中仍然为多个,则可以参照上述方法选择布局优先级最高的家具布局数据作为所述空间对象的第一家具布局数据,等等。In an example, one or more furniture layout data may be set for different space types, and then for any space object in the house object, according to the space attribute of the space object, referring to any of the above methods to obtain its The applicable furniture layout data can be further filtered according to the preset collision rules to obtain the final furniture layout data, and if the final furniture layout data of the spatial object at this time is still If there are more than one, the furniture layout data with the highest layout priority may be selected as the first furniture layout data of the spatial object by referring to the above method, and so on.

其中,碰撞规则可以根据需求进行自定义设置,而且不同空间对象的碰撞规则可以有所不同,也可以相同,对此本发明实施例均不加以限定。例如,可以设置碰撞规则包括家具所在位置不与门窗存在任何碰撞,或者不与部分墙体碰撞,等等。The collision rules may be customized according to requirements, and the collision rules of different spatial objects may be different or the same, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present invention. For example, you can set collision rules to include furniture that does not collide with doors and windows, or does not collide with parts of walls, etc.

参照图12,示出了本发明实施例中一种家具的展示装置的结构示意图。Referring to FIG. 12 , a schematic structural diagram of a furniture display device in an embodiment of the present invention is shown.

在本发明实施例中,通过预设终端的图像用户界面展示的内容至少包括房屋对象,所述房屋对象至少包括一个空间对象,其中,所述房屋对象为根据目标房屋建���的三维房屋空间。本发明实施例的家具的展示装置包括:空间属性获取模块210、家具布局数据获取模块220和家具模型对象展示模块230。In this embodiment of the present invention, the content displayed through the image user interface of the preset terminal includes at least a house object, and the house object includes at least one space object, wherein the house object is a three-dimensional house space established according to the target house. The furniture display device according to the embodiment of the present invention includes: a space attribute acquisition module 210 , a furniture layout data acquisition module 220 , and a furniture model object display module 230 .

下面分别详细介绍各模块的功能以及各模块之间的交互关系。The functions of each module and the interaction between the modules are described in detail below.

空间属性获取模块210,用于针对所述房屋对象中的至少一个空间对象,获取所述至少一个空间对象的空间属性,所述空间属性至少包括所述至少一个空间对象的空间类型;a space attribute obtaining module 210, configured to obtain, for at least one space object in the house objects, a space attribute of the at least one space object, where the space attribute at least includes a space type of the at least one space object;

家具布局数据获取模块220,用于根据所述空间属性,获取所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据,所述家具布局数据包括至少一个家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息;a furniture layout data acquisition module 220, configured to acquire furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the space attribute, where the furniture layout data includes at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object;

家具模型对象展示模块230,用于在所述空间对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述家具模型对象。The furniture model object display module 230 is configured to display the furniture model object in the space object according to the position information.

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,包括:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module includes:

家具布局数据获取子模块,用于根据所述墙体对象与所述尺寸信息,生成所述至少一个空间对象的家具布局数据。The furniture layout data acquisition sub-module is configured to generate furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the wall object and the size information.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述餐厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述餐厅对象的第一边长与第二边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, in the case that the space object is the restaurant object, the size information includes the first side length and the second side length of the restaurant object, and the furniture layout data acquisition sub-module is specifically used for :

获取与所述餐厅对象的第一边长和所述第二边长匹配的家具模型对象,以及所述家具模型对象的家具尺寸;Acquiring a furniture model object matching the length of the first side and the length of the second side of the restaurant object, and the furniture size of the furniture model object;

根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型,获得针对所述家具模型对象的目标墙体对象;obtaining a target wall object for the furniture model object according to the wall type of the wall object;

采用所述家具尺寸与所述目标墙体对象,生成所述家具模型对象的位置信息。Using the furniture size and the target wall object, position information of the furniture model object is generated.

可选地,针对所述空间对象中的餐厅对象,所述家具模型对象包括餐桌模型对象、餐椅模型对象以及灯饰模型对象中的至少一种,所述家具模型对象展示模块,具体用于:Optionally, for the restaurant object in the space object, the furniture model object includes at least one of a dining table model object, a dining chair model object, and a lighting model object, and the furniture model object display module is specifically used for:

在所述餐厅对象中,按照所述位置信息展示所述餐桌模型对象、所述餐椅模型对象以及所述灯饰模型对象中的至少一种;In the restaurant object, at least one of the dining table model object, the dining chair model object and the lighting model object is displayed according to the location information;

其中,若所述餐桌模型对象的长度大于或等于预设长度阈值,则所述餐桌模型对象与所述灯饰模型对象之间的位置关系为几何中心对齐关系。Wherein, if the length of the dining table model object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, the positional relationship between the dining table model object and the lighting model object is a geometric center alignment relationship.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述卫生间对象的情况下,所述所述墙体对象至少包括第一墙体对象以及与第二墙体对象,所述第一墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述尺寸信息包括所述门体对象的第一边长,以及所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the bathroom object, the wall object at least includes a first wall object and a second wall object, and the first wall object at least includes a door. body object, the size information includes the first side length of the door body object, the second side length of the first wall body object and the third side length of the second wall body object, and the furniture layout Data acquisition sub-module, specifically for:

根据所述门体对象与所述门体对象的第一边长,计算所述卫生间对象的动线空间;Calculate the moving line space of the toilet object according to the door object and the first side length of the door object;

根据所述第二墙体对象的第三边长与所述动线空间,获得所述卫生间对象的目标装修空间;According to the third side length of the second wall object and the moving line space, obtain the target decoration space of the bathroom object;

获取与所述第一墙体对象的第二边长和所述第二墙体对象的第三边长匹配的家具模型对象;acquiring a furniture model object matching the length of the second side of the first wall object and the length of the third side of the second wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标装修空间进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target decoration space, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述厨房对象的情况下,所述墙体对象包括出入墙体对象,所述出入墙体对象至少包括门体对象,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object includes an access wall object, and the access wall object at least includes a door object, and the furniture layout data acquisition submodule, Specifically for:

若所述厨房对象包括出入墙体对象且所述出入墙体对象的边长大于或等于预设长度阈值,则以所述门体对象的边长向所述厨房对象内部延伸,直至所延伸的区域与所述门体对象相对的墙体对象之间的距离等于预设距离阈值,停止延伸,并将所延伸的区域作为动线空间;If the kitchen object includes an access wall object and the side length of the access wall object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, the side length of the door object is extended to the interior of the kitchen object until the extended The distance between the area and the wall object opposite to the door object is equal to the preset distance threshold, the extension is stopped, and the extended area is used as the moving line space;

将所述厨房对象中除所述动线空间以外的区域,作为所述厨房对象的装修空间,并将所述装修空间对应的墙体对象作为装修墙体对象;Taking the area of the kitchen object other than the moving line space as the decoration space of the kitchen object, and using the wall object corresponding to the decoration space as the decoration wall object;

获取与所述装修墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the decoration wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述装修墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the decoration wall object to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述厨房对象的情况下,所述墙体对象包括封闭墙体对象,所述尺寸信息包括所述墙体对象的边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object includes a closed wall object, the size information includes the side length of the wall object, and the furniture layout data acquisition sub modules, specifically for:

将所述厨房对象中边长最大的封闭墙体对象作为目标墙体对象;Use the closed wall object with the largest side length in the kitchen object as the target wall object;

将所述目标墙体对象与其他墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述厨房对象的至少一面装修墙体对象;Matching the target wall object with other wall objects to obtain at least one decoration wall object of the kitchen object;

按照预设的装修阈值,计算与所述装修墙体对象匹配的装修空间;According to the preset decoration threshold, calculate the decoration space matching the decoration wall object;

获取与所述装修墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the decoration wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述装修墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the decoration wall object to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.

可选地,在所述空间对象为所述客厅对象的情况下,所述尺寸信息包括所述墙体对象的边长,所述家具布局数据获取子模块,具体用于:Optionally, when the space object is the living room object, the size information includes the side length of the wall object, and the furniture layout data acquisition sub-module is specifically used for:

根据所述墙体对象的墙体类型与所述墙体对象的边长,获得所述客厅对象的目标墙体对象;obtaining the target wall object of the living room object according to the wall type of the wall object and the side length of the wall object;

获取与所述目标墙体对象的边长匹配的家具模型对象;obtaining a furniture model object matching the side length of the target wall object;

按照预设的装修条件,将所述家具模型对象与所述目标墙体对象进行匹配,获得所述家具模型对象的位置信息。According to preset decoration conditions, the furniture model object is matched with the target wall object, and the position information of the furniture model object is obtained.

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,具体还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is specifically also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的入户空间对象,根据所述空间属性确定所述入户空间对象中是否存在用于专门布局家具模型对象的预设空间对象;With respect to the entry space object in the at least one space object, determining whether there is a preset space object for specially arranging furniture model objects in the entry space object according to the space attribute;

在存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,根据所述预设空间对象获取所述家具布局数据;In the case that the preset space object exists, obtain the furniture layout data according to the preset space object;

在不存在所述预设空间对象的情况下,获取所述入户空间对象中的已存在对象的位置信息,至少根据所述空间属性和所述已存在对象的位置信息取所述家具布局数据。In the case that the preset space object does not exist, obtain the position information of the existing object in the entry space object, and obtain the furniture layout data at least according to the space attribute and the position information of the existing object .

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,具体还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is specifically also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的阳台对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述阳台对象中布局的、至少一个家具模型对象;For a balcony object in the at least one space object, obtain at least one furniture model object for layout in the balcony object according to the space attribute;

至少根据所述空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述阳台对象中布局的位置信息;At least according to the space attribute, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the balcony object;

根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。The furniture layout data is obtained according to the obtained furniture model object and the obtained position information.

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,具体还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is specifically also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的卧室对象,根据所述空间属性,获取用于在所述卧室对象中布局的多个家具模型对象;For a bedroom object in the at least one space object, obtain a plurality of furniture model objects for layout in the bedroom object according to the space attribute;

至少根据所述空间属性,获取各个家具模型对象在所述卧室对象中布局的位置信息;At least according to the space attribute, obtain the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the bedroom object;

根据获取的家具模型对象以及获取的位置信息获取所述家具布局数据。The furniture layout data is obtained according to the obtained furniture model object and the obtained position information.

可选地,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述至少一个空间对象包含的���户对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的窗户信息中的至少一种,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the window object included in the at least one space object is the window of the area under the three-dimensional house space. At least one of the information, the device also includes:

室内光处理模块,用于根据所述尺寸信息,设置所述至少一个空间对象的室内光对象,所述室内光对象用于模拟室内光源产生的光线;an indoor light processing module, configured to set an indoor light object of the at least one space object according to the size information, where the indoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an indoor light source;

和/或,室外光处理模块,用于根据所述窗户信息,设置所述窗户对象的室外光对象,所述室外光对象用于模拟室外光源产生的光线。And/or, an outdoor light processing module, configured to set an outdoor light object of the window object according to the window information, where the outdoor light object is used to simulate light generated by an outdoor light source.

可选地,所述空间属性还包括所述至少一个空间对象中包含的吊顶对象在所述三维房屋空间下的区域的尺寸信息,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the space attribute further includes size information of the area of the ceiling object included in the at least one space object under the three-dimensional house space, and the apparatus further includes:

位置数据获取模块,用于根据所述空间属性,确定所述至少一个空间对象的筒灯位置数据;a position data acquisition module, configured to determine the downlight position data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attribute;

补充光线设置模块,用于在所述至少一个空间对象中,按照所述筒灯位置数据设置筒灯对象,所述筒灯对象用于模拟产生补充光线。A supplementary light setting module, configured to set a downlight object in the at least one space object according to the downlight position data, where the downlight object is used to simulate and generate supplementary light.

可选地,所述家具布局数据获取模块,还用于:Optionally, the furniture layout data acquisition module is also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,根据所述空间对象的空间属性,以及预设的碰撞规则,获取所述空间对象的家具布局数据。For each space object in the at least one space object, the furniture layout data of the space object is acquired according to the space attribute of the space object and the preset collision rule.

可选地,所述家具布局数据中包括多种家具风格,以及每种家具风格下的家具模型对象以及所述家具模型对象对应的位置信息;Optionally, the furniture layout data includes a variety of furniture styles, as well as furniture model objects under each furniture style and position information corresponding to the furniture model objects;

所述家具模型对象展示模块,还用于:The furniture model object display module is also used for:

在所述空间对象中,根据所述家具布局数据中当前选定的家具风格,按照所述家具风格下的位置信息展示所述家具风格下的家具模型对象。In the space object, according to the currently selected furniture style in the furniture layout data, the furniture model object under the furniture style is displayed according to the position information under the furniture style.

可��地,所述家具模型对象展示模块,还用于:Optionally, the furniture model object display module is also used for:

针对所述至少一个空间对象中的每个空间对象,若所述空间对象的家具布局数据为至少两个的情况下,则从所述至少两个家具布局数据中,选择布局优先级最高的家具布局数据作为所述空间对象的第一家具布局数据,所述第一家具布局数据包括第一组家具模型对象以及所述第一组家具模型对象对应的第一位置信息;For each space object in the at least one space object, if the furniture layout data of the space object is at least two, select the furniture with the highest layout priority from the at least two furniture layout data The layout data is used as the first furniture layout data of the space object, and the first furniture layout data includes a first group of furniture model objects and first position information corresponding to the first group of furniture model objects;

在所述空间对象中,按照所述第一位置信息展示所述第一组家具模型对象。In the space object, the first group of furniture model objects are displayed according to the first position information.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:

切换操作响应模块,用于响应作用于所述预设终端的切换操作,从所述至少两个家具布局数据中,提取与所述切换操作对应的第二家具布局数据,所述第二家具布局数据包括第二组家具模型对象以及,所述第二家具模型对应的第二位置信息;a switching operation response module, configured to respond to the switching operation acting on the preset terminal, from the at least two furniture layout data, extract second furniture layout data corresponding to the switching operation, the second furniture layout data The data includes a second group of furniture model objects and second position information corresponding to the second furniture model;

家具布局数据切换模块,用于取消展示所述第一组家具模型对象,并在所述空间对象中,按照所述第二位置信息展示所述第二组家具模型对象。The furniture layout data switching module is configured to cancel the display of the first group of furniture model objects, and display the second group of furniture model objects in the space object according to the second position information.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:

家具编辑操作响应模块,用于响应作用于所述预设终端的家具编辑操作,针对所述空间对象内的家具模型对象执行所述家具编辑操作,所述家具编辑操作包括家具删除操作、家具增加操作、家具移动操作、家具替换操作中的至少一种。A furniture editing operation response module, configured to perform the furniture editing operation on the furniture model object in the space object in response to the furniture editing operation acting on the preset terminal, and the furniture editing operation includes a furniture deletion operation, a furniture addition operation At least one of an operation, a furniture moving operation, and a furniture replacement operation.

本发明实施例提供的家具的展示装置能够实现图1至图2的方法实施例中实现的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The furniture display device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can implement the various processes implemented in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 2 , and to avoid repetition, details are not described here.

优选的,本发明实施例还提供了一种电子设备,包括:处理器,存储器,存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述家具的展示方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Preferably, an embodiment of the present invention further provides an electronic device, comprising: a processor, a memory, a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, and the computer program is executed by the processor to realize the display of the above furniture Each process of the method embodiment can achieve the same technical effect, and in order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述家具的展示方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。其中,所述的计算机可读存储介质,如只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,简称ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,简称RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, each process of the above-mentioned embodiment of the furniture display method can be realized, and the same can be achieved. The technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here. The computer-readable storage medium is, for example, a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM for short), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

图13为实现本发明各个实施例的一种电子设备的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an electronic device implementing various embodiments of the present invention.

该电子设备500包括但不限于:射频单元501、网络模块502、音频输出单元503、输入单元504、传感器505、显示单元506、用户输入单元507、接口单元508、存储器509、处理器510、以及电源511等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图13中示出的电子设备结构并不构成对电子设备的限定,电子设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。在本发明实施例中,电子设备包括但不限于手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、车载终端、可穿戴设备、以及计步器等。The electronic device 500 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 501, a network module 502, an audio output unit 503, an input unit 504, a sensor 505, a display unit 506, a user input unit 507, an interface unit 508, a memory 509, a processor 510, and Power 511 and other components. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the electronic device shown in FIG. 13 does not constitute a limitation on the electronic device, and the electronic device may include more or less components than the one shown, or combine some components, or different components layout. In this embodiment of the present invention, the electronic device includes but is not limited to a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a wearable device, a pedometer, and the like.

应理解的是,本发明实施例中,射频单元501可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,具体的,将来自基站的下行数据接收后,给处理器510处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,射频单元501包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频单元501还可以通过无线通信系统与网络和其他设备通信。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present invention, the radio frequency unit 501 can be used for receiving and sending signals during sending and receiving of information or during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink data from the base station, it is processed by the processor 510; The uplink data is sent to the base station. Generally, the radio frequency unit 501 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the radio frequency unit 501 can also communicate with the network and other devices through a wireless communication system.

电子设备通过网络模块502为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问,如帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等。The electronic device provides the user with wireless broadband Internet access through the network module 502, such as helping the user to send and receive emails, browse web pages, access streaming media, and the like.

音频输出单元503可以将射频单元501或网络模块502接收的或者在存储器509中存储的音频数据转换成音频信号并且输出为声音。而且,音频输出单元503还可以提供与电子设备500执行的特定功能相关的音频输出(例如,呼叫信号接收声音、消息接收声音等等)。音频输出单元503包括扬声器、蜂鸣器以及受话器等。The audio output unit 503 may convert audio data received by the radio frequency unit 501 or the network module 502 or stored in the memory 509 into audio signals and output as sound. Also, the audio output unit 503 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the electronic device 500 (eg, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 503 includes a speaker, a buzzer, a receiver, and the like.

输入单元504用于接收音频或视频信号。输入单元504可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)5041和麦克风5042,图形处理器5041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。处理后的图像帧可以显示在显示单元506上。经图形处理器5041处理后的图像帧可以存储在存储器509(或其它存储介质)中或者经由射频单元501或网络模块502进行发送。麦克风5042可以接收声音,并且能够将这样的声音处理为音频数据。处理后的音频数据可以在电话通话模式的情况下转换为可经由射频单元501发送到移动通信基站的格式输出。The input unit 504 is used to receive audio or video signals. The input unit 504 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 5041 and a microphone 5042, and the graphics processor 5041 is used for still pictures or video images obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode data is processed. The processed image frames may be displayed on the display unit 506 . The image frames processed by the graphics processor 5041 may be stored in the memory 509 (or other storage medium) or transmitted via the radio frequency unit 501 or the network module 502 . The microphone 5042 can receive sound and can process such sound into audio data. The processed audio data can be converted into a format that can be transmitted to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 501 for output in the case of a telephone call mode.

电子设备500还包括至少一种传感器505,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板5061的亮度,接近传感器可在电子设备500移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板5061和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别电子设备姿态(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;传感器505还可以包括指纹传感器、压力传感器、虹膜传感器、分子传感器、陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等,在此不再赘述。The electronic device 500 also includes at least one sensor 505, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 5061 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor can turn off the display panel 5061 and the display panel 5061 when the electronic device 500 is moved to the ear. / or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in all directions (usually three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary, and can be used to identify the posture of electronic devices (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games , magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; the sensor 505 may also include a fingerprint sensor, a pressure sensor, an iris sensor, a molecular sensor, a gyroscope, a barometer, a hygrometer, a thermometer, Infrared sensors, etc., are not repeated here.

显示单元506用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息。���示单元506可���括显示面板5061,可���采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板5061。The display unit 506 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user. The display unit 506 may include a display panel 5061, and the display panel 5061 may be configured in the form of a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), an Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED), or the like.

用户输入单元507可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与电子设备的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,用户输入单元507包括触控面板5071以及其他输入设备5072。触控面板5071,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板5071上或在触控面板5071附近的操作)。触控面板5071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器510,接收处理器510发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板5071。除了触控面板5071,用户输入单元507还可以包括其他输入设备5072。具体地,其他输入设备5072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。The user input unit 507 may be used to receive input numerical or character information, and generate key signal input related to user setting and function control of the electronic device. Specifically, the user input unit 507 includes a touch panel 5071 and other input devices 5072 . The touch panel 5071, also referred to as a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operations on or near it (such as the user's finger, stylus, etc., any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 5071). operate). The touch panel 5071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller. Among them, the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it to the touch controller. To the processor 510, the command sent by the processor 510 is received and executed. In addition, the touch panel 5071 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves. In addition to the touch panel 5071 , the user input unit 507 may also include other input devices 5072 . Specifically, other input devices 5072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.

进一步的,触控面板5071可覆盖在显示面板5061上,当触控面板5071检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器510以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器510根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板5061上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图13中,触控面板5071与显示面板5061是作为两个独立的部件来实现电子设备的输入和输出功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板5071与显示面板5061集成而实现电子设备的输入和输出功能,具体此处不做限定。Further, the touch panel 5071 can be covered on the display panel 5061. When the touch panel 5071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 510 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 510 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch The type of event provides a corresponding visual output on display panel 5061. Although in FIG. 13 , the touch panel 5071 and the display panel 5061 are used as two independent components to realize the input and output functions of the electronic device, but in some embodiments, the touch panel 5071 and the display panel 5061 can be integrated The implementation of the input and output functions of the electronic device is not specifically limited here.

接口单元508为外部装置与电子设备500连接的接口。例如,外部装置可以包括有线或无线头戴式耳机端口、外部电源(或电池充电器)端口、有线或无线数据端口、存储卡端口、用于连接具有识别模块的装置的端口、音频输入/输出(I/O)端口、视频I/O端口、耳机端口等等。接口单元508可以用于接收来自外部装置的输入(例如,数据信息、电力等等)并且将接收到的输入传输到电子设备500内的一个或多个元件或者可以用于在电子设备500和外部装置之间传输数据。The interface unit 508 is an interface for connecting an external device to the electronic device 500 . For example, external devices may include wired or wireless headset ports, external power (or battery charger) ports, wired or wireless data ports, memory card ports, ports for connecting devices with identification modules, audio input/output (I/O) ports, video I/O ports, headphone ports, and more. The interface unit 508 may be used to receive input (eg, data information, power, etc.) from external devices and transmit the received input to one or more elements within the electronic device 500 or may be used between the electronic device 500 and external Transfer data between devices.

存储器509可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器509可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器509可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 509 may be used to store software programs as well as various data. The memory 509 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required for at least one function, and the like; Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. Additionally, memory 509 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.

处理器510是电子设备的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个电子设备的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器509内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器509内的数据,执行电子设备的各种功能和处理数据,从而对电子设备进行整体监控。处理器510可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器510可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器510中。The processor 510 is the control center of the electronic device, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire electronic device, by running or executing the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 509, and calling the data stored in the memory 509. , perform various functions of electronic equipment and process data, so as to monitor electronic equipment as a whole. The processor 510 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 510 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc., and the modem The processor mainly handles wireless communication. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 510.

电子设备500还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源511(比如电池),优选的,电源511可以通过电源管理系统与处理器510逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The electronic device 500 may also include a power supply 511 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components. Preferably, the power supply 511 may be logically connected to the processor 510 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system and other functions.

另外,电子设备500包括一些未示出的功能模块,在此不再赘述。In addition, the electronic device 500 includes some functional modules not shown, which will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包�����或者��������其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that, herein, the terms "comprising", "comprising" or any other variation thereof are intended to encompass non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device comprising a series of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such a process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element qualified by the phrase "comprising a..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes the element.

通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述的方法。From the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course hardware can also be used, but in many cases the former is better implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present invention can be embodied in the form of software products in essence or the parts that make contributions to the prior art, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, CD), including several instructions to make a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present invention.

上面结合附图对本发明的实施例进行了描述,但是本发明并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本发明的启示下,在不脱离本发明宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本发明的保护之内。The embodiments of the present invention have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned specific embodiments, which are merely illustrative rather than restrictive. Under the inspiration of the present invention, without departing from the spirit of the present invention and the scope protected by the claims, many forms can be made, which all belong to the protection of the present invention.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本发明实施例中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those skilled in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of the present invention.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特���可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.

另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present invention can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present invention. The aforementioned storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.

以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present invention, but the protection scope of the present invention is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed by the present invention. should be included within the protection scope of the present invention. Therefore, the protection scope of the present invention should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (21)

1. A method for displaying furniture, wherein contents displayed through a graphical user interface of a preset terminal at least include a house object, the house object at least includes a space object, wherein the house object is a three-dimensional house space established according to a target house, the method comprising:
for at least one space object in the house objects, acquiring a space attribute of the at least one space object, wherein the space attribute at least comprises a space type of the at least one space object;
acquiring furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the space attributes, wherein the furniture layout data comprises at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object;
and displaying the furniture model object according to the position information in the space object.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the spatial attributes include at least wall object and dimension information of the at least one spatial object under the three-dimensional room space, and the step of obtaining furniture layout data of the at least one spatial object according to the spatial attributes includes:
and generating furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the wall object and the size information.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein in the case that the space object is the restaurant object, the dimension information includes a first side length and a second side length of the restaurant object, and the step of generating furniture layout data for the at least one space object based on the wall object and the dimension information includes:
acquiring a furniture model object matched with the first side length and the second side length of the restaurant object and a furniture size of the furniture model object;
obtaining a target wall object for the furniture model object according to the wall type of the wall object;
and generating the position information of the furniture model object by adopting the furniture size and the target wall object.
4. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the step of presenting the furniture model object in the space object according to the position information includes, for a restaurant object in the space object, at least one of a table model object, a dining chair model object, and a lighting decoration model object, the step of:
displaying at least one of the table model object, the dining chair model object and the lighting model object in the restaurant object according to the position information;
and if the length of the dining table model object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold value, the position relation between the dining table model object and the lamp decoration model object is a geometric center alignment relation.
5. The method of claim 2, wherein in the case that the space object is the toilet object, the wall objects include at least a first wall object and a second wall object, the first wall object includes at least a door body object, the size information includes a first side length of the door body object, and a second side length of the first wall object and a third side length of the second wall object, and the step of generating furniture layout data of the at least one space object based on the wall objects and the size information includes:
Calculating a moving line space of the toilet object according to the door body object and the first side length of the door body object;
obtaining a target decoration space of the toilet object according to the third side length of the second wall object and the line moving space;
acquiring a furniture model object matched with the second side length of the first wall object and the third side length of the second wall object;
and matching the furniture model object with the target decoration space according to preset decoration conditions to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.
6. The method of claim 2, wherein in the case that the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object includes an access wall object including at least a door body object, and the step of generating furniture layout data of the at least one space object based on the wall object and the size information includes:
if the kitchen object comprises an access wall object and the side length of the access wall object is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold, extending the side length of the door body object to the interior of the kitchen object until the distance between the extended area and the wall object opposite to the door body object is equal to a preset distance threshold, stopping extending, and taking the extended area as a moving line space;
taking the region of the kitchen object except the line moving space as a decoration space of the kitchen object, and taking a wall object corresponding to the decoration space as a decoration wall object;
acquiring a furniture model object matched with the side length of the decoration wall object;
and matching the furniture model object with the decoration wall body object according to a preset decoration condition to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.
7. The method of claim 2, wherein in the case that the space object is the kitchen object, the wall object comprises a closed wall object, the size information comprises a side length of the wall object, and the step of generating furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the wall object and the size information comprises:
taking a closed wall object with the largest side length in the kitchen objects as a target wall object;
matching the target wall object with other wall objects to obtain at least one decoration wall object of the kitchen object;
calculating a decoration space matched with the decoration wall body object according to a preset decoration threshold value;
acquiring a furniture model object matched with the side length of the decoration wall object;
and matching the furniture model object with the decoration wall body object according to a preset decoration condition to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.
8. The method of claim 2, wherein the size information includes a side length of the wall object in a case where the space object is the living room object, and the step of generating the furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the wall object and the size information includes:
obtaining a target wall object of the living room object according to the wall type of the wall object and the side length of the wall object;
acquiring a furniture model object matched with the side length of the target wall object;
and matching the furniture model object with the target wall object according to preset decoration conditions to obtain the position information of the furniture model object.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the step of obtaining furniture layout data for the at least one spatial object based on the spatial attributes comprises:
determining whether a preset space object for specially laying out furniture model objects exists in the room-entering space object according to the space attribute aiming at the room-entering space object in the at least one space object;
under the condition that the preset space object exists, acquiring the furniture layout data according to the preset space object;
and under the condition that the preset space object does not exist, acquiring the position information of the existing object in the entrance space object, and acquiring the furniture layout data at least according to the space attribute and the position information of the existing object.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the step of obtaining furniture layout data for the at least one spatial object based on the spatial attributes comprises:
for a balcony object of the at least one space object, acquiring at least one furniture model object for layout in the balcony object according to the space attribute;
acquiring the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the balcony object at least according to the space attribute;
and acquiring the furniture layout data according to the acquired furniture model object and the acquired position information.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein the step of obtaining furniture layout data for the at least one spatial object based on the spatial attributes comprises:
aiming at a bedroom object in the at least one space object, acquiring a plurality of furniture model objects for layout in the bedroom object according to the space attribute;
acquiring the position information of the layout of each furniture model object in the bedroom object at least according to the space attribute;
and acquiring the furniture layout data according to the acquired furniture model object and the acquired position information.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the spatial attributes further include size information of a region of the at least one spatial object under the three-dimensional room space, the at least one spatial object including at least one of window information of a region of a window object under the three-dimensional room space, the method further comprising:
setting an indoor light object of the at least one space object according to the size information, wherein the indoor light object is used for simulating light rays generated by an indoor light source;
and/or setting an outdoor light object of the window object according to the window information, wherein the outdoor light object is used for simulating light rays generated by an outdoor light source.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the spatial attributes further include dimensional information of an area under the three-dimensional room space of a ceiling object included in the at least one spatial object, the method further comprising:
determining down lamp position data of the at least one space object according to the space attribute;
and in the at least one space object, setting a down lamp object according to the down lamp position data, wherein the down lamp object is used for simulating and generating supplementary light.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein the step of obtaining furniture layout data for the at least one spatial object based on the spatial attributes comprises:
and acquiring furniture layout data of the space object according to the space attribute of the space object and a preset collision rule aiming at each space object in the at least one space object.
15. The method of claim 1, wherein the furniture layout data comprises a plurality of furniture styles, and a furniture model object and corresponding position information of the furniture model object in each furniture style;
the step of displaying the furniture model object in the space object according to the position information includes:
and in the space object, according to the currently selected furniture style in the furniture layout data, displaying the furniture model object under the furniture style according to the position information under the furniture style.
16. The method of claim 1, wherein the step of presenting the furniture model object in the spatial object according to the location information comprises:
for each space object in the at least one space object, if there are at least two pieces of furniture layout data of the space object, selecting, from the at least two pieces of furniture layout data, the furniture layout data with the highest layout priority as first furniture layout data of the space object, where the first furniture layout data includes a first group of furniture model objects and first position information corresponding to the first group of furniture model objects;
and displaying the first group of furniture model objects in the space object according to the first position information.
17. The method of claim 16, further comprising:
responding to a switching operation acted on the preset terminal, and extracting second furniture layout data corresponding to the switching operation from the at least two furniture layout data, wherein the second furniture layout data comprise a second group of furniture model objects and second position information corresponding to the second furniture model;
and canceling the display of the first group of furniture model objects, and displaying the second group of furniture model objects in the space objects according to the second position information.
18. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
and responding to a furniture editing operation acted on the preset terminal, and executing the furniture editing operation aiming at the furniture model object in the space object, wherein the furniture editing operation comprises at least one of a furniture deleting operation, a furniture adding operation, a furniture moving operation and a furniture replacing operation.
19. A furniture presentation apparatus, wherein contents presented through a graphical user interface of a preset terminal include at least a house object including at least one space object, wherein the house object is a three-dimensional house space established according to a target house, the apparatus comprising:
a space attribute obtaining module, configured to obtain, for at least one space object in the house objects, a space attribute of the at least one space object, where the space attribute at least includes a space type of the at least one space object;
the furniture layout data acquisition module is used for acquiring furniture layout data of the at least one space object according to the space attributes, and the furniture layout data comprises at least one furniture model object and position information corresponding to the furniture model object;
and the furniture model object display module is used for displaying the furniture model object in the space object according to the position information.
20. An electronic device, comprising: memory, processor and computer program stored on the memory and executable on the processor, which computer program, when executed by the processor, carries out the steps of the presentation method of an item of furniture according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
21. A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored thereon, which computer program, when being executed by a processor, carries out the steps of the presentation method of an item of furniture according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
CN202010581991.2A 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium Pending CN111986305A (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010581991.2A CN111986305A (en) 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN202511367747.5A CN121280591A (en) 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010581991.2A CN111986305A (en) 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202511367747.5A Division CN121280591A (en) 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN111986305A true CN111986305A (en) 2020-11-24

Family

ID=73441928

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202010581991.2A Pending CN111986305A (en) 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN202511367747.5A Pending CN121280591A (en) 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202511367747.5A Pending CN121280591A (en) 2020-06-23 2020-06-23 Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (2) CN111986305A (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112818160A (en) * 2021-02-25 2021-05-18 武汉智筑完美家居科技有限公司 Furniture retrieval method and device based on furniture style
CN113111426A (en) * 2021-05-12 2021-07-13 佛山市祥源家具制造有限公司 Furniture layout method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN113505429A (en) * 2021-09-09 2021-10-15 深圳须弥云图空间科技有限公司 Indoor design scheme acquisition method and device, computer equipment and storage medium
CN113609557A (en) * 2021-07-26 2021-11-05 阿里巴巴(中国)有限公司 Home decoration layout method, home decoration layout device, and storage medium
CN113822312A (en) * 2021-01-18 2021-12-21 北京沃东天骏信息技术有限公司 Graphical generation method and device
US20230035601A1 (en) * 2021-07-28 2023-02-02 OPAL AI Inc. Floorplan Generation System And Methods Of Use
CN115758499A (en) * 2022-10-19 2023-03-07 广东三维家信���科技有限公司 Home model map display method, device, electronic device, and storage medium
CN116485978A (en) * 2023-04-26 2023-07-25 广东煜丰实业(集团)有限公司 A custom furniture design rendering method and device based on user needs
CN118410555A (en) * 2024-06-27 2024-07-30 江西旅游商贸职业学院 AR-based interior design method, AR glasses and storage medium
CN120848766A (en) * 2025-01-21 2025-10-28 小米科技(武汉)有限公司 Application display method, device, electronic device, storage medium and program

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104778756A (en) * 2015-04-10 2015-07-15 北京明兰网络科技有限公司 Intelligent home decoration design system
CN110287626A (en) * 2019-06-30 2019-09-27 深圳积木易搭科技技术有限公司 Automatically generate method, medium, equipment and the device of interior decoration design scheme
CN111028333A (en) * 2019-11-25 2020-04-17 贝壳技术有限公司 Method and device for generating article placement effect image
US10650285B1 (en) * 2016-09-23 2020-05-12 Aon Benfield Inc. Platform, systems, and methods for identifying property characteristics and property feature conditions through aerial imagery analysis

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104778756A (en) * 2015-04-10 2015-07-15 北京明兰网络科技有限公司 Intelligent home decoration design system
US10650285B1 (en) * 2016-09-23 2020-05-12 Aon Benfield Inc. Platform, systems, and methods for identifying property characteristics and property feature conditions through aerial imagery analysis
CN110287626A (en) * 2019-06-30 2019-09-27 深圳积木易搭科技技术有限公司 Automatically generate method, medium, equipment and the device of interior decoration design scheme
CN111028333A (en) * 2019-11-25 2020-04-17 贝壳技术有限公司 Method and device for generating article placement effect image

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113822312A (en) * 2021-01-18 2021-12-21 北京沃东天骏信息技术有限公司 Graphical generation method and device
CN112818160A (en) * 2021-02-25 2021-05-18 武汉智筑完美家居科技有限公司 Furniture retrieval method and device based on furniture style
CN113111426A (en) * 2021-05-12 2021-07-13 佛山市祥源家具制造有限公司 Furniture layout method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN113111426B (en) * 2021-05-12 2024-02-09 佛山市祥源家具制造有限公司 Furniture layout method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN113609557A (en) * 2021-07-26 2021-11-05 阿里巴巴(中国)有限公司 Home decoration layout method, home decoration layout device, and storage medium
CN113609557B (en) * 2021-07-26 2023-09-26 阿里巴巴(中国)有限公司 Home decoration layout method, apparatus and storage medium
US12204821B2 (en) * 2021-07-28 2025-01-21 OPAL AI Inc. Floorplan generation system and methods of use
US20230035601A1 (en) * 2021-07-28 2023-02-02 OPAL AI Inc. Floorplan Generation System And Methods Of Use
WO2023035592A1 (en) * 2021-09-09 2023-03-16 深圳须弥云图空间科技有限公司 Interior design solution acquisition method and apparatus, computer device, and storage medium
CN113505429B (en) * 2021-09-09 2021-12-07 深圳须弥云图空间科技有限公司 Indoor design scheme acquisition method and device, computer equipment and storage medium
US12086510B2 (en) 2021-09-09 2024-09-10 Shenzhen Xumi Yuntu Space Technology Co., Ltd. Indoor design scheme acquisition method and apparatus, computer device and storage medium
CN113505429A (en) * 2021-09-09 2021-10-15 深圳须弥云图空间科技有限公司 Indoor design scheme acquisition method and device, computer equipment and storage medium
CN115758499A (en) * 2022-10-19 2023-03-07 广东三维家信息科技有限公司 Home model map display method, device, electronic device, and storage medium
CN116485978A (en) * 2023-04-26 2023-07-25 广东煜丰实业(集团)有限公司 A custom furniture design rendering method and device based on user needs
CN118410555A (en) * 2024-06-27 2024-07-30 江西旅游商贸职业学院 AR-based interior design method, AR glasses and storage medium
CN120848766A (en) * 2025-01-21 2025-10-28 小米科技(武汉)有限公司 Application display method, device, electronic device, storage medium and program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN121280591A (en) 2026-01-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111985022B (en) Processing method and device for on-line decoration, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN111986305A (en) Furniture display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
US20250335643A1 (en) Method for replacing 3d objects in 2d environment
CN112001997B (en) Furniture display method and device
JP7325602B2 (en) Artificial intelligence system and method for interior design
US11017611B1 (en) Generation and modification of rooms in virtual reality environments
JP6629528B2 (en) Virtual reality display system, virtual reality display method, and computer program
CN104778756B (en) Smart home Art Design system
US11875460B2 (en) Method, apparatus and storage medium for displaying three-dimensional space view
CN111882649A (en) Furniture display method and device
CN105787230A (en) Home simulation design system and method
CN104268309A (en) Method for obtaining interior design scheme rapidly
WO2021051802A1 (en) Intelligent cloud processing system and method for selecting wardrobes to generate three views
CN107590337A (en) A kind of house ornamentation displaying interactive approach and device
CN120951430A (en) A method and apparatus for displaying furniture.
JP7287509B2 (en) Method and apparatus for displaying item information in current space and media
EP3789967A1 (en) Three-dimensional space view display method, apparatus, and storage medium
CN111882651B (en) Spatial light processing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN120030632A (en) Method and device for generating three-dimensional layout based on plane layout, and electronic device
CN116843817A (en) Display method, display device, electronic device, and readable storage medium
CN106296787A (en) Self-service furniture house ornamentation design system
CN120745060B (en) Multi-mode household space design system based on self-contained data set
KR102820757B1 (en) Virtual reality-based interior design platform
CN111882646A (en) Furniture display method and device
CN121682945A (en) Home decoration design system based on VR virtual design

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
RJ01 Rejection of invention patent application after publication
RJ01 Rejection of invention patent application after publication

Application publication date: 20201124